WO1998031837A1 - Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination - Google Patents

Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1998031837A1
WO1998031837A1 PCT/US1998/000852 US9800852W WO9831837A1 WO 1998031837 A1 WO1998031837 A1 WO 1998031837A1 US 9800852 W US9800852 W US 9800852W WO 9831837 A1 WO9831837 A1 WO 9831837A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cells
recombination
dna
library
cell
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1998/000852
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Stephen B. Delcardayre
Mathew B. Tobin
Willem P. C. Stemmer
Jon E. Ness
Jeremy Minshull
Phillip Patten
Original Assignee
Maxygen, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to JP53455898A priority Critical patent/JP4062366B2/en
Priority to EP98902586A priority patent/EP1007732B1/en
Priority to CA2276064A priority patent/CA2276064C/en
Priority to AU59209/98A priority patent/AU743305C/en
Priority to KR1019997006486A priority patent/KR100570935B1/en
Priority to DE69835360T priority patent/DE69835360T2/en
Priority to IL13063598A priority patent/IL130635A0/en
Application filed by Maxygen, Inc. filed Critical Maxygen, Inc.
Priority to US09/116,188 priority patent/US6326204B1/en
Publication of WO1998031837A1 publication Critical patent/WO1998031837A1/en
Priority to US09/499,505 priority patent/US6251674B1/en
Priority to US09/516,051 priority patent/US6528311B1/en
Priority to US09/516,695 priority patent/US6716631B1/en
Priority to US09/626,047 priority patent/US6335198B1/en
Priority to US09/626,410 priority patent/US6287862B1/en
Priority to US10/194,686 priority patent/US7148054B2/en
Priority to US11/506,215 priority patent/US7629170B2/en
Priority to US11/506,142 priority patent/US20070048775A1/en
Priority to US12/580,056 priority patent/US8076138B2/en
Priority to US13/310,332 priority patent/US8377681B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/10Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
    • C12N15/102Mutagenizing nucleic acids
    • C12N15/1027Mutagenizing nucleic acids by DNA shuffling, e.g. RSR, STEP, RPR
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/111General methods applicable to biologically active non-coding nucleic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/63Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
    • C12N15/79Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts
    • C12N15/82Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts for plant cells, e.g. plant artificial chromosomes (PACs)
    • C12N15/8241Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology
    • C12N15/8261Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield
    • C12N15/8271Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield for stress resistance, e.g. heavy metal resistance
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/63Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
    • C12N15/79Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts
    • C12N15/82Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts for plant cells, e.g. plant artificial chromosomes (PACs)
    • C12N15/8241Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology
    • C12N15/8261Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield
    • C12N15/8271Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield for stress resistance, e.g. heavy metal resistance
    • C12N15/8273Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield for stress resistance, e.g. heavy metal resistance for drought, cold, salt resistance
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/63Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
    • C12N15/79Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts
    • C12N15/82Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts for plant cells, e.g. plant artificial chromosomes (PACs)
    • C12N15/8241Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology
    • C12N15/8261Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield
    • C12N15/8271Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield for stress resistance, e.g. heavy metal resistance
    • C12N15/8279Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield for stress resistance, e.g. heavy metal resistance for biotic stress resistance, pathogen resistance, disease resistance
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6811Selection methods for production or design of target specific oligonucleotides or binding molecules
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01KANIMAL HUSBANDRY; CARE OF BIRDS, FISHES, INSECTS; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
    • A01K2217/00Genetically modified animals
    • A01K2217/05Animals comprising random inserted nucleic acids (transgenic)

Definitions

  • the invention applies the technical field of molecular genetics to evolve the genomes of cells and organisms to acquire new and improved properties.
  • BACKGROUND Cells have a number of well-established uses in molecular biology. For example, cells are commonly used as hosts for manipulating DNA in processes such as transformation and recombination. Cells are also used for expression of recombinant proteins encoded by DNA transformed into the cells. Some types of cells are also used as progenitors for generation of transgenic animals and plants. Although all of these processes are now routine, in general, the genomes of the cells used in these processes have evolved little from the genomes of natural cells, and particularly not toward acquisition of new or improved properties for use in the above processes .
  • the traditional approach to artificial or forced molecular evolution focuses on optimization of an individual gene having a discrete and selectable phenotype.
  • the strategy is to clone a gene, identify a discrete function for the gene and an assay by which it can be selected, mutate selected positions in the gene (e.g., by error-prone PCR or cassette mutagenesis) and select variants of the gene for improvement in the known function of the gene. A variant having improved function can then be expressed in a desired cell type.
  • This approach has a number of limitations. First, it is only applicable to genes that have been isolated and functionally characterized. Second, the approach is usually only applicable to genes that have a discrete function. In other words, multiple genes that cooperatively confer a single phenotype cannot usually be optimized in this manner.
  • the traditional approach is inadequate for improving cellular genomes in many useful properties.
  • to improve a cell's capacity to express a recombinant protein might require modification in any or all of a substantial number of genes, known and unknown, having roles in transcription, translation, posttranslational modification, secretion or proteolytic degradation, among others.
  • Attempting individually to optimize even all the known genes having such functions would be a virtually impossible task, let alone optimizing hitherto unknown genes which may contribute to expression in manners not yet understood.
  • the present invention provides inter alia novel methods for evolving the genome of whole cells and organisms which overcome the difficulties and limitations of prior methods .
  • cognate refers to a gene sequence that is evolutionarily and functionally related between species.
  • the human CD4 gene is the cognate gene to the mouse CD4 gene, since the sequences and structures of these two genes indicate that they are highly homologous and both genes encode a protein which functions in signaling T cell activation through MHC class II-restricted antigen recognition.
  • Screening is, in general, a two-step process in which one first determines which cells do and do not express a screening marker and then physically separates the cells having the desired property. Selection is a form of screening in which identification and physical separation are achieved simultaneously by expression of a selection marker, which, in some genetic circumstances, allows cells expressing the marker to survive while other cells die (or vice versa) .
  • Screening markers include luciferase, /3-galactosidase, and green fluorescent protein. Selection markers include drug and toxin resistance genes.
  • exogenous DNA segment is one foreign (or heterologous) to the cell or homologous to the cell but in a position within the host cell nucleic acid in which the element is not ordinarily found. Exogenous DNA segments can be expressed to yield exogenous polypeptides.
  • genes are used broadly to refer to any segment of DNA associated with a biological function.
  • genes include coding sequences and/or the regulatory sequences required for their expression. Genes also include nonexpressed DNA segments that, for example, form recognition sequences for other proteins.
  • Percentage sequence identity is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over the window of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison.
  • Optimal alignment of sequences for aligning a comparison window can be conducted by computerized implementations of algorithms GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package Release 7.0, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, WI .
  • naturally-occurring is used to describe an object that can be found in nature.
  • a polypeptide or polynucleotide sequence that is present in an organism (including viruses) that can be isolated from a source in nature and which has not been intentionally modified by man in the laboratory is naturally-occurring.
  • the term naturally-occurring refers to an object as present in a non-pathological (undiseased) individual, such as would be typical for the species.
  • Asexual recombination is recombination occurring without the fusion of gametes to form a zygote .
  • the invention provides methods of evolving a. cell to acquire a desired function. Such methods entail introducing a library of DNA fragments into a plurality of cells whereby at least one of the fragments undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or an episome of the cells to produce modified cells. The modified cells are then screened for modified cells that have evolved toward acquisition of the desired function. DNA from the modified cells that have evolved toward the desired function is then recombined with a further library of DNA fragments at least one of which undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or the episome of the modified cells to produce further modified cells. The further modified cells are then screened for further modified cells for further modified cells that have further evolved toward acquisition of the desired function. Steps of recombination and screening/selection are repeated as required until the further modified cells have acquired the desired function.
  • the library or further library of DNA fragments is coated with recA protein to stimulate recombination with the segment of the genome.
  • the library of fragments is denatured to produce single-stranded DNA, the single-stranded DNA are annealed to produce duplexes some of which contain mismatches at points of variation in the fragments, and duplexes containing mismatches are selected by affinity chromatography to immobilized utS.
  • the desired function is secretion of a protein, and the plurality of cells further comprises a construct encoding the protein.
  • the protein is toxic to the plurality of cells unless secreted, and the modified or further modified cells having evolved toward acquisition of the desired function are screened by propagating the cells and recovering surviving cells.
  • the desired function is enhanced recombination.
  • the library of fragments sometimes comprises a cluster of genes collectively conferring recombination capacity. Screening can be achieved using cells further comprises a gene encoding a marker whose expression is prevented by a mutation removable by recombination. The cells are screened by their expression of the marker resulting from removal of the mutation by recombination.
  • the plurality of cells are plant cells and the desired property is improved resistance to a chemical or microbe, and in the screening the steps, the modified or further modified cells are exposed to the chemical or microbe and modified or further modified cells having evolved toward the acquisition of the desired function are selected by their capacity to survive the exposure.
  • the plurality of cells are embryonic cells of an animal, and the method further comprises propagating the transformed cells to transgenic animals.
  • the invention further provides methods for performing in vivo recombination. These methods entail providing a cell incapable of expressing a cell septation gene. At least first and second segments from at least one gene are introduced into a cell, the segments differing from each other in at least two nucleotides, whereby the segments recombine to produce a library of chimeric genes. A chimeric gene is selected from the library having acquired a desired function.
  • the invention further provides methods of predicting efficacy of a drug in treating a viral infection.
  • Such method entail recombining a nucleic acid segment from a virus, whose infection is inhibited by a drug, with at least a second nucleic acid segment from the virus, the second nucleic acid segment differing from the nucleic acid segment in at least two nucleotides, to produce a library of recombinant nucleic acid segments.
  • Host cells are then contacted with a collection of viruses having genomes including the recombinant nucleic acid segments in a media containing the drug, and progeny viruses resulting from infection of the host cells are collected.
  • a recombinant DNA segment from a first progeny virus recombines with at least a recombinant DNA segment from a second progeny virus to produce a further library of recombinant nucleic acid segments.
  • Host cells are contacted with a collection of viruses having genomes including the further library or recombinant nucleic acid segments, in media containing the drug, and further progeny viruses are produced by the host cells.
  • the recombination and selection steps are repeated, as necessary, until a further progeny virus has acquired a desired degree of resistance to the drug, whereby the degree of resistance acquired and the number of repetitions of needed to acquire it provide a measure of the efficacy of the drug in treating the virus.
  • the invention further provides methods of predicting efficacy of a drug in treating an infection by a pathogenic microorganism. These methods entail transforming a plurality of cells of the microorganism with a library of DNA fragments at least some of which undergo recombination with segments in the genome of the cells to produce modified microorganism cells. Modified microorganisms are propagated in a media containing the drug, and surviving microorganisms are recovered. DNA from surviving microorganisms is recombined with a further library of DNA fragments at least some of which undergo recombination with cognate segments in the DNA from the surviving microorganisms to produce further modified microorganisms cells.
  • Further modified microorganisms are propagated in media containing the drug, and further surviving microorganisms are collected. The recombination and selection steps are repeated as needed until a further surviving microorganism has acquired a desired degree of resistance to the drug, whereby the degree of resistance acquired and the number of repetitions of needed to acquire it provide a measure of the efficacy of the drug in killing the pathogenic microorganism.
  • the invention further provides methods of evolving a cell to acquire a desired function. These methods entail providing a populating of different cells.
  • the cells are cultured under conditions whereby DNA is exchanged between cells, forming cells with hybrid genomes.
  • the cells are then screened or selected for cells that have evolved toward acquisition of a desired property.
  • the DNA exchange and screening/selecting steps are repeated, as needed, with the screened/selected cells from one cycle forming the population of different cells in the next cycle, until a cell has acquired the desired property.
  • Mechanisms of DNA exchange include conjugation, phage-mediated transduction, protoplast fusion, and sexual recombination of the cells.
  • a library of DNA fragments can be transformed into the cells.
  • some methods of evolving a cell to acquire a desired property are effected by protoplast-mediated exchange of DNA between cells.
  • Such methods entail forming protoplasts of a population of different cells.
  • the protoplasts are then fused to form hybrid protoplasts, in which genomes from the protoplasts recombine to form hybrid genomes .
  • the hybrid protoplasts are incubated under conditions promoting regeneration of cells.
  • the next step is to select or screen to isolated regenerated cells that have evolved toward acquisition of the desired property.
  • DNA exchange and selection/screening steps are repeated, as needed, with regenerated cells in one cycle being used to form protoplasts in the next cycle until the regenerated cells have acquired the desired property.
  • Fungi are a preferred organism for conducting the above methods.
  • Some methods further comprise a step of selecting or screening for fused protoplasts free from unfused protoplasts of parental cells. Some methods further comprise a step of selecting or screening for fused protoplasts with hybrid genomes free from cells with parental genomes.
  • protoplasts are provided by treating mycelia or spores with an enzyme that degrades cell walls.
  • the fungus is a fragile strain, lacking capacity for intact cell wall synthesis, and protoplasts form spontaneously.
  • protoplasts are formed by treating mycelia with an inhibitor of cell wall formation to generate protoplasts.
  • the desired property is expression and/or secretion of a protein or secondary metabolite, such as taxol .
  • the desired property is capacity for meiosis. In some methods, the desired property is compatibility to form a heterokaryon with another strain.
  • the invention further provides methods of evolving a cell toward acquisition of a desired property. These methods entail providing a population of different cells. DNA is isolated from a first subpopulation of the different cells and encapsulated the in liposomes. Protoplasts are formed from a second subpopulation of the different cells. Liposomes are fused with the protoplasts, whereby DNA from the liposomes is taken up by the protoplasts and recombines with the genomes of the protoplasts. The protoplasts are incubated under regenerating conditions. Regenerating or regenerated cells are then selected or screened for evolution toward the desired property. The methods is then repeated with cells that have evolved toward the desired property in one cycle forming the population of different cells in the next cycle.
  • the invention further provides methods of evolving a cell toward acquisition of a desired property using artificial chromosomes.
  • Such methods entail introducing a DNA fragment library cloned into an artificial chromosome into a population of cells. The cells are then cultured under conditions whereby sexual recombination occurs between the cells, and DNA fragments cloned into the artificial chromosome homologously recombines with corresponding segments of endogenous chromosomes of the populations of cells, and endogenous chromosomes recombine with each other. Cells that have evolved toward acquisition of the desired property are then selected or screened.
  • the invention further provides methods of evolving a DNA segment cloned into an artificial chromosome for acquisition of a desired property. These methods entail providing a library of variants of the segment, each variant cloned into separate copies of an artificial chromosome. The copies of the artificial chromosome are introduced into a population of cells. The cells are cultured under conditions whereby sexual recombination occurs between cells and homologous recombination occurs between copies of the artificial chromosome bearing the variants. Variants are then screened or selected for evolution toward acquisition of the desired property.
  • the invention further provides hyperrecombinogenic recA proteins. Examples of such proteins clones 2, 4, 5, 6 and 13 shown in Fig. 13.
  • FIG. 1 Scheme for in vi tro shuffling of genes.
  • Fig. 2 Scheme for enriching for mismatched sequences using MutS.
  • Fig. 3 Alternative scheme for enriching for mismatched sequences using MutS.
  • Fig. 4 Scheme for evolving growth hormone genes to produce larger fish.
  • Fig. 5 Scheme for shuffling by protoplast fusion.
  • Fig. 6 Scheme for introducing a sexual cycle into fungi previously incapable of sexual reproduction.
  • Fig. 7 General scheme for shuffling of fung by protoplast fusion.
  • Fig. 8 Shuffling fungi by protoplast fusion with protoplasts generated by use of inhibitors of enzymes responsible for cell wall formation.
  • Fig. 9 Shuffling fungi by protoplast fusion using fungal strains deficient in cell-wall synthesis that spontaneously form protoplasts.
  • Fig. 10 YAC-mediated whole genome shuffling of Saccharomyces cerevisiae and related organisms.
  • Fig. 11 YAC-mediated shuffling of large DNA fragments.
  • Fig. 12 (A, B, C and D) DNA sequences of a wildtype recA protein (designated new Minshall) and five hyperrecombinogenic variants thereof.
  • Fig. 13 Amino acid sequences of a wildtype recA protein and five hyperrecombinogenic variants thereof.
  • recursive sequence recombination entails successive cycles of recombination and screening/selection to generate molecular diversity. That is, create a family of nucleic acid molecules showing substantial sequence and/or structural identity to each other but differing in the presence of mutations. Each recombination cycle is followed by at least one cycle of screening or selection for molecules having a desired characteristic. The molecule (s) selected in one round form the starting materials for generating diversity in the next round.
  • the cells to be evolved can be bacterial, archaebacteria, or eucaryotic and can constitute a homogeneous cell line or mixed culture.
  • Suitable cells for evolution include the bacterial and eucaryotic cell lines commonly used in genetic engineering and protein expression.
  • Suitable mammalian cells include those from, e.g., mouse, rat, hamster, primate, and human, both cell lines and primary cultures.
  • Such cells include stem cells, including embryonic stem cells and hemopoietic stem cells, zygotes, fibroblasts, lymphocytes, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO), mouse fibroblasts (NIH3T3), kidney, liver, muscle, and skin cells.
  • Other eucaryotic cells of interest include plant cells, such as maize, rice, wheat, cotton, soybean, sugarcane, tobacco, and arabidopsis ; fish, algae, fungi (penicillium, aspergillus, podospora, neurospora, saccharomyces) , insect (e.g., baculo lepidoptera) , yeast (picchia and saccharomyces , Schizosaccharomyces pombe) .
  • E. coli and Bacillus subtilis are described by Blattner et al . , Science 277, 1454-1462 (1997); Kunststoff et al . , Nature 390, 249-256 (1997)).
  • Evolution commences by generating a population of variant cells.
  • the cells in the population are of the same type but represent variants of a progenitor cell .
  • the variation is natural as when different cells are obtained from different individuals within a species, or from different species.
  • variation is induced by mutagenesis of a progenitor cell. Mutagenesis can be effected by subjecting the cell to mutagenic agents, or if the cell is a mutator cell (e.g., has mutations in genes involved in D ⁇ A replication, recombination and/or repair which favor introduction of mutations) simply by propagating the mutator cells.
  • Mutator cells can be generated from successive selections for simple phenotypic changes (e.g., acquisition of rifampicin-resistance, then nalidixic acid resistance then lac- to lac+ (see Mao et al . , J " . Bacteriol . 179, 417-422 (1997)). In other instances, variation is the result of transferring into the cells (e.g., by conjugation, transformation, transduction or natural competence) a library of D ⁇ A fragments. At least one, and usually many of the fragments in the library, show some, but not complete, sequence or structural identity with a cognate or allelic gene within the cells sufficient to allow homologous recombination to occur.
  • the library of fragments can derive from one or more sources.
  • One source of fragments is a genomic library of fragments from a different species, cell type, organism or individual from the cells being transfected.
  • many of the fragments in the library have a cognate or allelic gene in the cells being transformed but differ from that gene due to the presence of naturally occurring species variation, polymorphisms, and mutations.
  • the library can be derived from D ⁇ A from the same cell type as is being transformed after that D ⁇ A has been subject to induced mutation, by conventional methods, such as radiation, error- prone PCR, growth in a mutator organism or cassette mutagenesis.
  • the genomic library can be a complete genomic library or subgenomic library deriving, for example, from a selected chromosome, or part of a chromosome or an episomal element within a cell .
  • the library can contain fragments representing natural or selected variants of selected genes of known function (i.e., focused libraries) .
  • the number of fragments in a library can vary from a single fragment to about 10 10 , with libraries having from 10 3 to 10 8 fragments being common.
  • the fragments should be sufficiently long that they can undergo homologous recombination and sufficiently short that they can be introduced into a cell, and if necessary, manipulated before introduction.
  • Fragment sizes can range from 10 b to 1000 kb, with sizes of 500-10,000 bases being common. Fragments can be double- or single-stranded.
  • the fragments can be introduced into cells as whole genomes or as components of viruses, plasmids, YACS, HACs or BACs or can be introduced as they are, in which case all or most of the fragments lack an origin of replication.
  • Use of viral fragments with single-stranded genomes offer the advantage of delivering fragments in single stranded form, which promotes recombination.
  • the fragments can also be joined to a selective marker before introduction. Inclusion of fragments in a vector having an origin of replication affords a longer period of time after introduction into the cell in which fragments can undergo recombination with a cognate gene before being degraded or selected against and lost from the cell, thereby increasing the proportion of cells with recombinant genomes.
  • the vector is a suicide vector capable of a longer existence than an isolated DNA fragment but not capable of permanent retention in the cell line.
  • a suicide vector capable of a longer existence than an isolated DNA fragment but not capable of permanent retention in the cell line.
  • Such a vector can transiently express a marker for a sufficient time to screen for or select a cell bearing the vector, but is then degraded or otherwise rendered incapable of expressing the marker.
  • the use of such vectors can be advantageous in performing subsequent rounds of recombination to be discussed below.
  • some suicide vectors express a long-lived toxin which is neutralized by a short-lived molecule expressed from the same vector. Expression of the toxin alone will not allow vector to be established. Jense & Gerdes, Mol . Microbiol . , 17, 205-210
  • a vector can be rendered suicidal by incorporation of a defective origin of replication (i.e., temperature-sensitive) or by omission of an origin of replication.
  • Vectors can also be rendered suicidal by inclusion of negative selection markers, such as oraB in yeast or sacB in many bacteria. These genes become toxic only in the presence of specific compounds .
  • Such vectors can be selected to have a wide range of stabilities. After introduction into cells, the fragments can recombine with DNA present in the genome or episomes of the cells by homologous, nonhomologous or site-specific recombination.
  • homologous recombination makes the most significant contribution to evolution of the cells because this form of recombination amplifies the existing diversity between the DNA of the cells being transfected and the DNA fragments. For example, if a DNA fragment being transfected differs from a cognate or allelic gene at two positions, there are four possible recombination products, and each of these recombination products can be formed in different cells in the transformed population. Thus, homologous recombination of the fragment doubles the initial diversity in this gene. When many fragments recombine with corresponding cognate or allelic genes, the diversity of recombination products with respect to starting products increases exponentially with the number of fragments. Recombination results in modified cells having modified genomes and/or episomes.
  • the variant cells whether the result of natural variation, mutagenesis, or recombination are screened or selected to identify a subset of cells that have evolved toward acquisition of a new or improved property.
  • the nature of the screen depends on the property and several examples will be discussed below.
  • the screening is repeated before performing subsequent cycles of recombination. Stringency can be increased in repeated cycles of screening.
  • the subpopulation of cells surviving screening are subjected to a further round of recombination.
  • the further round of recombination is effected by propagating the cells under conditions allowing exchange of DNA between cells.
  • protoplasts can be formed from the cells, allowed to fuse, and cells with recombinant genomes propagated from the fused protoplasts.
  • exchange of DNA can be promoted by propagation of cells in an electric fied.
  • exchange of DNA can be promoted simply by propagating the cells.
  • the further round of recombination is performed by a split and pool approach. That is, the surviving cells are divided into two pools. DNA is isolated from one pool, and if necessary amplified, and then transformed into the other pool. Accordingly, DNA fragments from the first pool constitute a further library of fragments and recombine with cognate fragments in the second pool resulting in further diversity.
  • some or all of the cells surviving screening are transfected with a fresh library of DNA fragments, which can be the same or different from the library used in the first round of recombination.
  • the genes in the fresh library undergo recombination with cognate genes in the surviving cells.
  • compatibility of this vector with any vector used in a previous round of transfection should be considered.
  • the vector used in a previous round was a suicide vector, there is no problem of incompatibility. If, however, the vector used in a previous round was not a suicide vector, a vector having a different incompatibility origin should be used in the subsequent round. In all of these formats, further recombination generates additional diversity in the DNA component of the cells resulting in further modified cells.
  • the further modified cells are subjected to another round of screening/selection according to the same principles as the first round. Screening/selection identifies a subpopulation of further modified cells that have further evolved toward acquisition of the property. This subpopulation of cells can be subjected to further rounds of recombination and screening according to the same principles, optionally with the stringency of screening being increased at each round. Eventually, cells are identified that have acquired the desired property.
  • recA protein promotes homologous pairing and/or strand exchange .
  • the best characterized recA protein is from E. coli and is available from Pharmacia (Piscataway, ⁇ J) .
  • recA803 a number of mutant recA-like proteins have been identified (e.g., recA803).
  • many organisms have recA-like recombinases with strand-transfer activities (e.g., Ogawa et al . , Cold Spring Harbor Symposium on Quanti tative Biology 18, 567-576 (1993); Johnson & Symington, Mol . Cell .
  • RuvC (Dunderdale et al . , Nature 354, 506 (1991)), DST2 , KEM1 , XRN1 (Dykstra et al . , Molec . Cell . Biol . 11, 2583 (1991)), STP ⁇ /DSTl (Clark et al . , Molec . Cell . Biol . 11, 2576 (1991)), HPP- 1 (Moore et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . (U.S.A.) 88, 9067 (1991)), other eukaryotic recombinases (Bishop et al . , Cell 69, 439 (1992); Shinohara et al . , Cell 69, 457.
  • RecA protein forms a nucleoprotein filament when it coats a single-stranded D ⁇ A.
  • this nucleoprotein filament one monomer of recA protein is bound to about 3 nucleotides.
  • This property of recA to coat single-stranded D ⁇ A is essentially sequence independent, although particular sequences favor initial loading of recA onto a polynucleotide (e.g., nucleation sequences).
  • the nucleoprotein filament (s) can be formed on essentially any to be shuffled and can form complexes with both single-stranded and double-stranded D ⁇ A in procaryotic and eucaryotic cells.
  • fragments are often denatured, e.g., by heat-treatment . .RecA protein is then added at a concentration of about 1-10 ⁇ M. After incubation, the recA-coated single-stranded D ⁇ A is introduced into recipient cells by conventional methods, such as chemical transformation or electroporation. The fragments undergo homologous recombination with cognate endogenous genes. Because of the increased frequency of recombination due to recombinase coating, the fragments need not be introduced as components of vectors.
  • Fragments are sometimes coated with other nucleic acid binding proteins that promote recombination, protect nucleic acids from degradation, or target nucleic acids to the nucleus.
  • nucleic acid binding proteins include Agrobacterium virE2 (Durrenberger et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . USA 86, 9154-9158 (1989) ) .
  • the E. coli mismatch repair protein MutS can be used in affinity chromatography to enrich for fragments of double- stranded DNA containing at least one base of mismatch.
  • the MutS protein recognizes the bubble formed by the individual strands about the point of the mismatch. See, e.g., Hsu & Chang, WO 9320233.
  • the strategy of affinity enriching for partially mismatched duplexes can be incorporated into the present methods to increase the diversity between an incoming library of fragments and corresponding cognate or allelic genes in recipient cells.
  • Fig. 2 shows one scheme in which MutS is used to increase diversity.
  • the DNA substrates for enrichment are substantially similar to each other but differ at a few sites.
  • the DNA substrates can represent complete or partial genomes (e.g., a chromosome library) from different individuals with the differences being due to polymorphisms.
  • the substrates can also represent induced mutants of a wildtype sequence.
  • the DNA substrates are pooled, restriction digested, and denatured to produce fragments of single- stranded DNA.
  • the single-stranded DNA is then allowed to reanneal .
  • Some single-stranded fragments reanneal with a perfectly matched complementary strand to generate perfectly matched duplexes.
  • mismatched duplexes are enriched from perfectly matched duplexes by MutS chromatography (e.g., with MutS immobilized to beads) .
  • the mismatched duplexes recovered by chromatography are introduced into recipient cells for recombination with cognate endogenous genes as described above.
  • MutS affinity chromatography increases the proportion of fragments differing from each other and the cognate endogenous gene. Thus, recombination between the incoming fragments and endogenous genes results in greater diversity.
  • Fig. 3 shows a second strategy for MutS enrichment.
  • the substrates for MutS enrichment represent variants of a relatively short segment, for example, a gene or cluster of genes, in which most of the different variants differ at no more than a single nucleotide.
  • the goal of MutS enrichment is to produce substrates for recombination that contain more variations from each than sequences occurring in nature. This is achieved by fragmenting the substrates at random to produce overlapping fragments. The fragments are denatured and reannealed as in the first strategy. Reannealing generates some mismatched duplexes which can be separated from perfectly matched duplexes by MutS affinity chromatography.
  • MutS chromatography enriches for duplexes bearing at least a single mismatch.
  • the mismatched duplexes are then reassembled into longer fragments. This is accomplished by cycles of denaturation, reannealing, and chain extension of partially annealed duplexes (see Section V) . After several such cycles, fragments of the same length as the original substrates are achieved, except that these fragments differ from each other at multiple sites. These fragments are then introduced into cells where they undergo recombination with cognate endogenous genes.
  • the invention further provides methods of enriching for cells bearing modified genes relative to the starting cells. This can be achieved by introducing a DNA fragment library in a suicide vector (i.e., lacking a functional replication origin in the recipient cell type) containing both positive and negative selection markers.
  • a DNA fragment library in a suicide vector i.e., lacking a functional replication origin in the recipient cell type
  • multiple fragment libraries from different sources e.g., B . subtilis, B . licheniformis and B . cereus
  • Suitable positive selection markers include neo R , kanamycin R , hyg , his ⁇ , gpt, ble, tet R , hprt, ura3 and sacB.
  • Suitable negative selection markers include sv-tk, hprt, gpt, and cytosine deaminase.
  • Another strategy for applying negative selection is to include a wildtype rpsL gene (encoding ribosomal protein S12) in a vector for use in cells having a mutant rpsL gene conferring streptomycin resistance. The mutant form of rpsL is recessive in cells having wildtype rpsL. Thus, selection for Sm resistance selects against cells having a wildtype copy of rpsL. See Skorupski & Taylor, Gene 169, 47-52 (1996) .
  • vectors bearing only a positive selection marker can be used with one round of selection for cells expressing the marker, and a subsequent round of screening for cells that have lost the marker (e.g., screening for drug sensitivity) .
  • the screen for cells that have lost the positive selection marker is equivalent to screening against expression of a negative selection marker.
  • Bacillus can be transformed with a vector bearing a CAT gene and a sequence to be integrated. See Harwood & Cutting, Molecular Biological Methods for Bacillus, at pp. 31-33. Selection for chloramphenicol resistance isolates cells that have taken up vector. After a suitable period to allow recombination, selection for CAT sensititivity isolates cells which have lost the CAT gene. About 50% of such cells will have undergone recombination with the sequence to be integrated.
  • Suicide vectors bearing a positive selection marker and optionally, a negative selection marker and a DNA fragment can integrate into host chromosomal DNA by a single crossover at a site in chromosomal DNA homologous to the fragment . Recombination generates an integrated vector flanked by direct repeats of the homologous sequence. In some cells, subsequent recombination between the repeats results in excision of the vector and either acquisition of a desired mutation from the vector by the genome or restoration of the genome to wildtype.
  • positive selection is applied for expression of the positive selection marker. Because nonintegrated copies of the suicide vector are rapidly eliminated from cells, this selection enriches for cells that have integrated the vector into the host chromosome . The cells surviving positive selection can then be propagated and subjected to negative selection, or screened for loss of the positive selection marker. Negative selection selects against cells expressing the negative selection marker. Thus, cells that have retained the integrated vector express the negative marker and are selectively eliminated. The cells surviving both rounds of selection are those that initially integrated and then eliminated the vector. These cells are enriched for cells having genes modified by homologous recombination with the vector.
  • the above methods do not require knowledge of the number of genes to be optimized, their map location or their function. However, in some instances, where this information is available for one or more gene, it can be exploited. For example, if the property to be acquired by evolution is enhanced recombination of cells, one gene likely to be important is recA, even though many other genes, known and unknown, may make additional contributions. In this situation, the recA gene can be evolved, at least in part, separately from other candidate genes . The recA gene can be evolved by any of the methods of recursive recombination described in Section V.
  • this approach entails obtaining diverse forms of a recA gene, allowing the forms to recombine, selecting recombinants having improved properties, and subjecting the recombinants to further cycles of recombination and selection.
  • the diverse forms of recA can be pooled with fragments encoding other genes in a library to be used in the general methods described above. In this way, the library is seeded to contain a higher proportion of variants in a gene known to be important to the property sought to be acquired than would otherwise be the case.
  • DNA substrates are isolated from natural sources and are not easily manipulated by DNA modifying or polymerizing enzymes due to recalcitrant impurities, which poison enzymatic reactions. Such difficulties can be avoided by processing DNA substrates through a harvesting strain.
  • the harvesting strain is typically a cell type with natural competence and a capacity for homologous recombination between sequences with substantial diversity (e.g., sequences exhibiting only 75% sequence identity) .
  • the harvesting strain bears a vector encoding a negative selection marker flanked by two segments respectively complementary to two segments flanking a gene or other region of interest in the DNA from a target organism.
  • the harvesting strain is contacted with fragments of DNA from the target organism. Fragments are taken up by natural competence, and a fragment of interest from the target organism recombines with the vector of the harvesting strain causing loss of the negative selection marker. Selection against the negative marker allows isolation of cells that have taken up the fragment of interest. Shuffling can be carried out in the harvester strain or vector can be isolated from the harvester strain for in vitro shuffling or transfer to a different cell type for in vivo shuffling.
  • the vector can be transferred to a different cell type by conjugation, 'protoplast fusion or electrofusion.
  • An example of a suitable harvester strain is Acinetobacter calcoaceticus mutS . Young et al . , 97th ASM Meeting Abstracts. This strain is naturally competent and takes up DNA in a nonsequence-specific manner. Also, because of the mutS mutation, this strain is capable of homologous recombinatin of sequences showing only 75% sequence identity.
  • One goal of whole cell evolution is to generate cells having improved capacity for recombination.
  • Such cells are useful for a variety of purposes in molecular genetics including the in vivo formats of recursive sequence recombination described in Section V.
  • Almost thirty genes e.g., recA, recB, recC, recD, recE, recF, recG, recO, recQ, recR, recT, ruvA, ruvB , ruvC, sbcB, ssb, topA, gyrA and B, lig, polA, uvrD, E, recL, mu D , mutH.
  • DNA sites e.g., chi , recN, sjbcC
  • DNA sites e.g., chi , recN, sjbcC
  • cognate forms of several of these genes have been found in other organisms (e.g., rad51, rad55 rad57, Dmcl in yeast (see
  • mismatch repair genes such as mutL, mutS, mutH relax homology requirements and allow recombination between more diverged sequences (Rayssiguier et al . , Nature 342, 396-401 (1989)).
  • the extent of recombination between divergent strains can be enhanced by impairing mismatch repair genes and stimulating SOS genes. Such can be achieved by use of appropriate mutant strains and/or growth under conditions of metabolic stress, which have been found to stimulate SOS and inhibit mismatch repair genes. Vulic et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . USA 94 (1997) .
  • Starting substrates for recombination are selected according to the general principles described above. That is, the substrates can be whole genomes or fractions thereof containing recombination genes or sites. Large libraries of essentially random fragments can be seeded with collections of fragments constituting variants of one or more known recombination genes, such as recA. Alternatively, libraries can be formed by mixing variant forms of the various known recombination genes and sites.
  • the library of fragments is introduced into the recipient cells to be improved and recombination occurs, generating modified cells.
  • the recipient cells preferably contain a marker gene whose expression has been disabled in a manner that can be corrected by recombination.
  • the cells can contain two copies of a marker gene bearing mutations at different sites, which copies can recombine to generate the wildtype gene.
  • a suitable marker gene is green fluorescent protein.
  • a vector can be constructed encoding one copy of GFP having stopcodons near the N-terminus, and another copy of GFP having stopcodons near the C-terminus of the protein. The distance between the stop codons at the respective ends of the molecule is 500 bp and about 25% of recombination events result in active GFP.
  • GFP GFP-like protein
  • a cell is capable of homologous recombination to recombine in between the stop codons to generate a contiguous coding sequence.
  • Screen for cells expressing GFP one enriches for cells having the highest capacity for recombination.
  • the same type of screen can be used following subsequent rounds of recombination.
  • subsequent round (s) should employ a second disabled screening marker within a second vector bearing a different origin of replication or a different positive selection marker to vectors used in the previous rounds .
  • the majority of bacterial cells in stationary phase cultures grown in rich media contain two, four or eight chromosomes. In minimal medium the cells contain one or two chromosomes. The number of chromosomes per bacterial cell thus depends on the growth rate of the cell as it enters stationary phase. This is because rapidly growing cells contain multiple replication forks, resulting in several chromosomes in the cells after termination. The number of chromosomes is strain dependent, although all strains tested have more than one chromosome in stationary phase. The number of chromosomes in stationary phase cells decreases with time. This appears to be due to fragmentation and degradation of entire chromosomes, similar to apoptosis in mammalian cells. This fragmentation of genomes in cells containing multiple genome copies results in massive recombination and mutagenesis. Useful mutants may find ways to use energy sources that will allow them to continue growing.
  • Some cell types such as Deinococcus radians (Daly and Minton J. Bacteriol . Ill , 5495-5505 (1995)) exhibit polyploidy throughout the cell cycle. This cell type is highly radiation resistant due to the presence of many copies of the genome. High frequency recombination between the genomes allows rapid removal of mutations induced by a variety of DNA damaging agents.
  • a goal of the present methods is to evolve other cell types to have increased genome copy number akin to that of Deinoccocus radians .
  • the increased copy number is maintained through all or most of its cell cycle in all or most growth conditions.
  • the presence of multiple genome copies in such cells results in a higher frequency of homologous recombination in these cells, both between copies of a gene in different genomes within the cell, and between a genome within the cell and a transfected fragment.
  • the increased frequency of recombination allows the cells to be evolved more quickly to acquire other useful characteristics.
  • Starting substrates for recombination can be a diverse library of genes only a few of which are relevant to genomic copy number, a focused library formed from variants of gene(s) known or suspected to have a role in genomic copy number or a combination of the two.
  • a general rule one would expect increased copy number would be achieved by evolution of genes involved in replication and cell septation such that cell septation is inhibited without impairing replication.
  • Genes involved in replication include tus, xerC, xerD, dif, gyrA, gyrB , parE , parC , dif, TerA, TerB, TerC, TerD, TerE, TerF, and genes influencing chromosome partitioning and gene copy number include mihD , mukA (tolC), mukB , mukC , ukD , spoOJ, spoilIE (Wake & Errington, Annu. Rev. Genet . 29, 41-67 (1995)).
  • a useful source of substrates is the genome of a cell type such as Deinoccocus radians known to have the desired phenotype of multigenomic copy number.
  • fragments encoding protein or antisense RNA inhibitors to genes known to be involved in cell septation can also be used.
  • the existence of multiple genomic copies in a cell type would usually not be advantageous due to the greater nutritional requirements needed to maintain this copy number.
  • artificial conditions can be devised to select for high copy number.
  • Modified cells having recombinant genomes are grown in rich media (in which conditions, multicopy number should not be a disadvantage) and exposed to a mutagen, such as ultraviolet or gamma irradiation or a chemical mutagen, e.g., mitomycin, nitrous acid, photoactivated psoralens, alone or in combination, which induces DNA breaks amenable to repair by recombination. These conditions select for cells having multicopy number due to the greater efficiency with which mutations can be excised. Modified cells surviving exposure to mutagen are enriched for cells with multiple genome copies. If desired, selected cells can be individually analyzed for genome copy number (e.g., by quantitative hybridization with appropriate controls) . Some or all of the collection of cells surviving selection provide the substrates for the next round of recombination. Eventually cells are evolved that have at least 2, 4, 6, 8 or 10 copies of the genome throughout the cell cycle.
  • a mutagen such as ultraviolet or gamma irradiation or a chemical mutagen,
  • the protein (or metabolite) secretion pathways of bacterial and eukaryotic cells can be evolved to export desired molecules more efficiently, such as for the manufacturing of protein pharmaceuticals, small molecule drugs or specialty chemicals. Improvements in efficiency are particularly desirable for proteins requiring multisubunit assembly (such as antibodies) or extensive posttranslational modification before secretion.
  • the efficiency of secretion may depend on a number of genetic sequences including a signal peptide coding sequence, sequences encoding protein (s) that cleave or otherwise recognize the coding sequence, and the coding sequence of the protein being secreted. The latter may affect folding of the protein and the ease with which it can integrate into and traverse membranes.
  • the bacterial secretion pathway in E. coli include the SecA, SecB , SecE , SecO and SecF genes.
  • the focused libraries referred to above comprise variants of the known secretion genes.
  • the initial substrates for recombination are often obtained at least in part from eucaryotic sources.
  • Incoming fragments can undergo recombination both with chromosomal DNA in recipient cells and with the screening marker construct present in such cells (see below) .
  • the latter form of recombination is important for evolution of the signal coding sequence incorporated in the screening marker construct .
  • Improved secretion can be screened by the inclusion of marker construct in the cells being evolved.
  • the marker construct encodes a marker gene, operably linked to expression sequences, and usually operably linked to a signal peptide coding sequence.
  • the marker gene is sometimes expressed as fusion protein with a recombinant protein of interest. This approach is useful when one wants to evolve the recombinant protein coding sequence together with secretion genes.
  • the marker gene encodes a product that is toxic to the cell containing the construct unless the product is secreted.
  • Suitable toxin proteins include diphtheria toxin and ricin toxin. Propagation of modified cells bearing such a construct selects for cells that have evolved to improve secretion of the toxin.
  • the marker gene can encode a ligand to a known receptor, and cells bearing the ligand can be detected by FACS using labelled receptor.
  • such a ligand can be operably linked to a phospholipid anchoring sequence that binds the ligand to the cell membrane surface following secretion. (See commonly owned, copending 08/309,345).
  • secreted marker protein can be maintained in proximity with the cell secreting it by inoculating individual cells into agar drops. Secreted protein is confined within the agar matrix and can be detected by e.g., FACS tm .
  • a protein of interest is expressed as a fusion protein together with b-lactamase or alkaline phosphatase. These enzymes metabolize commercially available chromogenic substrates (e.g., X-gal) , but do so only after secretion into the periplasm. Appearance of colored substrate in a colony of cells therefore indicates capacity to secrete the fusion protein and the intensity of color is related to the efficiency of secretion.
  • the cells identified by these screening and selection methods have the capacity to secrete increased amounts of protein. This capacity may be attributable to increased secretion and increased expression, or from increased secretion alone.
  • Cells can also be evolved to acquire increased expression of a recombinant protein.
  • the level of expression is, of course, highly dependent on the construct from which the recombinant protein is expressed and the regulatory sequences, such as the promoter, enhancer (s) and transcription termination site contained therein. Expression can also be affected by a large number of host genes having roles in transcription, posttranslational modification and translation. In addition, host genes involved in synthesis of ribonucleotide and amino acid monomers for transcription and translation may have indirect effects on efficiency of expression. Selection of substrates for recombination follows the general principles discussed above. In this case, focused libraries comprise variants of genes known to have roles in expression.
  • the initial substrates for recombination are often obtained, at least in part, from eucaryotic sources; that is eucaryotic genes encoding proteins such as chaperonins involved in secretion and/assembly of proteins.
  • Incoming fragments can undergo recombination both with chromosomal DNA in recipient cells and with the screening marker construct present in such cells (see below) .
  • Screening for improved expression can be effected by including a reporter construct in the cells being evolved.
  • the reporter construct expresses (and usually secretes) a reporter protein, such as GFP, which is easily detected and nontoxic .
  • the reporter protein can be expressed alone or together with a protein of interest as a fusion protein. If the reporter gene is secreted, the screening effectively selects for cells having either improved secretion or improved expression, or both.
  • a further application of recursive sequence recombination is the evolution of plant cells, and transgenic plants derived from the same, to acquire resistance to pathogenic disease, chemicals, viricides, fungicides, insecticides (e.g., BT toxin) , herbicides (e.g., atrazine or glyphosate) and bacteriocides .
  • the substrates for recombination can again be whole genomic libraries, fractions thereof or focused libraries containing variants of gene(s) known or suspected to confer resistance to one of the above agents. Frequently, library fragments are obtained from a different kind of plant to the plant being evolved. The DNA fragments are introduced into cultured plant cells or plant protoplasts by standard methods including electroporation (From et al .
  • Diversity can also be generated by genetic exchange between plant protoplasts according to the same principles described below for fungal protoplasts. Procedures for formation and fusion of plant protoplasts are described by Takahashi et al . , US 4,677,066; Akagi et al . , US 5,360,725; Shimamoto et al . , Us 5,250,433; Cheney et al . , US 5,426,040. After a suitable period of incubation to allow recombination to occur and for expression of recombinant genes, the plant cells are contacted with the agent to which resistance is to be acquired, and surviving plant cells are collected. Some or all of these plant cells can be subject to a further round of recombination and screening. Eventually, plant cells having the required degree of resistance are obtained.
  • one or more preliminary rounds of recombination and screening can be performed in bacterial cells according to the same general strategy as described for plant cells. More rapid evolution can be achieved in bacterial cells due to their greater growth rate and the greater efficiency with which DNA can be introduced into such cells.
  • a DNA fragment library is recovered from bacteria and transformed into the plants.
  • the library can either be a complete library or a focused library.
  • a focused library can be produced by amplification from primers specific for plant sequences, particularly plant sequences known or suspected to have a role in conferring resistance.
  • Plasmid Pseudomonas atrazine catabolizing genes AtzA and AtzB were subcloned from pMDl (deSouza et al . , Appl . Environ . Microbiol . 61, 3373-3378 (1995); de Souza et al . , J. Bacteriol . 178, 4894-4900 (1996)) into pUC18.
  • a 1.9 kb Aval fragment containing AtzA was end-filled and inserted into an Aval site of pUC18.
  • a 3.9 kb Clal fragment containing AtzB was end-filled and cloned into the Hindi site of pUC18.
  • AtzA was then excised from pUC18 with EcoRI and BamHI, AzB with BamHI and Hindlll, and the two inserts were co-ligated into pUC18 digested with EcoRI and Hindlll .
  • the result was a 5.8 kb insert containing AtzA and AtzB in pUC18 (total plasmid size 8.4 kb) .
  • Recursive sequence recombination was performed as follows. The entire 8.4 kb plasmid was treated with DNasel in 50 mM Tris-Cl pH 7.5, 10 mM MnCl 2 and fragments between 500 and 2000 bp were gel purified. The fragments were assembled in a PCR reaction using Tth-XL enzyme and buffer from Perkin Elmer, 2.5 mM MgOAc, 400 ⁇ M dNTPs and serial dilutions of DNA fragments. The assembly reaction was performed in an MJ Research "DNA Engine" programmed with the following cycles:
  • Atrazine at 500 ⁇ g/ml forms an insoluble precipitate.
  • the products of the AtzA and AtzB genes transform atrazine into a soluble product.
  • Cells containing the wild type AtzA and AtzB genes in pUC18 will thus be surrounded by a clear halo where the atrazine has been degraded.
  • the more active the AtzA and AtzB enzymes the more rapidly a clear halo will form and grow on atrazine- containing plates. Positives were picked as those colonies that most rapidly formed the largest clear zones .
  • the (approximately ) 40 best colonies were picked, pooled, grown in the presence of 50 ⁇ g/ml ampicillin and plasmid prepared from them. The entire process (from DNase-treatment to plating on atrazine plates) was repeated 4 times with 2000- 4000 colonies/cycle.
  • transgenesis One goal of transgenesis is to produce transgenic animals, such as mice, rabbits, sheep, pigs, goats, and cattle, secreting a recombinant protein in the milk.
  • a transgene for this purpose typically comprises in operable linkage a promoter and an enhancer from a milk-protein gene (e.g., , ⁇ , or ⁇ casein, 0-lactoglobulin, acid whey protein or ⁇ -lactalbumin) , a signal sequence, a recombinant protein coding sequence and a transcription termination site.
  • a milk-protein gene e.g., , ⁇ , or ⁇ casein, 0-lactoglobulin, acid whey protein or ⁇ -lactalbumin
  • a transgene can encode multiple chains of a multichain protein, such as an immunoglobulin, in which case, the two chains are usually individually operably linked to sets of regulatory sequences.
  • Transgenes can be optimized for expression and secretion by recursive sequence recombination. Suitable substrates for recombination include regulatory sequences such as promoters and enhancers from milk-protein genes from different species or individual animals. Cycles of recombination can be performed in vi tro or in vivo by any of the formats discussed in Section V. Screening is performed in vivo on cultures of mammary-gland derived cells, such as HCll or MacT, transfected with transgenes and reporter constructs such as those discussed above.
  • transgenes resulting in the highest levels of expression and secretion are extracted from the mammary gland tissue culture cells and used to transfect embryonic cells, such as zygotes and embryonic stem cells, which are matured into transgenic animals.
  • libraries of incoming fragments are transformed into embryonic cells, such as ES cells or zygotes .
  • the fragments can be variants of a gene known to confer a desired property, such as growth hormone.
  • the fragments can be partial or complete genomic libraries including many genes.
  • Fragments are usually introduced into zygotes by microinjection as described by Gordon et al . , Methods Enzymol . 101, 414 (1984); Hogan et al . , Manipulation of the Mouse Embryo : A Laboratory Manual (C.S.H.L. N.Y. , 1986) (mouse embryo); and Hammer et al . , Nature 315, 680 (1985) (rabbit and porcine embryos); Gandolfi et al . , J. Reprod . Fert . 81, 23-28 (1987); Rexroad et al . , J. Anim . Sci . 66, 947-953 (1988)
  • transgenes can be introduced into embryonic stem cells (ES) . These cells are obtained from preimplantation embryos cultured in vi tro . Bradley et al . ,
  • Transgenes can be introduced into such cells by electroporation or microinjection.
  • Transformed ES cells are combined with blastocysts from a nonhuman animal. The ES cells colonize the embryo and in some embryos form the germ line of the resulting chimeric animal. See Jaenisch, Science, 240, 1468-1474 (1988) .
  • D ⁇ A is extracted from animals having evolved toward acquisition of the desired property. This D ⁇ A is then used to transfect further embryonic cells. These cells can also be obtained from animals that have acquired toward the desired property in a split and pool approach. That is, D ⁇ A from one subset of such animals is transformed into embryonic cells prepared from another subset of the animals. Alternatively, the D ⁇ A from animals that have evolved toward acquisition of the desired property can be transfected into fresh embryonic cells. In either alternative, transfected cells are matured into transgenic animals, and the animals subjected to a further round of screening for the desired property.
  • Fig. 4 shows the application of this approach for evolving fish toward a larger size.
  • a library is prepared of variants of a growth hormone gene.
  • the variants can be natural or induced.
  • the library is coated with recA protein and transfected into fertilized fish eggs.
  • the fish eggs then mature into fish of different sizes.
  • the growth hormone gene fragment of genomic DNA from large fish is then amplified by PCR and used in the next round of recombination.
  • Rapid Evolution as a Predictive Tool Recursive sequence recombination can be used to simulate natural evolution of pathogenic microorganisms in response to exposure to a drug under test. Using recursive sequence recombination, evolution proceeds at a faster rate than in natural evolution.
  • One measure of the rate of evolution is the number of cycles of recombination and screening required until the microorganism acquires a defined level of resistance to the drug. The information from this analysis is of value in comparing the relative merits of different drugs and in particular, in predicting their long term efficacy on repeated administration.
  • the pathogenic microorganism used in this analysis include the bacteria that are a common source of human infections, such as chlamydia, rickettsial bacteria , mycobacteria, staphylococci , treptocci , pneumonococci , meningococci and conococci , klebsiella, proteus, serratia, pseudomonas, legionella, diphtheria, salmonella, bacilli , cholera, tetanus, botulism, anthrax, plague, leptospirosis , and Lymes disease bacteria . Evolution is effected by transforming an isolate of bacteria that is sensitive to a drug under test with a library of DNA fragments.
  • the fragments can be a mutated version of the genome of the bacteria being evolved.
  • the target of the drug is a known protein
  • a focused library containing variants of the gene encoding that protein can be used.
  • the library can come from other kinds of bacteria, especially bacteria typically found inhabiting human tissues, thereby simulating the source material available for recombination in vivo .
  • the library can also come from bacteria known to be resistant to the drug. After transformation and propagation of bacteria for an appropriate period to allow for recombination to occur and recombinant genes to be expressed, the bacteria are screened by exposing them to the drug under test and then collecting survivors. Surviving bacteria are subject to further rounds of recombination.
  • the subsequent round can be effected by a split and pool approach in which DNA from one subset of surviving bacteria is introduced into a second subset of bacteria.
  • a fresh library of DNA fragments can be introduced into surviving bacteria.
  • Subsequent round (s) of selection can be performed at increasing concentrations of drug, thereby increasing the stringency of selection.
  • a similar strategy can be used to simulate viral acquisition of drug resistance.
  • the object is to identify drugs for which resistance can be acquired only slowly, if at all .
  • the viruses to be evolved are those that cause infections in humans for which at least modestly effective drugs are available.
  • Substrates for recombination can come from induced mutants, natural variants of the same viral strain or different viruses. If the target of the drug is known (e.g., nucleotide analogs which inhibit the reverse transcriptase gene of HIV) , focused libraries containing variants of the target gene can be produced. Recombination of a viral genome with a library of fragments is usually performed in vi tro .
  • recombination can also be performed in vivo, e.g., by transfecting cells with multiple substrate copies (see Section V) .
  • recombinant viral genomes are introduced into host cells susceptible to infection by the virus and the cells are exposed to a drug effective against the virus (initially at low concentration) .
  • the cells can be spun to remove any noninfected virus.
  • progeny viruses can be collected from the culture medium, the progeny viruses being enriched for viruses that have acquired at least partial resistance to the drug.
  • virally infected cells can be plated in a soft agar lawn and resistant viruses isolated from plaques. Plaque size provides some indication of the degree of viral resistance.
  • Progeny viruses surviving screening are subject to additional rounds of recombination and screening at increased stringency until a predetermined level of drug resistance has been acquired.
  • the predetermined level of drug resistance may reflect the maximum dosage of a drug practical to administer to a patient without intolerable side effects.
  • the analysis is particularly valuable for investigating acquisition of resistance to various combination of drugs, such as the growing list of approved anti-HIV drugs (e.g., AZT, ddl , ddC, d4T, TIBO 82150, nevaripine, 3TC, crixivan and ritonavir) .
  • approved anti-HIV drugs e.g., AZT, ddl , ddC, d4T, TIBO 82150, nevaripine, 3TC, crixivan and ritonavir
  • Some methods of the invention effect recombination of cellular DNA by propagating cells under conditions inducing exchange of DNA between cells.
  • DNA exchange can be promoted by generally applicable methods such as electroporation, biolistics, cell fusion, or in some instances, by conjugation or agrobacterium mediated transfer.
  • AgrroJacterium can transform S . cerevisiae with T-DNA, which is incorporated into the yeast genome by both homologous recombination and a gap repair mechanism. (Piers et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . USA 93(4), 1613-8 (1996)).
  • initial diversity between cells is induced by chemical or radiation- induced mutagenesis of a progenitor cell type, optionally followed by screening for a desired phenotype.
  • diversity is natural as where cells are obtained from different individuals, strains or species.
  • induced exchange of DNA is used as the sole means of effecting recombination in each cycle of recombination.
  • induced exchange is used in combination with natural sexual recombination of an organism.
  • induced exchange and/or natural sexual recombination are used in combination with the introduction of a fragment library.
  • a fragment library can be a whole genome, a whole chromosome, a group of functionally or genetically linked genes, a plasmid, a cosmid, a mitochondrial genome, a viral genome (replicative and nonreplicative) or fragments of any of these.
  • the DNA can be linked to a vector or can be in free form.
  • Some vectors contain sequences promoting homologous or nonhomologous recombination with the host genome. Some fragments contain double stranded breaks such as caused by shearing with glass beads, sonication, or chemical or enzymatic fragmentation, to stimulate recombination.
  • DNA can be exchanged between cells after which it can undergo recombination to form hybrid genomes.
  • Cells bearing hybrid genomes are screened for a desired phenotype, and cells having this phenotype are isolated. These cells form the starting materials for the next cycle of recombination in a recursive recombination/selection scheme.
  • protoplast results from the removal from a cell of its cell wall, leaving a membrane-bound cell that depends on an isotonic or hypertonic medium for maintaining its integrity. If the cell wall is partially removed, the resulting cell is strictly referred to as a spheroplast and if it is completely removed, as a protoplast. However, here the term protoplast includes spheroplasts unless otherwise indicated.
  • Protoplast fusion is described by Shaffner et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad. Sci . USA 11 , 2163 (1980) and other exemplary procedures are described by Yoakum et al . , US 4,608,339, Takahashi et al . , US 4,677,066 and Sambrooke et al . , at Ch. 16. Protoplast fusion has been reported between strains, species, and genera (e.g., yeast and chicken erythrocyte) .
  • Protoplasts can be prepared for both bacterial and eucaryotic cells, including mammalian cells and plant cells, by several means including chemical treatment to strip cell walls. For example, cell walls can be stripped by digestion with lysozyme in a 10-20% sucrose, 50 mM EDTA buffer. Conversion of cells to spherical protoplasts can be monitored by phase-contrast microscopy. Protoplasts can also be prepared by propagation of cells in media supplemented with an inhibitor of cell wall synthesis, or use of mutant strains lacking capacity for cell wall formation. Preferably, eucaryotic cells are synchronized in Gl phase by arrest with inhibitors such as ⁇ -factor, K.
  • inhibitors such as ⁇ -factor, K.
  • protoplasts to be fused can be killed and/or have their DNA fragmented by treatment with ultraviolet irradiation, hydroxylamine or cupferon (Reeves et al . , FEMS Microbiol . Lett . 99, 193-198 (1992)).
  • killed protoplasts are referred to as donors, and viable protoplasts as acceptors.
  • Using dead donors cells can be advantageous in subsequently recognizing fused cells with hybrid genomes, as described below. Further, breaking up DNA in donor cells is advantageous for stimulating recombination with acceptor DNA.
  • acceptor and/or fused cells can also be briefly, but nonlethally, exposed to uv irradiation further to stimulate recombination.
  • protoplasts can be stabilized in a variety of osmolytes and compounds such as sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate, sucrose, sorbitol in the presence of DTT.
  • the combination of buffer, pH, reducing agent, and osmotic stabilizer can be optimized for different cell types.
  • Protoplasts can be induced to fuse by treatment with a chemical such as PEG, calcium chloride or calcium propionate or electrofusion (Tsoneva, Acta Microbiologica Bulgaria 24, 53-59 (1989)). A method of cell fusion employing electric fields has also been described. See Chang US, 4,970,154. Conditions can be optimized for different strains.
  • the fused cells are heterokaryons containing genomes from two component protoplasts.
  • Fused cells can be enriched from unfused parental cells by sucrose gradient sedimentation or cell sorting.
  • the two nuclei in the heterokaryons can fuse (karyogamy) and homologous recombination can occur between the genomes.
  • the chromosomes can also segregate asymmetrically resulting in regenerated protoplasts that have lost or gained whole chromosomes.
  • the frequency of recombination can be increased by treatment with ultraviolet irradiation or by use of strains overexpressing recA or other recombination genes, such as MutS or MutL or the yeast rad genes, and cognate variants thereof in other species.
  • Overexpression can be either the result of introduction of exogenous recombination genes or the result of selecting strains, which as a result of natural variation or induced mutation, overexpress endogenous recombination genes.
  • the fused protoplasts are propagated under conditions allowing regeneration of cell walls, recombination and segregation of recombinant genomes into progeny cells from the heterokaryon and expression of recombinant genes. After, or occasionally before or during, recovery of fused cells, the cells are screened or selected for evolution toward a desired property.
  • a subsequent round of recombination can be performed by preparing protoplasts from the cells surviving selection/screening in a previous round.
  • the protoplasts are fused, recombination occurs in fused protoplasts, and cells are regenerated from the fused protoplasts.
  • Protoplasts, regenerated or regenerating cells are subject to further selection or screening.
  • a subsequent round of recombination can be performed on a split pool basis as described above. That is, a first subpopulation of cells surviving selection/screening from a previous round are used for protoplast formation. A second subpopulation of cells surviving selection/screening from a previous round are used as a source for DNA library preparation. The DNA library from the second subpopulation of cells is then transformed into the protoplasts from the first subpopulation. The library undergoes recombination with the genomes of the protoplasts to form recombinant genomes . Cells are regenerated from protoplasts, and selection/screening is applied to regenerating or regenerated cells.
  • a fresh library of nucleic acid fragments is introduced into protoplasts surviving selection/screening from a previous round .
  • An exemplary format for shuffling using protoplast fusion is shown in Fig. 5. The figure shows the following steps: protoplast formation of donor and recipient strains, heterokaryon formation, karyogamy, recombination, and segregation of recombination genomes into separate cells.
  • the recombinant genomes if having a sexual cycle, can undergo further recombination with each other as a result of meiosis and mating. Cells are then screened or selected for a desired property. Cells surviving selection/screening are then used as the starting materials in a further cycle of protoplasting .
  • the invention provides selection strategies to identify cells formed by fusion of components from parental cells from two or more distinct subpopulations .
  • Selection for hybrid cells is usually performed before selecting or screening for cells that have evolved (as a result of genetic exchange) to acquisition of a desired property.
  • a basic premise of most such selection schemes is that two initial subpopulations have two distinct markers. Cells with hybrid genomes can thus be identified by selection for both markers.
  • At least one subpopulation of cells bears a selective marker attached to its cell membrane.
  • suitable membrane markers include biotin, fluorescein and rhodamine .
  • the markers can be linked to amide or thiol groups or through more specific derivatization chemistries, such as jodo-acetates, jodoacetamides, maleimides.
  • a marker can be attached as follows. Cells or protoplasts are washed with a buffer (e.g., PBS) , which does not interfere with the chemical coupling of a chemically active ligand which reacts with amino groups of lysines or N-terminal aminogroups of membrane proteins.
  • PBS buffer
  • the ligand is either amine reactive itself (e.g., isothiocyanates , succinimidyl esters, sulfonyl chlorides) or is activated by a heterobifunctional linker (e.g. EMCS, SIAB, SPDP, SMB) to become amine reactive.
  • the ligand is a molecule which is easily bound by protein derivatized magnetic beads or other capturing solid supports.
  • the ligand can be succinimidyl activated biotin (Molecular probes: B-1606, B- 2603, S-1515, S-1582). This linker is reacted with aminogroups of proteins residing in and on the surface of a cell. The cells are then washed to remove excess labelling agent before contacting with cells from the second subpopulation bearing a second selective marker.
  • the second subpopulation of cells can also bear a membrane marker, albeit a different membrane marker from the first subpopulation.
  • the second subpopulation can bear a genetic marker.
  • the genetic marker can confer a selective property such as drug resistance or a screenable property, such as expression of green fluorescent protein.
  • cells are screened or selected for the presence of markers on both parental subpopulations. For example, fusants are enriched for one population by adsorbtion to psecific beads and these are then sorted by FACS tm for those expressing a maker. Cells surviving both screen for both markers are those having undergone protoplast fusion, and are therefore more likely to have recombined genomes. Usually, the markers are screened or selected separately. Membrane-bound markers, such as biotin, can be screened by affinity enrichment for the cell membrane marker (e.g., by panning fused cells on an affinity matrix) .
  • cells can be affinity purified using streptavidin-coated magnetic beads (Dynal) . These beads are washed several times to remove the non-fused host cells.
  • cells can be panned against an antibody to the membrane marker.
  • the membrane marker is fluorescent
  • cells bearing the marker can be identified by FACS tm . Screens for genetic markers depend on the nature of the markers, and include capacity to grow on drug-treated media or FACS tm selection for green fluorescent protein. If first and second cell populations have fluorescent markers of different wavelengths, both markers can be screened simultaneously by FACS tm sorting.
  • first and second populations of cells to be fused express different subunits of a heteromultimeric enzyme.
  • the heteromultimeric enzyme has two different subunits, but heteromultimeric enzymes having three, four or more different subunits can be used. If an enzyme has more than two different subunits, each subunit can be expressed in a different subpopulation of cells (e.g., three subunits in three subpopulations) , or more than one subunit can be expressed in the same subpopulation of cells (e.g., one subunit in one subpopulation, two subunits in a second subpopulation) .
  • Hybrid cells representing a combination of genomes of first and second subpopulation component cells can then be recognized by an assay for intact enzyme.
  • an assay can be a binding assay, but is more typically a functional assay (e.g., capacity to metabolize a substrate of the enzyme) .
  • Enzymatic activity can be detected for example by processing of a substrate to a product with a fluorescent or otherwise easily detectable emission spectrum.
  • the individual subunits of a heteromultimeric enzyme used in such an assay preferably have no enzymic activity in dissociated form, or at least have significantly less activity in dissociated form than associated form.
  • the cells used for fusion lack an endogenous form of the heteromultimeric enzyme, or at least have significantly less endogenous activity than results from heteromultimeric enzyme formed by fusion of cells.
  • Penicillin acylase enzymes cephalosporin acylase and penicillin acyltransferase are examples of suitable heteromultimeric enzymes. These enzymes are encoded by a single gene, which is translated as a proenzyme and cleaved by posttranslational autocatalytic proteolysis to remove a spacer endopeptide and generate two subunits, which associate to form the active heterodimeric enzyme. Neither subunit is active in the absence of the other subunit. However, activity can be reconstituted if these separated gene portions are expressed in the same cell by co-transformation.
  • enzymes that can be used have subunits that are encoded by distinct genes (e.g., faoA amd faoB genes encode 3-oxoacyl-CoA thiolase of Pseudonmonas fragi (Biochem . J 328 , 815-820 (1997)) .
  • An exemplary enzyme is penicillin G acylase from Escherichia coli , which has two subunits encoded by a single gene. Fragments of the gene encoding the two subunits operably linked to appropriate expression regulation sequences are transfected into first and second subpopulations of cells, which lack endogenous penicillin acylase activity. A cell formed by fusion of component cells from the first and second subpopulations expresses the two subunits, which assemble to form functional enzyme, e.g., penicillin acylase. Fused cells can then be selected on agar plates containing penicillin G, which is degraded by penicillin acylase.
  • fused cells are identified by complementation of auxotrophic mutants.
  • Parental subpopulations of cells can be selected with known auxotrophic mutations.
  • auxotrophic mutations in a starting population of cells can be generated spontaneously by exposure to a mutagenic agent.
  • Cells with auxotrophic mutations are selected by replica plating on minimal and complete media. Lesions resulting in auxotrophy are expected to be scattered throughout the genome, in genes for amino acid, nucleotide, and vitamin biosynthetic pathways.
  • cells resulting from fusion can be identified by their capacity to grow on minimal media. These cells can then be screened or selected for evolution toward a desired property. Further steps of mutagenesis generating fresh auxotrophic mutations can be incorporated in subsequent cycles of recombination and screening/selection.
  • auxotrophs can be generated by transposon mutagensis using a transposon bearing selective marker.
  • Auxotrophs are identified by a screen such as replica plating.
  • Auxotrophs are pooled, and a generalized transducing phage lysate is prepared by growth of phage on a population of auxotrophic cells.
  • a separate population of auxtrophic cells is subjected to genetic exchange, and complementation is used to selected cells that have undergone genetic exchange and recombination. These cells are then screened or selected for acquisition of a desired property.
  • Cells surviving screening or selection then have auxotrophic markers regenerated by introduction of the transducing transposon library.
  • the newly generated auxotrophic cells can then be subject to further genetic exchange and screening/selection.
  • auxotrophic mutations are generated by homologous recombination with a targeting vector comprising a selective marker flanked by regions of homology with a biosynthetic region of the genome of cells to be evolved. Recombination between the vector and the genome inserts the positive selection marker into the genome causing an auxotrophic mutation.
  • the vector is in linear form before introduction of cells.
  • the frequency of introduction of the vector can be increased by capping its ends with self-complementarity oligonucleotides annealed in a hair pin formation. Genetic exchange and screening/selection proceed as described above.
  • targeting vectors are reintroduced regenerating the same population of auxotrophic markers.
  • fused cells are identified by screening for a genomic marker present on one subpopulation of parental cells and an episomal marker present on a second subpopulation of cells.
  • a genomic marker present on one subpopulation of parental cells
  • an episomal marker present on a second subpopulation of cells.
  • a first subpopulation of yeast containing mitochondria can be used to complement a second subpopulation of yeast having a petite phenotype (i.e., lacking mitochondria) .
  • genetic exchange is performed between two subpopulations of cells, one of which is dead. Viable cells are then screened for a marker present on the dead parental subpopulation.
  • nucleic acid fragment libraries are introduced into protoplasts
  • the nucleic acids are sometimes encapsulated in liposomes to facilitate uptake by protoplasts.
  • Lipsome-mediated uptake of DNA by protoplasts is described in Redford et al . , Mol . Gen . Genet . 184, 567-569 (1981) .
  • Liposomes can efficiently deliver large volumes of DNA to protoplasts (see Deshayes et al . , EMBO J. 4, 2731-2737 (1985)).
  • the DNA can be delivered as linear fragments, which are often more recombinogenic that whole genomes.
  • fragments are mutated prior to encapsulation in liposomes.
  • fragments are combined with RecA and homologs, or nucleases (e.g., restriction endonucleases) before encapsulation in liposomes to promote recombination.
  • Shuffling filamentous fungi are particularly suited to performing the shuffling methods described above. Filamentous fungi are divided into four main classifications based on their structures for sexual reproduction: Phycomycetes, Ascomycetes, Basidiomycetes and the Fungi Imperfecti .
  • Phycomycetes e.g., Rhizopus, Mucor
  • Ascomycetes e.g.,
  • Basidiomycetes include mushrooms, rusts and smuts and form sexual spores on the surface of a basidium. In holobasidiomycetes , such as mushrooms) the basidium is undivided. In hemibasidiomycetes , such as ruts ( Uredinales) and smut fungi ( Ustilaginales) , the basidium is divided. Fungi imperfecti , include most human pathogens, have no sexual stage-vegetative reproduction.
  • Fungi can reproduce by asexual , sexual or parasexual means.
  • Asexual reproduction involves vegetative growth of mycelia, nuclear division and cell division without involvement of gametes and without nuclear fusion. Cell division can occur by sporulation, budding or fragmentation of hyphae .
  • a sexual reproductive cycle is characterized by an alteration of a haploid phase and a diploid phase. Diploidy occurs when two haploid gamete nuclei fuse (karyogamy) .
  • the gamete nuclei can come from the same parental strains (self-fertile) , such as in the homothallic fungi. In heterothallic fungi, the parental strains come from strains of different mating type.
  • a diploid cell converts to haploidy via meiosis, which essentially consists of two divisions of the nucleus accompanied by one division of the chromosomes. The products of one meiosis are a tetrad (4 haploid nuclei) .
  • a mitotic division occurs after meiosis, giving rise to eight product cells.
  • the arrangement of the resultant cells (usually enclosed in spores) resembles that of the parental strains.
  • the length of the haploid and diploid stages differs in various fungi: for example, the
  • Basidiomycetes and many of the Ascomycetes have a mostly hapolid life cycle (that is, meiosis occurs immediately after karyogamy), whereas others (e.g., Saccharomyces cerevisiae) are diploid for most of their life cycle (karyogamy occurs soon after meiosis) .
  • sexual reproduction can occur between cells in the same strain (selfing) or between cells from different strains (outcrossing) .
  • Sexual dimorphism is the separate production of male and female organs on different mycelia. This is a rare phenomenon among the fungi, although a few examples are known. Heterothallism (one locus-two alleles) allows for outcrossing between crosscompatable strains which are self-incompatable .
  • the simplest form is the two allele-one locus system of mating types/factors, illustrated by the following organisms: A and a in Neurospora a and ⁇ in Saccharomyces plus and minus in Schizzosaccharomyces and Zygomycetes a and a 2 in Ustilago Multiple-allelomorph heterothallism is exhibited by some of the higher Basidiomycetes (e.g. Gasteromycetes and Hymenomycetes) , which are heterothallic and have several mating types determined by multiple alleles. Heterothallism in these organisms is either bipolar with one mating type factor, or tetrapolar with two unlinked factors, A and B.
  • Basidiomycetes e.g. Gasteromycetes and Hymenomycetes
  • Stable, fertile heterokaryon formation depends on the presence of different A factors and, in the case of tetrapolar organisms, of different B factors as well. This system is effective in the promotion of outbreeding and the prevention of self-breeding.
  • the number of different mating factors may be very large (i.e. thousands) (Kothe, FEMS Microbiol . Rev. 18, 65-87 (1996)), and non-parental mating factors may arise by recombination.
  • Parasexual reproduction provides a further means for shuffling genetic material between cells. This process allows recombination of parental DNA without involvement of mating types or games.
  • Parasexual fusion occurs by hyphal fusion giving rise to a common cytoplasm containing different nuclei. The two nuclei can divided independently in the resulting heterokaryon but occasionally fuse. Fusion is followed by haploidization, which can involve loss of chromosomes and mitotic crossing over between homolgous chromosomes.
  • Protoplast fusion is a form of parasexual reproduction.
  • fungi are also classified by vegetative compatibility group. Fungi within a vegetative compatibility group can form heterokaryons with each other. Thus, for exchange of genetic material between different strains of fungi, the fungi are usually prepared from the same vegetative compatibility group. However, some genetic exchange can occur between fungi from different incompatibility groups as a result of parasexual reproduction (see Timberlake et al . , US 5,605,820). Further, as discussed elsewhere, the natural vegetative compatibility group of fungi can be expanded as a result of shuffling.
  • the major components of the fungal cell wall are chitin (or chitosan) , /3-glucan, and mannoproteins .
  • Chitin and 0-glucan form the scaffolding, mannoproteins are interstitial components which dictate the wall's porosity, antigenicity and adhesion.
  • Chitin synthetase catalyzes the polymerization of ⁇ - (1, 4) -linked N-acetylglucosamine (GIcNAc) residues, forming linear strands running antiparallel ; ⁇ - (1, 3) -glucan synthetases catalyze the homopolymerization of glucose.
  • GIcNAc N-acetylglucosamine
  • a . nidulans is generally the fungal organism of choice to serve as a host for such manipulations because of its sexual cycle and well-established use in classical and molecular genetics.
  • Another general goal is to improve the capacity of fungi to make specific compounds (e.g. antibacterials (penicillins, cephalosporins) , antifungals (e.g. echinocandins, aureobasidins) , and wood-degrading enzymes) .
  • specific compounds e.g. antibacterials (penicillins, cephalosporins)
  • antifungals e.g. echinocandins, aureobasidins
  • wood-degrading enzymes wood-degrading enzymes
  • One desired property is the introduction of meiotic apparati into fungi presently lacking a sexual cycle (see Sharon et al . , Mol . Gen . Genet . 251, 60-68 (1996)).
  • a scheme for introducing a sexual cycle into the fungi P. chrysogenum (a fungus imperfecti) is shown in Fig. 6.
  • Subpopulations of protoplasts are formed from A. nidulans (which has a sexual cycle) and P. chrysogenum, which does not.
  • the two strains preferably bear different markers.
  • the A. nidulans protoplasts are killed by treatment with uv or hydroxylamine .
  • the two subpopulations are fused to form heterokaryons.
  • nuclei fuse, and and some recombination occurs.
  • Fused cells are cultured under conditions to generate new cell walls and then to allow sexual recombination to occur.
  • Cells with recombinant genomes are then selected (e.g., by selecting for complementation of auxotrophic markers present on the respective parent strains) .
  • Cells with hybrid genomes are more likely to have acquired the genes necessary for a sexual cycle.
  • Protoplasts of cells can then be crossed with killed protoplasts of a further population of cells known to have a sexual cycle (the same or different as the previous round) in the same manner, followed by selection for cells with hybrid genomes .
  • Another desired property is the production of a mutator strain of fungi.
  • Such a fungus can be produced by shuffling a fungal strain containing a marker gene with one or more mutations that impair or prevent expression of a functional product.
  • Shufflants are propagated under conditions that select for expression of the positive marker (while allowing a small amount of residual growth without expression) .
  • Shufflants growing fastest are selected to form the starting materials for the next round of shuffling.
  • Another desired property is to expand the host range of a fungus so it can form heterokaryons with fungi from other vegetative compatibility groups.
  • Incompatability between species results from the interactions of specific alleles at different incompatability loci (such as the "net" loci) . If two strains undergo hyphal anastomosis, a lethal cytoplasmic incompatability reaction may occur if the strains differ at these loci. Strains must carry identical loci to be entirely compatible. Several of these loci have been identified in various species, and the incompatibility effect is somewhat additive (hence, "partial incompatibility" can occur) . Some tolerant and het-negative mutants have been described for these organisms (e.g.
  • Another desired property is the introduction of multiple-allelomorph heterothallism into Ascomycetes and Fungi imperfecti , which do not normally exhibit this property.
  • This mating system allows outbreeding without self-breeding.
  • Such a mating system can be introduced by shuffling Ascomycetes and Fungi imperfecti with DNA from Gasteromycetes or Hymenomycetes , which have such a system.
  • Another desired property is spontaneous formation of protoplasts to facilitate use of a fungal strain as a shuffling host.
  • the fungus to be evolved is typically mutagenized. Spores of the fungus to be evolved are briefly treated with a cell-wall degrading agent for a time insufficient for complete protoplast formation, and are mixed with protoplasts from other strain (s) of fungi. Protoplasts formed by fusion of the two different subpopulations are identified by genetic or other selection/or screening as described above. These protoplasts are used to regenerate mycelia and then spores, which form the starting material for the next round of shuffling.
  • the surviving spores are treated with cell-wall removing enzyme but for a shorter time than the previous round.
  • the partially stripped cells are labelled with a first label.
  • protoplasts which may derive from other cells surviving selection in a previous round, or from a fresh strain of fungi.
  • protoplasts are physically labelled with a second label.
  • fusants with both labels are selected. These fusants are used to generate mycelia and spores for the next round of shuffling, and so forth.
  • progeny that spontaneously form protoplasts i.e., without addition of cell wall degrading agent
  • genes of the pathway can be introduced into the fungus to be evolved either by genetic exchange with another strain of fungus possessing the pathway or by introduction of a fragment library from an organism possessing the pathway. Genetic material of these fungi can then be subjected to further shuffling and screening/selection by the various procedures discussed in this application. Shufflant strains of fungi are selected/screened for production of the compound produced by the metabolic pathway or precursors thereof.
  • genes conferring stability can be acquired by exchanging DNA with or transforming DNA from a strain that already has such properties.
  • the strain to be evolved can be subjected to random mutagenesis.
  • Genetic material of the fungus to be evolved can be shuffled by any of the procedures described in this application, with shufflants being selected by surviving exposure to extreme conditions.
  • Another desired property is capacity of a fungus to grow under altered nutritional requirements (e.g., growth on particular carbon or nitrogen sources) .
  • Altering nutritional requirements is particularly valuable, e.g., for natural isolates of fungi that produce valuable commercial products but have esoteric and therefore expensive nutritional requirement.
  • the strain to be evolved undergoes genetic exchange and/or transformation with DNA from a strain that has the desired nutritional requirements.
  • the fungus to be evolved can then optionally be subjected to further shuffling as described in this application and with recombinant strains being selected for capacity to grow in the desired nutritional circumstances.
  • the nutritional circumstances can be varied in successive rounds of shuffling starting at close to the natural requirements of the fungus to be evolved and in subsequent rounds approaching the desired nutritional requirements .
  • Another desired property is acquisition of natural competence in a fungus.
  • the procedure for acquisition of natural competence by shuffling is generally described in PCT/US97/04494.
  • the fungus to be evolved typically undergoes genetic exchange or transformation with DNA from a bacterial strain or fungal strain that already has this property.
  • Cells with recombinant genomes are then selected by capacity to take up a plasmid bearing a selective marker. Further rounds of recombination and selection can be performed using any of the procedures described above .
  • the fungus to be evolved can acquire DNA by exchange or transformation from another strain known to have the desired property.
  • the fungus to be evolved can be subject to random mutagenesis.
  • the fungus to be evolved is shuffled as above.
  • pooled isolates of fungi are typically lysed to release proteases or DNase to the surrounding media.
  • the presence of such enzymes, or lack thereof, can be assayed by contacting the media with a fluorescent molecule tethered to a support via a peptide or DNA linkage. Cleavage of the linkage releases detectable fluorescence to the media.
  • fungi with altered transporters are useful, for example, in fungi that have been evolved to produce new secondary metabolites, to allow entry of precursors required for synthesis of the new secondary metabolites into a cell, or to allow efflux of the secondary metabolite from the cell .
  • Transporters can be evolved by introduction of a library of transporter variants into a fungal cells and allowing the cells to recombine by sexual or parasexual recombination.
  • To evolve a transporter with capacity to transport a precursor into the cells cells are propagated in the present of precursor, and cells are then screened for production of metabolite.
  • a transporter with capacity to export a metabolite cells are propagated under conditions supporting production of the metabolite, and screened for export of metabolite to culture medium.
  • FIG. 7 A general method of fungal shuffling is shown in Fig. 7. Spores from a frozen stock or fresh from an agar plate are used to inoculate suitable liquid medium (1) . Spores are germinated resulting in hyphal growth (2) . Mycelia are harvested, and washed by filtration and/or centrifugation. Optionally the sample is pretreated with DTT to enhance protoplast formation (3) . Protoplasting is performed in an osmotically stabling medium (e.g., 1 m NaCl/20mM MgS04 , pH 5.8) by the addition of cell wall-degrading enzyme (e.g., Novozyme 234) (4) . Cell wall degrading enzyme is removed by repeated washing with osmotically stabilizing solution (5) .
  • osmotically stabling medium e.g., 1 m NaCl/20mM MgS04 , pH 5.8
  • cell wall-degrading enzyme e.g., Novozyme 234
  • Protoplasts can be separated from mycelia, debris and spores by filtration through miracloth, and density centrifugation (6) . Protoplasts are harvested by centrifugation and resuspended to the appropriate concentration. This step may lead to some protoplast fusion (7) . Fusion can be stimulated by addition of PEG (e.g., PEG 3350), and/or repeated centrifugation and resuspension with or without PEG. Electrofusion can also be performed (8) . Fused protoplasts can optionally be enriched from unfused protoplasts by sucrose gradient sedimentation (or other methods of screening described above) . Fused protoplasts can optionally be treated with ultraviolet irradiation to stimulate recombination (9) .
  • PEG e.g., PEG 3350
  • Electrofusion can also be performed (8) .
  • Fused protoplasts can optionally be enriched from unfused protoplasts by sucrose gradient sedimentation (or other methods of screening described above) . Fused proto
  • Protoplasts are cultured on osmotically stabilized agar plates to regenerate cell walls and form mycelia (10) .
  • the mycelia are used to generate spores (11) , which are used as the starting material in the next round of shuffling (12) .
  • Selection for a desired property can be performed either on regenerated mycelia or spores derived therefrom.
  • protoplasts are formed by inhibition of one or more enzymes required for cell wall synthesis (see Fig. 8) .
  • the inhibitor should be fungistatic rather than fungicidal under the conditions of use.
  • inhibitors include antifungal compounds described by (see Georgopapadakou & Walsh, AntimicroJb. Ag . Che other. 40, 279-291 (1996); Lyman & Walsh, Drugs 44, 9-35 (1992)).
  • Other examples include chitin synthase inhibitors (polyoxin or nikkornycin compounds) and/or glucan synthase inhibitors (e.g. echinocandins, papulocandins, pneurnocandins) .
  • Inhibitors should be applied in osmotically stabilized medium.
  • Cells stripped of their cell walls can be fused or otherwise employed as donors or hosts in genetic transformation/strain development programs.
  • a possible scheme utilizing this method reiteratively is outlined in Figure 8.
  • protoplasts are prepared using strains fungi, which are genetically deficient or compromised in their ability to synthesize intact cell walls (see Fig. 9) .
  • Such mutants are generally referred to as fragile, osmotic-remedial, or cell wall-less, and can be obtainable from strain depositories. Examples of such strains include Neurospora crassa os mutants (Selitrennikoff , Antimicro . Agents. Chemother. 23, 757-765 (1983)).
  • Temperature- sensitive strains can be propagated at the permissive temperature for purposes of selection and amplification and at a nonpermissive temperature for purposes of protoplast formation and fusion.
  • a temperature sensitive strain Neurospora crassa os strain has been described which propagates as protoplasts when growth in osmotically stabilizing medium containing sorbose and polyoxin at nonpermissive temperature but generates whole cells on transfer to medium containing sorbitol at a permissive temperature. See US 4,873,196.
  • suitable strains can be produced by targeted mutagenesis of genes involved chitin synthesis, glucan synthesis and other cell wall-related processes.
  • genes include CHT1, CHT2 and CALI (or CSD2) of Saccharomyces cerevisiae and Candida spp. (Georgopapadakou & Walsh 1996) ; ETGI/FKSI/CNDI/ CWH53/PB RI and homologs in S . cerevisiae, Candida albicans, Cryptococcus neoformans , Aspergillus fumigatus , ChvAINdvA Agrobacterium and Rhizobium.
  • bimG of Aspergillus nidulans (Borgia, J. Bacteriol . 174, 377-389 (1992))
  • OrlA 1, tse6 and bimGll mutant strains have mutations resulting in lysis at restrictive temperatures. Lysis is prevented by osmotic stabilization. Mutation is complemented by addition of N-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc) .
  • bimGll mutant strains are ts for a type 1 protein phosphatase in conidia.
  • Chsl is a non-essential repair enzyme; chs2 is involved in septum formation and chs3 is involved in cell wall maturation and bud ring formation.
  • Other useful strains are S. cerevisiae CLY mutant strains (cell lysis) ts strains (Paravicini et al . , Mol . Cell Biol .
  • Targeted mutagenesis can be achieved by transforming cells with a positive-negative selection vector containing homologous regions flanking a segment to be targeted, a positive selection marker between the homologous regions and a negative selection marker outside the homologous regions (see Capecchi, US 5,627,059) .
  • the negative selection marker can be an antisense transcript of the positive selection marker (see US 5,527,674).
  • Other suitable cells can be selected by random mutagenesis or shuffling procedures in combination with selection. For example, a first subpopulation of cells are mutagenized, allowed to recover from mutagenesis, subjected to incomplete degradation of cell walls and then contacted with protoplasts of a second subpopulation of cells.
  • Hybrids cells bearing markers from both subpopulations are identified (as described above) and used as the starting materials in a subsequent round of shuffling. This selection scheme selects both for cells with capacity for spontaneous protoplast formation and for cells with enhanced recombinogenicity.
  • cells having capacity for spontaneous protoplast formation can be crossed with cells having enhanced recombinogenicity evolved using other methods of the invention.
  • the hybrid cells are particularly suitable hosts for whole genome shuffling.
  • Cells with mutations in enzymes involved in cell wall synthesis or maintenance can undergo fusion simply as a result of propagating the cells in osmotic-protected culture due to spontaneous protoplast formation. If the mutation is conditional, cells are shifted to a nonpermissive condition. Protoplast formation and fusion can be accelerated by addition of promoting agents, such as PEG or an electric field (See Philipova & Venkov, Yeast 6, 205-212 (1990); Tsoneva et al . , FEMS Microbiol . Lett . 51, 61-65 (1989)).
  • promoting agents such as PEG or an electric field
  • Yeasts are subspecies of fungi that grow as single cells. Yeasts are used for the production of fermented beverages and leavening, for production of ethanol as a fuel, low molecular weight compounds, and for the heterologous production of proteins and enzymes (see accompanying list of yeast strains and their uses) . Commonly used strains of yeast include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia sp . , Canidia sp . and Schizosaccharomyces pombe .
  • yeast vectors are available for cloning in yeast including integrative plasmid (Yip) , yeast replicating plasmid (YRp, such as the 2 ⁇ circle based vectors) , yeast episomal plasmid (YEp) , yeast centromeric plasmid (YCp) , or yeast artificial chromosome (YAC) .
  • Yip integrative plasmid
  • YRp yeast replicating plasmid
  • YEp yeast episomal plasmid
  • YCp yeast centromeric plasmid
  • YAC yeast artificial chromosome
  • Each vector can carry markers useful to select for the presence of the plasmid such as LUE2 , URA3 , and H1S3, or the absence of the plasmid such as URA3 (a gene that is toxic to cells grown in the presence of 5-fluoro orotic acid.
  • the sexual cycle involves the recombination of the whole genome of the organism each time the cell passes through meiosis.
  • diploid cells of S . cerevisiae are exposed to nitrogen and carbon limiting conditions, diploid cells undergo meiosis to form asci .
  • Ascus holds four haploid spores, two of mating type "a" and two of mating type " ⁇ .”
  • haploid spores of opposite mating type mate to form diploid cells once again.
  • Asci of opposite mating type can mate within the ascus, or if the ascus is degraded, for example with zymolase, the haploid cells can mate with spores from other asci.
  • This sexual cycle provides a format to shuffle endogenous genomes of yeast and/or exogenous fragment libraries inserted into yeast. This process results in swapping or accumulation of hybrid genes, and for the shuffling of homologous sequences shared by mating cells.
  • Yeast strains having mutations in several known genes have properties useful for shuffling. These properties include increasing the frequency of recombination and increasing the frequency of spontaneous mutations within a cell.
  • HO nuclease effects the transposition of HMLa/ ⁇ and HMRa/ ⁇ to the MAT locus resulting in mating type switching.
  • Mutants in the gene encoding this enzyme do not switch their mating type and can be employed to force crossing between strains of defined genotype, such as ones that harbor a library or have a desired phenotype and to prevent in breeding of starter strains.
  • PMS1, MLH1 , MSH2 , MSH6 are involved in mismatch repair. Mutations in these genes all have a mutator phenotype (Chambers et al . , Mol . Cell . Biol .
  • Mutations in either HOPl or REDl reduce double stranded breaks at the HIS2 recombination hotspot .
  • Strains deficient in these genes are useful for maintaining stability in hyper recombinogenic constructs such as tandem expression libraries carried on YACs .
  • Mutations in HPR 1 are hyperrecombinogenic.
  • HDF1 has DNA end binding activity and is involved in double stranded break repair and V(D)J recombination. Strains bearing this mutation are useful for transformation with random genomic fragments by either protoplast fusion or electroporation.
  • Kar-1 is a dominant mutation that prevents karyogamy.
  • Kar-1 mutants are useful for the directed transfer of single chromosomes from a donor to a recipient strain.
  • HOT1 is an S . cerevisiae recombination hotspot within the promoter and enhancer region of the rDNA repeat sequences. This locus induces mitotic recombination at adjacent sequences- presumably due to its high level transcription. Genes and/or pathways inserted under the transcriptional control of this region undergo increased mitotic recombination.
  • CDC2 encodes polymerase ⁇ and is necessary for mitotic gene conversion. Overexpression of this gene can be used in a shuffler or mutator strain.
  • a temperature sensitive mutation in CDC4 halts the cell cycle at Gl at the restrictive temperature and could be used to synchronize protoplasts for optimized fusion and subsequent recombination.
  • shuffling yeast As with filamentous fungi, the general goals of shuffling yeast include improvement in yeast as a host organism for genetic manipulation, and as a production apparatus for various compounds. One desired property in either case is to improve the capacity of yeast to express and secrete a heterologous protein.
  • the following example describes the use of shuffling to evolve yeast to express and secrete increased amounts of RNase A.
  • RNase A catalyzes the cleavage of the P-0 5 , bond of RNA specifically after pyrimidine nucleotides.
  • the enzyme is a basic 124 amino acid polypeptide that has 8 half cystine residues, each required for catalysis.
  • YEpWL-RNase A is a vector that effects the expression and secretion of RNaseA from the yeast S. cerevisiae, and yeast harboring this vector secrete 1-2 mg of recombinant RNase A per liter of culture medium (delCardayre et al . , Protein Engineering 8(3) :26, 1-273 (1995) ) . This overall yield is poor for a protein heterologously expressed in yeast and can be improved at least 10-100 fold by shuffling.
  • the expression of RNaseA is easily detected by several plate and microtitre plate assays
  • Each of the described formats for whole genome shuffling can be used to shuffle a strain of S . cerevisiae harboring YEpWL.RNase A, and the resulting cells can be screened for the increased secretion of RNase A into the medium.
  • the new strains are cycled recursively through the shuffling format, until sufficiently high levels of RNase A secretion is observed.
  • the use of RNase A is particularly useful since it not only requires proper folding and disulfide bond formation but also proper glycosylation. Thus numerous components of the expression, folding, and secretion systems can be optimized.
  • the resulting strain is also evolved for improved secretion of other heterologous proteins.
  • shuffling yeast is to increase the tolerance of yeast to ethanol. Such is useful both for the commercial production of ethanol, and for the production of more alcoholic beers and wines.
  • the yeast strain to be shuffled acquires genetic material by exchange or transformation with other strain (s) of yeast, which may or may not be know to have superior resistance to ethanol.
  • the strain to be evolved is shuffled and shufflants are selected for capacity to survive exposure to ethanol .
  • Increasing concentrations of ethanol can be used in successive rounds of shuffling.
  • the same principles can be used to shuffle baking yeasts for improved osmotolerance .
  • shuffling yeast Another desired property of shuffling yeast is capacity to grow under desired nutritional conditions. For example, it is useful to yeast to grow on cheap carbon sources such as methanol, starch, molases, cellulose, cellobiose, or xylose depending on availability. The principles of shuffling and selection are similar to those discussed for filamentous fungi .
  • Another desired property is capacity to produce secondary metabolites naturally produced by filamentous fungi or bacteria, Examples of such secondary metabolites are cyclosporin A, taxol, and cephalosporins .
  • the yeast to be evolved undergoes genetic exchange or is transformed with DNA from organism(s) that produce the secondary metabolite.
  • fungi producing taxol include Taxomyces andreanae and Pe ⁇ talotopis microspora (Stierle et al . , Science 260, 214-216 (1993); Strobel et al . , Microbiol . 142, 435-440 (1996)).
  • DNA can also be obtained from trees that naturally produce taxol, such as Taxus brevifolia .
  • taxol production can be monitored using antibodies to taxol, by mass spectroscopy or uv spectrophotometry.
  • production of intermediates in taxol synthesis or enzymes in the taxol synthetic pathway can be monitored.
  • yeast can be shuffled by any of the procedures noted above with selection for shuffled yeast forming the largest clumps. Exemplary procedure for yeast protoplasting
  • Protoplast preparation in yeast is reviewed by Morgan, in Protoplasts (Birkhauser Verlag, Basel, 1983) .
  • Fresh cells (-10 8 ) are washed with buffer, for example 0.1 M potassium phosphate, then resuspended in this same buffer containing a reducing agent, such as 50 mM DTT, incubated for 1 h at 30°C with gentle agitation, and then washed again with buffer to remove the reducing agent.
  • buffer for example 0.1 M potassium phosphate
  • a reducing agent such as 50 mM DTT
  • Protoplast formation can be increased if the cell cycle of the protoplasts have been synchronized to be halted at Gl .
  • this can be accomplished by the addition of mating factors, either a or (Curran & Carter, J. Gen . Microbiol . 129, 1589-1591 (1983)).
  • mating factors either a or (Curran & Carter, J. Gen . Microbiol . 129, 1589-1591 (1983)).
  • These peptides act as adenylate cyclase inhibitors which by decreasing the cellular level of cAMP arrest the cell cycle at Gl .
  • sex factors have been shown to induce the weakening of the cell wall in preparation for the sexual fusion of a and ⁇ cells (Crandall & Brock, Bacteriol . Rev.
  • cells can be treated with mating factors or other known inhibitors of adenylate cyclase, such as leflunomide or the killer toxin from K. lactis, to arrest them at Gl (Sugisaki et al . , Nature 304, 464-466 (1983)).
  • cAMP can be added to the regeneration medium to induce S-phase and D ⁇ A synthesis.
  • yeast strains having a temperature sensitive mutation in the CDC4 gene can be used, such that cells could be synchronized and arrested at Gl . After fusion cells are returned to the permissive temperature so that D ⁇ A synthesis and growth resumes .
  • protoplasts Once suitable protoplasts have been prepared, it is necessary to induce fusion by physical or chemical means.
  • An equal number of protoplasts of each cell type is mixed in phosphate buffer (0.2 M, pH 5.8, 2 x 10 8 cells/mL) containing an osmotic stabilizer, for example 0.8 M NaCl, and PEG 6000 (33% w/v) and then incubated at 30°C for 5 mm while fusion occurs.
  • Polyols, or other compounds that bind water can be employed.
  • the fusants are then washed and resuspended in the osmotically stabilized buffer lacking PEG, and transferred to osmotically stabilized regeneration medium on/in which the cells can be selected or screened for a desired property.
  • Yeast artificial chromosomes are yeast vectors into which very large DNA fragments (e.g., 50-2000 kb) can be cloned (see, e.g., Monaco & Larin, Trends. Biotech . 12(7), 280-286 (1994); Ramsay, Mol . Biotechnol . 1(2), 181-201 1994; Huxley, Genet. Eng. 16, 65-91 (1994); Jakobovits, Curr. Biol . 4(8), 761-3 (1994); Lamb & Gearhart , Curr. Opin . Genet . Dev.
  • telomeres a centromere (Cen)
  • ARS autonomously replicating sequence
  • 2YACs are maintained, replicated, and segregate as other yeast chromosomes through both meiosis and mitosis thereby providing a means to expose cloned DNA to true meiotic recombination.
  • YACs provide a vehicle for the shuffling of libraries of large DNA fragments in vivo .
  • the substrates for shuffling are typically large fragments from 20 kb to 2 Mb.
  • the fragments can be random fragments or can be fragments known to encode a desirable property.
  • a fragment might include an operon of genes involved in production of antibiotics.
  • Libraries can also include whole genomes or chromosomes . Viral genomes and some bacterial genomes can be cloned intact into a single YAC. In some libraries, fragments are obtained from a single organism.
  • Other libraries include fragment variants, as where some libraries are obtained from different individuals or species. Fragment variants can also be generated by induced mutation.
  • genes within fragments are expressed from naturally associated regulatory sequences within yeast.
  • individual genes can be linked to yeast regulatory elements to form an expression cassette, and a concatemer of such cassettes, each containing a different gene, can be inserted into a YAC.
  • fragments are incorporated into the yeast genome, and shuffling is used to evolve improved yeast strains. In other instances, fragments remain as components of YACs throughout the shuffling process, and after acquisition of a desired property within a YAC are transferred to a desired recipient cell.
  • Methods of Evolving Yeast Strains Fragments are cloned into a YAC vector, and the resulting YAC library is transformed into competent yeast cells. Transformants containing a YAC are identified by selecting for a positive selection marker present on the YAC. The cells are allowed to recover and are then pooled. Thereafter, the cells are induced to sporulate by transferring the cells from rich medium, to nitrogen and carbon limiting medium. In the course of sporulation, cells undergo meiosis. Spores are then induced to mate by return to rich media.
  • spores can be lysed to stimulate mating.
  • Mating results in recombination between YACs bearing different inserts, and between YACs and natural yeast chromosomes. The latter can be promoted by irradiating spores with ultra violet light. Recombination can give rise to new phenotypes either as a result of genes expressed by fragments on the YACs or as a result of recombination with host genes, or both.
  • YACs After induction of recombination between YACs and natural yeast chromosomes, YACs are often eliminated by selecting against a negative selection marker on the YACs.
  • YACs containing the marker URA3 can be selected against by propagation on media containing 5-fluro-orotic acid. Any exogenous or altered genetic material that remains is contained within natural yeast chromosomes. Optionally, further rounds of recombination between natural yeast chromosomes can be performed after elimination of YACs. Optionally, the same or different library of YACs can be transformed into the cells, and the above steps repeated.
  • yeast are then screened or selected for a desired property.
  • the property can be a new property conferred by transferred fragments, such as production of an antibiotic.
  • the property can also be an improved property of the yeast such as improved capacity to express or secrete an exogenous gene, improved recombinogenicity, improved stability to temperature or solvents, or other property required of commercial or research strains of yeast .
  • Yeast strains surviving selection/screening are then subject to a further round of recombination. Recombination can be exclusively between the chromosomes of yeast surviving selection/screening.
  • a library of fragments can be introduced into the yeast cells and recombined with endogenous yeast chromosomes as before.
  • This library of fragments can be the same or different from the library used in the previous round of transformation.
  • YACs are eliminated as before, followed by additional rounds of recombination and/or transformation with further YAC libraries. Recombination is followed by another round of selection/screening, as above. Further rounds of recombination/screening can be performed as needed until a yeast strain has evolved to acquire the desired property.
  • An exemplary scheme for evolving yeast by introduction of a YAC library is shown in Fig. 10. The first part of the figure shows yeast containing an endogenous diploid genome and a YAC library of fragments representing variants of a sequence. The library is transformed into the cells to yield 100-1000 colonies per ⁇ gDNA.
  • yeast cells now harbor a single YAC as well as endogenous chromosomes. Meiosis is induced by growth on nitrogen and carobon limiting medium. In the course of meiosis the YACs recombine with other chromosomes in the same cell . Haploid spores resulting from meiosis mate and regenerated diploid forms. The diploid forms now harbor recombinant chromosomes, parts of which come from endogenous chromosomes and parts from YACs.
  • the YACs can now be cured from the cells by selecting against a negative selection marker present on the YACS. Irrespective whether YACS are selected against, cells are then screened or selected for a desired property. Cells surviving selection/screening are transformed with another YAC library to start another shuffling cycle.
  • Inter-YAC recombination provides a format for which families of homologous genes harbored on fragments of >20 kb can be shuffled in vivo .
  • the starting population of DNA fragments show sequence similarity with each other but differ as a result of for example, induced, allelic or species diversity. Often DNA fragments are known or suspected to encode multiple genes that function in a common pathway.
  • the fragments are cloned into a Yac and transformed into yeast, typically with positive selection for transformants.
  • the transformants are induced to sporulate, as a result of which chromosomes undergo meiosis.
  • the cells are then mated.
  • Most of the resulting diploid cells now carry two YACs each having a different insert. These are again induced to sporulate and mated.
  • the resulting cells harbor YACs of recombined sequence.
  • the cells can then be screened or selected for a desired property. Typically, such selection occurs in the yeast strain used for shuffling.
  • YACs can be isolated and transferred to an appropriate cell type in which they are expressed for screening. Examples of such properties include the synthesis or degradation of a desired compound, increased secretion of a desired gene product, or other detectable phenotype.
  • YACs have been evolved to encode a desired property they can be transferred to other cell types. Transfer can be isolated DNA and retransforming, protoplast fusion or electroporation. For example, transfer of YACs from yeast to mammalian cells is discussed by Monaco & Larin, Trends in Biotechnology 12, 280-286 (1994); Montoliu et al . , Reprod. Fertil . Dev. 6, 577-84 (1994); Lamb et al . , Curr. Opin . Genet . Dev. 5, 342-8 (1995) .
  • FIG. 11 An exemplary scheme for shuffling a YAC fragment library in yeast is shown in Fig. 11.
  • a library of YAC fragments representing genetic variants are transformed into yeast have diploid endogenous chromosomes.
  • the transformed yeast continue to have diploid endogenous chromosomes, plus a single YAC.
  • the yeast are induced to undergo meiosis and sporulate.
  • the spores contain haploid genomes, some of which contain only endogenous yeast chromosomes, and some of which contain yeast chromosomes plus a YAC.
  • the spores are induced to mate generating diploid cells.
  • Some of the diploid cells now contain two YAC bearing different inserts as well as diploid endogenous chromosomes.
  • the cells are again induced to undergo meiosis and sporulate.
  • recombination occurs between the inserts, and recombinant YACs are segregated to ascocytes .
  • Some ascoytes thus contain haploid endogenous chromosomes plus a YAC chromosome with a recombinant insert.
  • the ascocytes mature to spores, which can mate again generating diploid cells.
  • Some diploid cells now possess a diploid complement of endogenous chromosomes plus two recombinant YACs. These cells can then be taken through further cycles of meiosis, sporulation and mating.
  • Shuffling of YACs is particularly amenable to transfer of unlinked but functionally related genes from one species to another, particularly where such genes have not been identified. Such is the case for several commercially important natural products, such as taxol. Transfer of the genes in the metabolic pathway to a different organism is often desirable because organisms naturally producing such compounds are not well suited for mass culturing.
  • Clusters of such genes can be isolated by cloning a total genomic library of DNA from an organisms producing a useful compound into a YAC library.
  • the YAC library is then transformed into yeast.
  • the yeast is sporulated and mated such that recombination occurs between YACs and/or between YACs and natural yeast chromosomes. Selection/screening is then performed for expression of the desired collection of genes. If the genes encode a biosynthetic pathway, expression can be detected from the appearance of product of the pathway.
  • Production of individual enzymes in the pathway, or intermediates of the final expression product or capacity of cells to metabolize such intermediates indicates partial acquisition of the synthetic pathway.
  • the original library or a different library can be introduced into cells surviving/selection screening, and further rounds of recombination and selection/screening can be performed until the end product of the desired metabolic pathway is produced.
  • Conjugation can be employed in the evolution of cell genomes in several ways. Conjugative transfer of DNA occurs during contact between cells. See Guiney (1993) in: Bacterial Conjugation (Clewell, ed. , Plenum Press, New York), pp. 75-104; Reimmann & Haas in Bacterial Conjugation (Clewell, ed. , Plenum Press, New York 1993), at pp.137-188 (incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes) . Conjugation occurs between many types of gram negative bacteria, and some types of gram positive bacteria. Conjugative transfer is also known between bacteria and plant cells (Agrobacterium tumefaciens) or yeast. As discussed in copending application attorney docket no. 16528J-014612 , the genes responsible for conjugative transfer can themselves be evolved to expand the range of cell types (e.g., from bacteria to mammals) between which such transfer can occur.
  • Conjugative transfer is effected by an origin of transfer (oriT) and flanking genes (MOB A, B and C) , and 15-25 genes, termed tra, encoding the structures and enzymes necessary for conjugation to occur.
  • the transfer origin is defined as the site required in cis for DNA transfer.
  • Tra genes include tra A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z, vir AB (alleles 1-11) , C, D, E, G, IHF, and FinOP.
  • Tra genes can be expressed in cis or trans to oriT.
  • RecE or recF pathways can substitute for RecBCD.
  • One structural protein encoded by a tra gene is the sex pilus, a filament constructed of an aggregate of a single polypeptide protruding from the cell surface. The sex pilus binds to a polysaccharide on recipient cells and forms a conjugative bridge through which DNA can transfer. This process activates a site-specific nuclease encoded by a MOB gene, which specifically cleaves DNA to be transferred at oriT. The cleaved DNA is then threaded through the conjugation bridge by the action of other tra enzymes.
  • Mobilizable vectors can exist in episomal form or integrated into the chromosome.
  • Episomal mobilizable vectors can be used to exchange fragments inserted into the vectors between cells.
  • Integrated mobilizable vectors can be used to mobilize adjacent genes from the chromosome. a. Use of Integrated Mobilizable Vectors to Promote Exchange of Genomic DNA
  • the F plasmid of E. coli integrates into the chromosome at high frequency and mobilizes genes unidirectional from the site of integration (Clewell, 1993, supra; Firth et al . , in Escherichia coli and Salmonella Cellular and Molecular Biology 2 , 2377-2401 (1996); Frost et al., Microbiol . Rev. 58, 162-210 (1994)).
  • Other mobilizable vectors do not spontaneously integrate into a host chromosome at high efficiency but can be induced to do by growth under particular conditions (e.g., treatment with a mutagenic agent, growth at a nonpermissive temperature for plasmid replication) .
  • Donor "male" bacteria which bear a chromosomal insertion of a conjugal plasmid, such as the E. coli F factor can efficiently donate chromosomal DNA to recipient "female" enteric bacteria which lack F (F " ) .
  • Conjugal transfer from donor to recipient is initiated at oriT. Transfer of the nicked single strand to the recipient occurs in a 5 ' to 3 ' direction by a rolling circle mechanisms which allows mobilization of tandem chromosomal copies.
  • the donor strand Upon entering the recipient, the donor strand is discontinuously replicated.
  • the linear, single-stranded donor DNA strand is a potent substrate for initiation of recA-mediated homologous recombination within the recipient.
  • Hfr for high . frequency of recombination
  • strains with integrated mobilizable vector to transfer chromosomal DNA provides a rapid and efficient means of exchanging genetic material between a population of bacteria thereby allowing combination of positive mutations and dilution of negative mutations.
  • Such shuffling methods typically start with a population of strains with an integrated mobilizable vector encompassing at least some genetic diversity.
  • the genetic diversity can be the result of natural variation, exposure to a mutagenic agent or introduction of a fragment library.
  • the population of cells is cultured without selection to allow genetic exchange, recombination and expression of recombinant genes.
  • the cells are then screened or selected for a evolution toward a desired property.
  • the population surviving selection/screening can then be subject to a further round of shuffling by HFR- mediated genetic exchange or otherwise.
  • Hfr and other strains with integrated mob vectors as recipients of conjugal transfer can be improved by several means.
  • the relatively low recipient efficiency of natural HFR strains is attributable to the products of traS and traT genes of F (Clewell, 1993, supra; Firth et al . , 1996, supra ; Frost et al . , 1994, supra ; Achtman et al., J. Mol . Biol . 138, 779-795 (1980). These products are localized to the inner and outer membranes of F + strains, respectively, where they serve to inhibit redundant matings between two strains which are both capable of donating DNA.
  • the starting population of cells has mobilizable vector integrated at different genomic sites.
  • Directional transfer from oriT typically results in more frequent inheritance of traits proximal to oriT. This is because mating pairs are fragile and tend to dissociate (particularly when in liquid medium) resulting in the interruption of transfer.
  • chromosomal exchange occurs in a more random fashion. Kits of Hfr strains are available from the E. coli . Genetic Stock Center and the Salmonella Genetic Stock Centre (Frost et al . , 1994, supra) .
  • a library of strains with oriT at random sites and orientations can be produced by insertion mutagenesis using a transposon which bears oriT. Transfer functions for mobilization from the transposon-borne oriT sites could be provide by a helper vector.
  • strains bearing integrated mobilizable vectors are defective in mismatch repair gene(s) .
  • Inheritance of donor traits which arise from sequence heterologies increases in strains lacking the methyl-directed mismatch repair system.
  • Intergenic congual transfer between species such as E. coli and Salmonella typhimurium, which are 20% divergent at the DNA level, is also possible if the recipient strain is mutH, mutL or mutS (see Rayssiguier et al . , Nature 342, 396- 401 (1989) ) .
  • Such transfer can be used to obtain recombination at several points as shown by the following example .
  • the example uses an S. typhimurium Hfr donor strain having markers thr557 at map position 0, pyrF2690 at 33 min, serA13 at 62 min and hfrK5 at 43 min.
  • MutS +/-, F- E. coli recipient strains had markers pyrD68 at 21 min aroC355 at 51 min, ilv3164 at 85 min and mutS215 at 59 min.
  • the triauxotrophic S . typhimurium Hfr donor and isogenic mutS+/- triauxotrophic E. coli recipient were inoculated into 3 ml of Lb broth and shaken at 37°C until fully grown.
  • 100 ⁇ l of the donor and each recipient were mixed in 10 ml fresh LB broth, and then deposited to a sterile Millipore 0.45 ⁇ M HA filter using a ⁇ algene 250 ml resuable filtration device.
  • the donor and recipients alone were similarly diluted and deposited to check for reversion.
  • the filters with cells were placed cell- side-up on the surface of an LB agar plate which was incubated overnight at 37°C.
  • the filters were removed with the aid of a sterile forceps and placed in a sterile 50 ml tube containing 5 ml of minimal salts broth. Vigorous vortexing was used to wash the cells from the filters.
  • 100 ⁇ l of mating mixtures, as well as donor and recipient controls were spread to LB for viable cell counts and minimal glucose supplemented with either two of the three recpient requirements for single recombinant counts, one of the three requirements for double recombinant counts, or none of the three requirements for triple recombinant counts.
  • the plates were incubated for 48 hr at 37° after which colones were counted.
  • Mobilizable vectors can also be used to transfer fragment libraries into cells to be evolved. This approach is particularly useful in situations in which the cells to be evolved cannot be efficiently transformed directly with the fragment library but can undergo conjugation with primary cells that can be transformed with the fragment library.
  • DNA fragments to be introduced into host cells encompasses diversity relative to the host cell genome. The diversity can be the result of natural diversity or mutagenesis.
  • the DNA fragment library is cloned into a mobilizable vector having an origin of transfer. Some such vectors also contain mob genes although alternatively these functions can also be provided in trans.
  • the vector should be capable of efficient conjugal transfer between primary cells and the intended host cells.
  • the vector should also confer a selectable phenotype.
  • This phenotype can be the same as the phenotype being evolved or can be conferred by a marker, such as a drug resistance marker.
  • the vector should preferably allow self-elimination in the intended host cells thereby allowing selection for cells in which a cloned fragment has undergone genetic exchange with a host homologous host segment rather than duplication. Such can be achieved by use of vector lacking an origin of replication functional in the intended host type or inclusion of a negative selection marker in the vector.
  • One suitable vector is the broad host range conjugation plasmid described by Simon et al . , Bio/Technology 1, 784-791 (1983); TrieuCuot et al . , Gene 102, 99-104 (1991); Bierman et al . , Gene 116, 43-49 (1992). These plasmids can be transformed into E. coli and then force-mated into bacteria that are difficult or impossible to transform by chemical or electrical induction of competence. These plasmids contain the origin of the IncP plasmid, oriT. Mobilization functions are supplied in trans by chromosomally-integrated copies of the necessary genes.
  • Conjugal transfer of DNA can in some cases be assisted by treatment of the recipient (if gram- positive) with sub-inhibitory concentrations of penicillins (Trieu-Cuot et al . , 1993 FEMS Microbiol . Lett . 109, 19-23).
  • Cells that have undergone allelic exchange with library fragments can be screened or selected for evolution toward a desired phenotype. Subsequent rounds of recombination can be performed by repeating the conjugal transfer step.
  • the library of fragments can be fresh or can be obtained from some (but not all) of the cells surviving a previous round of selection/screening.
  • Conjugation-mediated shuffling can be combined with other methods of shuffling.
  • Transduction is the transfer, from one cell to another, of nonviral genetic material within a viral coat (Masters, in Escherichia coli and Salmonella Cellular and Molecular Biology 2 , 2421-2442 (1996) .
  • generalized transducing phage are bacteriophages PI and P22 of E. coli and S . typhimurium, respectively.
  • Generalized transducing bacteriophage particles are formed at a low frequency during lytic infection when viral-genome- sized, doubled-stranded fragments of host (which serves as donor) chromosomal DNA are packaged into phage heads.
  • HT high transducing mutants of bacteriophage P22 which efficiently package DNA with little sequence specificity have been isolated. Infection of a susceptible host results in a lysate in which up to 50% of the phage are transducing particles. Adsorption of the generalized transducing particle to a susceptible recipient cell results in the injection of the donor chromosomal fragment . RecA-mediated homologous recombination following injection of the donor fragment can result in the inheritance of donor traits.
  • Generalized transducing phage can be used to exchange genetic material between a population of cells encompassing genetic diversity and susceptible to infection by the phage. Genetic diversity can be the result of natural variation between cells, induced mutation of cells or the introduction of fragment libraries into cells. DNA is then exchanged between cells by generalized transduction. If the phage does not cause lysis of cells, the entire population of cells can be propagated in the presence of phage. If the phage results in lytic infection, transduction is performed on a split pool basis. That is, the starting population of cells is divided into two. One subpopulation is used to prepare transducing phage. The transducing phage are then infected into the other subpopulation.
  • infection is performed at high multiplicity of phage per cell so that few cells remain uninfected.
  • Cells surviving infection are propagated and screened or selected for evolution toward a desired property.
  • the pool of cells surviving screening/selection can then be shuffled by a further round of generalized transduction or by other shuffling methods.
  • the efficiency of the above methods can be increased by reducing infection of cells by infectious (nontransducing phage) and by reducing lysogen formation.
  • the former can be achieved by inclusion of chelators of divalent cations, such as citrate and EGTA in culture media. Divalent cations are required for phage absorption and the inclusion of chelating agents therefore provides a means of preventing unwanted infection.
  • Integration defective ( int ' ) derivatives of generalized transducing phage can be used to prevent lysogen formation.
  • host cells with defects in mismatch repair gene(s) can be used to increase recombination between transduced DNA and genomic DNA.
  • Fig. 1 One format for shuffling in vi tro is illustrated in Fig. 1.
  • the initial substrates for recombination are a pool of related sequences.
  • the X's in the Fig. 1, panel A, show where the sequences diverge.
  • the sequences can be D ⁇ A or R ⁇ A and can be of various lengths depending on the size of the gene or D ⁇ A fragment to be recombined or reassembled.
  • the sequences are from 50 bp to 50 kb.
  • the pool of related substrates are converted into overlapping fragments, e.g., from about 5 bp to 5 kb or more, as shown in Fig. 1, panel B.
  • the size of the fragments is from about 10 bp to 1000 bp, and sometimes the size of the D ⁇ A fragments is from about 100 bp to 500 bp .
  • the conversion can be effected by a number of different methods, such as DNAsel or RNAse digestion, random shearing or partial restriction enzyme digestion.
  • the conversion of substrates to fragments can be effected by incomplete PCR amplification of substrates or PCR primed from a single primer.
  • appropriate single-stranded fragments can be generated on a nucleic acid synthesizer.
  • the concentration of nucleic acid fragments of a particular length and sequence is often less than 0.1 % or 1% by weight of the total nucleic acid.
  • the number of different specific nucleic acid fragments in the mixture is usually at least about 100, 500
  • the mixed population of nucleic acid fragments are converted to at least partially single-stranded form. Conversion can be effected by heating to about 80 °C to 100 °C, more preferably from 90 °C to 96 °C, to form single- stranded nucleic acid fragments and then reannealing. Conversion can also be effected by treatment with single- stranded DNA binding protein or recA protein. Single-stranded nucleic acid fragments having regions of sequence identity with other single-stranded nucleic acid fragments can then be reannealed by cooling to 20 °C to 75 °C, and preferably from 40 °C to 65 °C.
  • Renaturation can be accelerated by the addition of polyethylene glycol (PEG) , other volume-excluding reagents or salt.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • the salt concentration is preferably from 0 mM to 200 mM, more preferably the salt concentration is from 10 mM to 100 mM.
  • the salt may be KCl or NaCl.
  • the concentration of PEG is preferably from 0% to 20%, more preferably from 5% to 10%.
  • the fragments that reanneal can be from different substrates as shown in Fig. 1, panel C.
  • the annealed nucleic acid fragments are incubated in the presence of a nucleic acid polymerase, such as Taq or Klenow, or proofreading polymerases, such as pfu or pwo, and dNTP ' s (i.e. dATP, dCTP, dGTP and dTTP) .
  • a nucleic acid polymerase such as Taq or Klenow
  • proofreading polymerases such as pfu or pwo
  • dNTP ' s i.e. dATP, dCTP, dGTP and dTTP
  • Taq polymerase can be used with an annealing temperature of between 45-65°C.
  • Klenow polymerase can be used with an annealing temperature of between 20-30°C (Stemmer, Proc. Natl . Acad . Sci . USA (1994) , supra) .
  • the polymerase can be added to the random nucle
  • the process of denaturation, renaturation and incubation in the presence of polymerase of overlapping fragments to generate a collection of polynucleotides containing different permutations of fragments is sometimes referred to as shuffling of the nucleic acid in vi tro .
  • This cycle is repeated for a desired number of times. Preferably the cycle is repeated from 2 to 100 times, more preferably the sequence is repeated from 10 to 40 times.
  • the resulting nucleic acids are a family of double-stranded polynucleotides of from about 50 bp to about 100 kb, preferably from 500 bp to 50 kb, as shown in Fig. 1, panel D.
  • the population represents variants of the starting substrates showing substantial sequence identity thereto but also diverging at several positions. The population has many more members than the starting substrates.
  • the population of fragments resulting from shuffling is used to transform host cells, optionally after cloning into a vector.
  • subsequences of recombination substrates can be generated by amplifying the full-length sequences under conditions which produce a substantial fraction, typically at least 20 percent or more, of incompletely extended amplification products.
  • the amplification products, including the incompletely extended amplification products are denatured and subjected to at least one additional cycle of reannealing and amplification.
  • This variation in which at least one cycle of reannealing and amplification provides a substantial fraction of incompletely extended products, is termed "stuttering.”
  • the incompletely extended products reanneal to and prime extension on different sequence-related template species.
  • a mixture of fragments is spiked with one or more oligonucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotides can be designed to include precharacterized mutations of a wildtype sequence, or sites of natural variations between individuals or species.
  • the oligonucleotides also include sufficient sequence or structural homology flanking such mutations or variations to allow annealing with the wildtype fragments. Some oligonucleotides may be random sequences. Annealing temperatures can be adjusted depending on the length of homology.
  • recombination occurs in at least one cycle by template switching, such as when a DNA fragment derived from one template primes on the homologous position of a related but different template.
  • Template switching can be induced by addition of recA, rad51, rad55, rad57 or other polymerases (e.g., viral polymerases, reverse transcriptase) to the amplification mixture.
  • Template switching can also be increased by increasing the DNA template concentration .
  • At least one cycle of amplification can be conducted using a collection of overlapping single-stranded DNA fragments of related sequence, and different lengths.
  • Fragments can be prepared using a single stranded DNA phage, such as M13. Each fragment can hybridize to and prime polynucleotide chain extension of a second fragment from the collection, thus forming sequence- recombined polynucleotides.
  • ssDNA fragments of variable length can be generated from a single primer by Vent or other DNA polymerase on a first DNA template. The single stranded DNA fragments are used as primers for a second, Kunkel-type template, consisting of a uracil-containing circular ssDNA. This results in multiple substitutions of the first template into the second. See Levichkin et al . , Mol . Biology 29 , 572-577 (1995).
  • the initial substrates for recombination are a collection of polynucleotides comprising variant forms of a gene.
  • the variant forms often show substantial sequence identity to each other sufficient to allow homologous recombination between substrates.
  • the diversity between the polynucleotides can be natural (e.g., allelic or species variants), induced (e.g., error-prone PCR), or the result of in vi tro recombination. Diversity can also result from resynthesizing genes encoding natural proteins with alternative and/or mixed codon usage. There should be at least sufficient diversity between substrates that recombination can generate more diverse products than there are starting materials.
  • the diverse substrates are incorporated into plasmids.
  • the plasmids are often standard cloning vectors, e.g., bacterial multicopy plasmids. However, in some methods to be described below, the plasmids include mobilization functions.
  • the substrates can be incorporated into the same or different plasmids.
  • Plasmids containing diverse substrates are initially introduced into procaryotic or eucaryotic cells by any transfection methods (e.g., chemical transformation, natural competence, electroporation, viral transduction or biolistics) .
  • the plasmids are present at or near saturating concentration (with respect to maximum transfection capacity) to increase the probability of more than one plasmid entering the same cell.
  • the plasmids containing the various substrates can be transfected simultaneously or in multiple rounds. For example, in the latter approach cells can be transfected with a first aliquot of plasmid, transfectants selected and propagated, and then infected with a second aliquot of plasmid. Having introduced the plasmids into cells, recombination between substrates to generate recombinant genes occurs within cells containing multiple different plasmids merely by propagating in the cells.
  • cells that receive only one plasmid are unable to participate in recombination and the potential contribution of substrates on such plasmids to evolution is not fully exploited (although these plasmids may contribute to some extent if they are propagated in mutator cells or otherwise accumulate point mutations (i.e., by ultraviolet radiation treatment).
  • the rate of evolution can be increased by allowing all substrates to participate in recombination. Such can be achieved by subjecting transfected cells to electroporation.
  • the conditions for electroporation are the same as those conventionally used for introducing exogenous DNA into cells (e.g., 1,000-2,500 volts, 400 ⁇ F and a 1-2 mM gap).
  • Conjugative transfer systems are known in many bacteria (E. coli , P. aeruginosa, S . pneumoniae, and H. influenzae) and can also be used to transfer DNA between bacteria and yeast or between bacteria and mammalian cells.
  • conjugative transfer substrates are cloned into plasmids having MOB genes, and tra genes are also provided in cis or in trans to the MOB genes.
  • the effect of conjugative transfer is very similar to electroporation in that it allows plasmids to move between cells and allows recombination between any substrate and the products of previous recombination to occur merely by propagating the culture.
  • the details of how conjugative transfer is exploited in these vectors are discussed in more detail below.
  • the rate of evolution can also be increased by fusing protoplasts of cells to induce exchange of plasmids or chromosomes.
  • Fusion can be induced by chemical agents, such as PEG, or viruses or viral proteins, such as influenza virus hemagglutinin, HSV-1 gB and gD.
  • chemical agents such as PEG
  • viruses or viral proteins such as influenza virus hemagglutinin, HSV-1 gB and gD.
  • the rate of evolution can also be increased by use of mutator host cells (e.g., Mut L, S, D, T, H and Ataxia telangiectasia human cell lines) .
  • the time for which cells are propagated and recombination is allowed to occur varies with the cell type but is generally not critical, because even a small degree of recombination can substantially increase diversity relative to the starting materials.
  • Cells bearing plasmids containing recombined genes are subject to screening or selection for a desired function. For example, if the substrate being evolved contains a drug resistance gene, one selects for drug resistance. Cells surviving screening or selection can be subjected to one or more rounds of screening/selection followed by recombination or can be subjected directly to an additional round of recombination.
  • next round of recombination can be achieved by several different formats independently of the previous round.
  • a further round of recombination can be effected simply by resuming the electroporation or conjugation-mediated intercellular transfer of plasmids described above.
  • a fresh substrate or substrates can be transfected into cells surviving selection/screening.
  • the new substrates are included in plasmid vectors bearing a different selective marker and/or from a different incompatibility group than the original plasmids.
  • cells surviving selection/screening can be subdivided into two subpopulations, and plasmid DNA from one subpopulation transfected into the other, where the substrates from the plasmids from the two subpopulations undergo a further round of recombination.
  • the rate of evolution can be increased by employing DNA extraction, electroporation, conjugation or mutator cells, as described above.
  • DNA from cells surviving screening/selection can be extracted and subjected to in vi tro DNA shuffling.
  • a second round of screening/selection is performed, preferably under conditions of increased stringency. If desired, further rounds of recombination and selection/screening can be performed using the same strategy as for the second round. With successive rounds of recombination and selection/screening, the surviving recombined substrates evolve toward acquisition of a desired phenotype.
  • the final product of recombination that has acquired the desired phenotype differs from starting substrates at 0.1%-25% of positions and has evolved at a rate orders of magnitude in excess (e.g., by at least 10-fold, 100-fold, 1000-fold, or 10,000 fold) of the rate of naturally acquired mutation of about 1 mutation per 10 ⁇ 9 positions per generation (see Anderson & Hughes, Proc. Natl . Acad. Sci . USA 93, 906-907 (1996) ) .
  • Virus-Plasmid Recombination The strategy used for plasmid-plasmid recombination can also be used for virus-plasmid recombination; usually, phage-plasmid recombination. However, some additional comments particular to the use of viruses are appropriate.
  • the initial substrates for recombination are cloned into both plasmid and viral vectors. It is usually not critical which substrate (s) are inserted into the viral vector and which into the plasmid, although usually the viral vector should contain different substrate (s) from the plasmid. As before, the plasmid (and the virus) typically contains a selective marker.
  • the plasmid and viral vectors can both be introduced into cells by transfection as described above.
  • Homologous recombination occurs between plasmid and virus generating both recombined plasmids and recombined virus.
  • viruses such as filamentous phage, in which intracellular DNA exists in both double-stranded and single- stranded forms, both can participate in recombination.
  • recombination can be augmented by use of electroporation or conjugation to transfer plasmids between cells.
  • Recombination can also be augmented for some types of virus by allowing the progeny virus from one cell to reinfect other cells. For some types of virus, virus infected-cells show resistance to superinfection.
  • infecting plasmid-containing cells with virus depends on the nature of the virus. Some viruses, such as filamentous phage, stably exist with a plasmid in the cell and also extrude progeny phage from the cell. Other viruses, such as lambda having a cosmid genome, stably exist in a cell like plasmids without producing progeny virions. Other viruses, such as the T-phage and lytic lambda, undergo recombination with the plasmid but ultimately kill the host cell and destroy plasmid DNA.
  • cells containing recombinant plasmids and virus can be screened/selected using the same approach as for plasmid-plasmid recombination. Progeny virus extruded by cells surviving selection/screening can also be collected and used as substrates in subsequent rounds of recombination. For viruses that kill their host cells, recombinant genes resulting from recombination reside only in the progeny virus. If the screening or selective assay requires expression of recombinant genes in a cell, the recombinant genes should be transferred from the progeny virus to another vector, e.g., a plasmid vector, and retransfected into cells before selection/screening is performed.
  • another vector e.g., a plasmid vector
  • the products of recombination are present in both cells surviving recombination and in phage extruded from these cells.
  • the dual source of recombinant products provides some additional options relative to the plasmid-plasmid recombination.
  • DNA can be isolated from phage particles for use in a round of in vi tro recombination.
  • the progeny phage can be used to transfect or infect cells surviving a previous round of screening/selection, or fresh cells transfected with fresh substrates for recombination.
  • Virus-Virus Recombination The principles described for plasmid-plasmid and plasmid-viral recombination can be applied to virus-virus recombination with a few modifications.
  • the initial substrates for recombination are cloned into a viral vector. Usually, the same vector is used for all substrates.
  • the virus is one that, naturally or as a result of mutation, does not kill cells.
  • some viral genomes can be packaged in vi tro .
  • the packaged viruses are used to infect cells at high multiplicity such that there is a high probability that a cell receives multiple viruses bearing different substrates.
  • phagemids behave as plasmids within the cell and undergo recombination simply by propagating the cells. Recombination can be augmented by electroporation of cells. Following selection/screening, cosmids containing recombinant genes can be recovered from surviving cells (e.g., by heat induction of a cos " lysogenic host cell) , repackaged in vi tro, and used to infect fresh cells at high multiplicity for a further round of recombination .
  • viruses are filamentous phage
  • recombination of replicating form DNA occurs by propagating the culture of infected cells. Selection/screening identifies colonies of cells containing viral vectors having recombinant genes with improved properties, together with phage extruded from such cells. Subsequent options are essentially the same as for plasmid-viral recombination.
  • This format can be used to evolve both the chromosomal and plasmid-borne substrates.
  • the format is particularly useful in situations in which many chromosomal genes contribute to a phenotype or one does not know the exact location of the chromosomal gene(s) to be evolved.
  • the initial substrates for recombination are cloned into a plasmid vector. If the chromosomal gene(s) to be evolved are known, the substrates constitute a family of sequences showing a high degree of sequence identity but some divergence from the chromosomal gene.
  • the initial substrates usually constitute a library of DNA segments of which only a small number show sequence identity to the gene or gene(s) to be evolved. Divergence between plasmid-borne substrate and the chromosomal gene(s) can be induced by mutagenesis or by obtaining the plasmid-borne substrates from a different species than that of the cells bearing the chromosome.
  • the plasmids bearing substrates for recombination are transfected into cells having chromosomal gene(s) to be evolved. Evolution can occur simply by propagating the culture, and can be accelerated by transferring plasmids between cells by conjugation or electroporation. Evolution can be further accelerated by use of mutator host cells or by seeding a culture of nonmutator host cells being evolved with mutator host cells and inducing intercellular transfer of plasmids by electroporation or conjugation.
  • mutator host cells used for seeding contain a negative selection marker to facilitate isolation of a pure culture of the nonmutator cells being evolved.
  • Selection/screening identifies cells bearing chromosomes and/or plasmids that have evolved toward acquisition of a desired function. Subsequent rounds of recombination and selection/screening proceed in similar fashion to those described for plasmid-plasmid recombination. For example, further recombination can be effected by propagating cells surviving recombination in combination with electroporation or conjugative transfer of plasmids. Alternatively, plasmids bearing additional substrates for recombination can be introduced into the surviving cells.
  • such plasmids are from a different incompatibility group and bear a different selective marker than the original plasmids to allow selection for cells containing at least two different plasmids.
  • plasmid and/or chromosomal DNA can be isolated from a subpopulation of surviving cells and transfected into a second subpopulation. Chromosomal DNA can be cloned into a plasmid vector before transfection.
  • the virus is usually one that does not kill the cells, and is often a phage or phagemid.
  • the procedure is substantially the same as for plasmid-chromosome recombination.
  • Substrates for recombination are cloned into the vector.
  • Vectors including the substrates can then be transfected into cells or in vi tro packaged and introduced into cells by infection.
  • Viral genomes recombine with host chromosomes merely by propagating a culture. Evolution can be accelerated by allowing intercellular transfer of viral genomes by electroporation, or reinfection of cells by progeny virions.
  • Screening/selection identifies cells having chromosomes and/or viral genomes that have evolved toward acquisition of a desired function. There are several options for subsequent rounds of recombination. For example, viral genomes can be transferred between cells surviving selection/recombination by electroporation. Alternatively, viruses extruded from cells surviving selection/screening can be pooled and used to superinfect the cells at high multiplicity. Alternatively, fresh substrates for recombination can be introduced into the cells, either on plasmid or viral vectors.
  • EXAMPLES 1 Evolving Hyper-Recombinogenic RecA
  • RecA protein is implicated in most E. coli homologous recombination pathways. Most mutations in recA inhibit recombination, but some have been reported to increase recombination (Kowalczykowski et al . , Microbiol . Rev. , 58, 401-465 (1994) ) . The following example describes evolution of RecA to acquire hyper-recombinogenic activity useful in in vivo shuffling formats. Hyperrecombinogenic RecA was selected using a modification of a system developed by Shen et al . , Genetics 112, 441-457 (1986); Shen et al . , Mol . Gen . Genet .
  • Shen & Huang's system used plasmids and bacteriophages with small (31-430 bp) regions of homology at which the two could recombine . In a restrictive host, only phage that had incorporated the plasmid sequence were able to form plaques .
  • the cloned RecA was then shuffled in vi tro using the standard DNase-treatment followed by PCR-based reassembly.
  • Shuffled plasmids were transformed into the nonrecombining host strain. These cells were grown up overnight, infected with phage ⁇ Vc, ⁇ V13 or ⁇ link H, and plated onto NZCYM plates in the presence of a 10-fold excess of MC1061 lacking plasmid.
  • the more efficiently a recA allele promotes recombination between plasmid and phage, the more highly the allele is represented in the bacteriophage DNA. Consequently harvesting all the phage from the plates and recovering the recA genes selects for the most recombinogenic recA alleles.
  • Recombination frequencies for wild type and a pool of hyper-recombinogenic RecA after 3 rounds of shuffling were as follows:
  • Clones 2, 4, 5, 6 and 13 can be used as the substrates in subsequent rounds of shuffling, if further improvement in recA is desired. Not all of the variations from the wildtype recA sequence necessarily contribute to the hyperrecombinogenic phenotype. Silent variations can be eliminated by backcrossing. Alternatively, variants of recA incorporating individual points of variation from wildtype at codons 5, 18, 156, 190, 236, 268, 271, 283, 304, 312, 317, 345 and 353 can be tested for activity.
  • E. coli Exposure of E. coli to mitomycin C causes inter- strand cross-linking of DNA thereby blocking DNA replication. Repair of the inter-strand DNA cross links in E. coli occurs via a RecA-dependent recombinational repair pathway (Friedberg et al . , in DNA Repair and Mutagenesis (1995) pp. 191-232). Processing of cross-links during repair results in occasional double-strand DNA breaks, which too are repaired by a RecA- dependent recombinational route. Accordingly, recA " strains are significantly more sensitive than wildtype strains to mitomycin C exposure. In fact, mitomycin C is used in simple disk-sensitivity assays to differentiate between RecA + and RecA " strains.
  • mitomycin C is a mutagen. Exposure to DNA damaging agents, such as mitomycin C, typically results in the induction of the E. coli SOS regulon which includes products involved in error- prone repair of DNA damage (Friedberg et al . , 1995, supra, at pp. 465-522) .
  • Mutations which lead to increased capacity for RecA- mediated recombinational repair may be diverse, unexpected, unlinked, and potentially synergistic.
  • a recursive protocol alternating selection for Mit r and chromosomal shuffling evolves individual cells with a dramatically increased capacity for recombination.
  • the recursive protocol is as follows. Following exposure of a mutS strain to mitomycin C, Mit r individuals are pooled and cross-bread [e.g., via Hfr-mediated chromosomal shuffling or split-pool generalized transduction) . Alleles which result in Mit r and presumably result in an increased capacity for recombinational repair are shuffled among the population in the absence of mismatch repair.
  • error-prone repair following exposure to mitomycin C can introduce new mutations for the next round of shuffling.
  • the process is repeated using increasingly more stringent exposures to mitomycin C.
  • a number of parallel selections in the first round as a means of generating a variety of alleles.
  • recombinogencity of isolates can be monitored for hyper-recombina ion using a plasmid x plasmid assay or a chromosome x chromosome assay (e.g., that of Konrad, J. Bacteriol . 130, 167-172 (1977)).
  • Colonies producing larger or darker halos of blue pigment are selected, grown in liquid RG-2 medium, and the amount of ⁇ -actinorhodin produced is determined spectrophotometrically by measuring the absorbance at 650 nm of alkaline culture supernatents using a microtitreplate format. Pigment concentration and structure is further confirmed by LC/MS, MS/MS and/or NMR. Cells producing ⁇ -actinorhodin at levels higher than that of wildtype are carried forward in the strain improvement program. Spores isolated from each of the mutants are either 1) again mutagenized and screened as above (no recombination control) or, 2) grown up, prepared as protoplasts, and fused. Procedures for preparing and fusing
  • Streptomyces protoplasts are described in Genetic Manipulation of Streptomyces- -A Laboratory Manual , (Hopwood, D.A. et al . ) .
  • the regenerated fused protoplasts are then screened as above for clones having undergone recombination that produce ⁇ -actinorhodin at levels higher than the cells that were fused.
  • the selected clones are subjected to UV mutagenesis again and the screening and recombination are repeated recursively until the desired level of ⁇ -actinorhodin production is reached.

Abstract

The invention provides methods employing iterative cycles of recombination and selection/screening for evolution of whole cells and organisms toward acquisition of desired properties. Examples of such properties include enhanced recombinogenicity, genome copy number, and capacity for expression and/or secretion of proteins and secondary metabolites.

Description

EVOLUTION OF WHOLE CELLS AND ORGANISMS BY RECURSIVE SEQUENCE RECOMBINATION
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION This application derives priority from USSN 60/035,054, filed January 17, 1997, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
TECHNICAL FIELD The invention applies the technical field of molecular genetics to evolve the genomes of cells and organisms to acquire new and improved properties.
BACKGROUND Cells have a number of well-established uses in molecular biology. For example, cells are commonly used as hosts for manipulating DNA in processes such as transformation and recombination. Cells are also used for expression of recombinant proteins encoded by DNA transformed into the cells. Some types of cells are also used as progenitors for generation of transgenic animals and plants. Although all of these processes are now routine, in general, the genomes of the cells used in these processes have evolved little from the genomes of natural cells, and particularly not toward acquisition of new or improved properties for use in the above processes .
The traditional approach to artificial or forced molecular evolution focuses on optimization of an individual gene having a discrete and selectable phenotype. The strategy is to clone a gene, identify a discrete function for the gene and an assay by which it can be selected, mutate selected positions in the gene (e.g., by error-prone PCR or cassette mutagenesis) and select variants of the gene for improvement in the known function of the gene. A variant having improved function can then be expressed in a desired cell type. This approach has a number of limitations. First, it is only applicable to genes that have been isolated and functionally characterized. Second, the approach is usually only applicable to genes that have a discrete function. In other words, multiple genes that cooperatively confer a single phenotype cannot usually be optimized in this manner.
Probably, most genes do have cooperative functions. Finally, this approach can only explore a very limited number of the total number of permutations even for a single gene. For example, varying even ten positions in a protein with every possible amino acid would generate 2010 variants, which is more than can be accommodated by existing methods of transfection and screening.
In view of these limitations, the traditional approach is inadequate for improving cellular genomes in many useful properties. For example, to improve a cell's capacity to express a recombinant protein might require modification in any or all of a substantial number of genes, known and unknown, having roles in transcription, translation, posttranslational modification, secretion or proteolytic degradation, among others. Attempting individually to optimize even all the known genes having such functions would be a virtually impossible task, let alone optimizing hitherto unknown genes which may contribute to expression in manners not yet understood. The present invention provides inter alia novel methods for evolving the genome of whole cells and organisms which overcome the difficulties and limitations of prior methods .
DEFINITIONS
The term cognate refers to a gene sequence that is evolutionarily and functionally related between species. For example, in the human genome, the human CD4 gene is the cognate gene to the mouse CD4 gene, since the sequences and structures of these two genes indicate that they are highly homologous and both genes encode a protein which functions in signaling T cell activation through MHC class II-restricted antigen recognition. Screening is, in general, a two-step process in which one first determines which cells do and do not express a screening marker and then physically separates the cells having the desired property. Selection is a form of screening in which identification and physical separation are achieved simultaneously by expression of a selection marker, which, in some genetic circumstances, allows cells expressing the marker to survive while other cells die (or vice versa) . Screening markers include luciferase, /3-galactosidase, and green fluorescent protein. Selection markers include drug and toxin resistance genes.
An exogenous DNA segment is one foreign (or heterologous) to the cell or homologous to the cell but in a position within the host cell nucleic acid in which the element is not ordinarily found. Exogenous DNA segments can be expressed to yield exogenous polypeptides.
The term gene is used broadly to refer to any segment of DNA associated with a biological function. Thus, genes include coding sequences and/or the regulatory sequences required for their expression. Genes also include nonexpressed DNA segments that, for example, form recognition sequences for other proteins.
Percentage sequence identity is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over the window of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison. Optimal alignment of sequences for aligning a comparison window can be conducted by computerized implementations of algorithms GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package Release 7.0, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, WI .
The term naturally-occurring is used to describe an object that can be found in nature. For example, a polypeptide or polynucleotide sequence that is present in an organism (including viruses) that can be isolated from a source in nature and which has not been intentionally modified by man in the laboratory is naturally-occurring. Generally, the term naturally-occurring refers to an object as present in a non-pathological (undiseased) individual, such as would be typical for the species. Asexual recombination is recombination occurring without the fusion of gametes to form a zygote .
SUMMARY OF THE CLAIMED INVENTION In one aspect, the invention provides methods of evolving a. cell to acquire a desired function. Such methods entail introducing a library of DNA fragments into a plurality of cells whereby at least one of the fragments undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or an episome of the cells to produce modified cells. The modified cells are then screened for modified cells that have evolved toward acquisition of the desired function. DNA from the modified cells that have evolved toward the desired function is then recombined with a further library of DNA fragments at least one of which undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or the episome of the modified cells to produce further modified cells. The further modified cells are then screened for further modified cells for further modified cells that have further evolved toward acquisition of the desired function. Steps of recombination and screening/selection are repeated as required until the further modified cells have acquired the desired function.
In some methods, the library or further library of DNA fragments is coated with recA protein to stimulate recombination with the segment of the genome. In some methods, the library of fragments is denatured to produce single-stranded DNA, the single-stranded DNA are annealed to produce duplexes some of which contain mismatches at points of variation in the fragments, and duplexes containing mismatches are selected by affinity chromatography to immobilized utS. In some methods, the desired function is secretion of a protein, and the plurality of cells further comprises a construct encoding the protein. Optionally, the protein is toxic to the plurality of cells unless secreted, and the modified or further modified cells having evolved toward acquisition of the desired function are screened by propagating the cells and recovering surviving cells.
In some methods, the desired function is enhanced recombination. In such methods, the library of fragments sometimes comprises a cluster of genes collectively conferring recombination capacity. Screening can be achieved using cells further comprises a gene encoding a marker whose expression is prevented by a mutation removable by recombination. The cells are screened by their expression of the marker resulting from removal of the mutation by recombination.
In some methods, the plurality of cells are plant cells and the desired property is improved resistance to a chemical or microbe, and in the screening the steps, the modified or further modified cells are exposed to the chemical or microbe and modified or further modified cells having evolved toward the acquisition of the desired function are selected by their capacity to survive the exposure.
In some methods, the plurality of cells are embryonic cells of an animal, and the method further comprises propagating the transformed cells to transgenic animals.
The invention further provides methods for performing in vivo recombination. These methods entail providing a cell incapable of expressing a cell septation gene. At least first and second segments from at least one gene are introduced into a cell, the segments differing from each other in at least two nucleotides, whereby the segments recombine to produce a library of chimeric genes. A chimeric gene is selected from the library having acquired a desired function.
The invention further provides methods of predicting efficacy of a drug in treating a viral infection. Such method entail recombining a nucleic acid segment from a virus, whose infection is inhibited by a drug, with at least a second nucleic acid segment from the virus, the second nucleic acid segment differing from the nucleic acid segment in at least two nucleotides, to produce a library of recombinant nucleic acid segments. Host cells are then contacted with a collection of viruses having genomes including the recombinant nucleic acid segments in a media containing the drug, and progeny viruses resulting from infection of the host cells are collected. A recombinant DNA segment from a first progeny virus recombines with at least a recombinant DNA segment from a second progeny virus to produce a further library of recombinant nucleic acid segments. Host cells are contacted with a collection of viruses having genomes including the further library or recombinant nucleic acid segments, in media containing the drug, and further progeny viruses are produced by the host cells. The recombination and selection steps are repeated, as necessary, until a further progeny virus has acquired a desired degree of resistance to the drug, whereby the degree of resistance acquired and the number of repetitions of needed to acquire it provide a measure of the efficacy of the drug in treating the virus.
The invention further provides methods of predicting efficacy of a drug in treating an infection by a pathogenic microorganism. These methods entail transforming a plurality of cells of the microorganism with a library of DNA fragments at least some of which undergo recombination with segments in the genome of the cells to produce modified microorganism cells. Modified microorganisms are propagated in a media containing the drug, and surviving microorganisms are recovered. DNA from surviving microorganisms is recombined with a further library of DNA fragments at least some of which undergo recombination with cognate segments in the DNA from the surviving microorganisms to produce further modified microorganisms cells. Further modified microorganisms are propagated in media containing the drug, and further surviving microorganisms are collected. The recombination and selection steps are repeated as needed until a further surviving microorganism has acquired a desired degree of resistance to the drug, whereby the degree of resistance acquired and the number of repetitions of needed to acquire it provide a measure of the efficacy of the drug in killing the pathogenic microorganism.
The invention further provides methods of evolving a cell to acquire a desired function. These methods entail providing a populating of different cells. The cells are cultured under conditions whereby DNA is exchanged between cells, forming cells with hybrid genomes. The cells are then screened or selected for cells that have evolved toward acquisition of a desired property. The DNA exchange and screening/selecting steps are repeated, as needed, with the screened/selected cells from one cycle forming the population of different cells in the next cycle, until a cell has acquired the desired property.
Mechanisms of DNA exchange include conjugation, phage-mediated transduction, protoplast fusion, and sexual recombination of the cells. Optionally, a library of DNA fragments can be transformed into the cells.
As noted, some methods of evolving a cell to acquire a desired property are effected by protoplast-mediated exchange of DNA between cells. Such methods entail forming protoplasts of a population of different cells. The protoplasts are then fused to form hybrid protoplasts, in which genomes from the protoplasts recombine to form hybrid genomes . The hybrid protoplasts are incubated under conditions promoting regeneration of cells. The next step is to select or screen to isolated regenerated cells that have evolved toward acquisition of the desired property. DNA exchange and selection/screening steps are repeated, as needed, with regenerated cells in one cycle being used to form protoplasts in the next cycle until the regenerated cells have acquired the desired property. Fungi are a preferred organism for conducting the above methods. Some methods further comprise a step of selecting or screening for fused protoplasts free from unfused protoplasts of parental cells. Some methods further comprise a step of selecting or screening for fused protoplasts with hybrid genomes free from cells with parental genomes. In some methods, protoplasts are provided by treating mycelia or spores with an enzyme that degrades cell walls. In some methods, the fungus is a fragile strain, lacking capacity for intact cell wall synthesis, and protoplasts form spontaneously. In some methods, protoplasts are formed by treating mycelia with an inhibitor of cell wall formation to generate protoplasts. In some methods, the desired property is expression and/or secretion of a protein or secondary metabolite, such as taxol . In some other methods, the desired property is capacity for meiosis. In some methods, the desired property is compatibility to form a heterokaryon with another strain. The invention further provides methods of evolving a cell toward acquisition of a desired property. These methods entail providing a population of different cells. DNA is isolated from a first subpopulation of the different cells and encapsulated the in liposomes. Protoplasts are formed from a second subpopulation of the different cells. Liposomes are fused with the protoplasts, whereby DNA from the liposomes is taken up by the protoplasts and recombines with the genomes of the protoplasts. The protoplasts are incubated under regenerating conditions. Regenerating or regenerated cells are then selected or screened for evolution toward the desired property. The methods is then repeated with cells that have evolved toward the desired property in one cycle forming the population of different cells in the next cycle.
The invention further provides methods of evolving a cell toward acquisition of a desired property using artificial chromosomes. Such methods entail introducing a DNA fragment library cloned into an artificial chromosome into a population of cells. The cells are then cultured under conditions whereby sexual recombination occurs between the cells, and DNA fragments cloned into the artificial chromosome homologously recombines with corresponding segments of endogenous chromosomes of the populations of cells, and endogenous chromosomes recombine with each other. Cells that have evolved toward acquisition of the desired property are then selected or screened.
The invention further provides methods of evolving a DNA segment cloned into an artificial chromosome for acquisition of a desired property. These methods entail providing a library of variants of the segment, each variant cloned into separate copies of an artificial chromosome. The copies of the artificial chromosome are introduced into a population of cells. The cells are cultured under conditions whereby sexual recombination occurs between cells and homologous recombination occurs between copies of the artificial chromosome bearing the variants. Variants are then screened or selected for evolution toward acquisition of the desired property. The invention further provides hyperrecombinogenic recA proteins. Examples of such proteins clones 2, 4, 5, 6 and 13 shown in Fig. 13.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES Fig. 1: Scheme for in vi tro shuffling of genes. Fig. 2: Scheme for enriching for mismatched sequences using MutS.
Fig. 3: Alternative scheme for enriching for mismatched sequences using MutS.
Fig. 4: Scheme for evolving growth hormone genes to produce larger fish.
Fig. 5: Scheme for shuffling by protoplast fusion. Fig. 6: Scheme for introducing a sexual cycle into fungi previously incapable of sexual reproduction.
Fig. 7. General scheme for shuffling of fung by protoplast fusion.
Fig. 8: Shuffling fungi by protoplast fusion with protoplasts generated by use of inhibitors of enzymes responsible for cell wall formation.
Fig. 9: Shuffling fungi by protoplast fusion using fungal strains deficient in cell-wall synthesis that spontaneously form protoplasts.
Fig. 10: YAC-mediated whole genome shuffling of Saccharomyces cerevisiae and related organisms.
Fig. 11: YAC-mediated shuffling of large DNA fragments.
Fig. 12: (A, B, C and D) DNA sequences of a wildtype recA protein (designated new Minshall) and five hyperrecombinogenic variants thereof. Fig. 13: Amino acid sequences of a wildtype recA protein and five hyperrecombinogenic variants thereof.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION I . General
A. The Basic Approach
The invention provides methods for artificially evolving cells to acquire a new or improved property by recursive sequence recombination. Briefly, recursive sequence recombination entails successive cycles of recombination and screening/selection to generate molecular diversity. That is, create a family of nucleic acid molecules showing substantial sequence and/or structural identity to each other but differing in the presence of mutations. Each recombination cycle is followed by at least one cycle of screening or selection for molecules having a desired characteristic. The molecule (s) selected in one round form the starting materials for generating diversity in the next round.
The cells to be evolved can be bacterial, archaebacteria, or eucaryotic and can constitute a homogeneous cell line or mixed culture. Suitable cells for evolution include the bacterial and eucaryotic cell lines commonly used in genetic engineering and protein expression. Suitable mammalian cells include those from, e.g., mouse, rat, hamster, primate, and human, both cell lines and primary cultures.
Such cells include stem cells, including embryonic stem cells and hemopoietic stem cells, zygotes, fibroblasts, lymphocytes, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO), mouse fibroblasts (NIH3T3), kidney, liver, muscle, and skin cells. Other eucaryotic cells of interest include plant cells, such as maize, rice, wheat, cotton, soybean, sugarcane, tobacco, and arabidopsis ; fish, algae, fungi (penicillium, aspergillus, podospora, neurospora, saccharomyces) , insect (e.g., baculo lepidoptera) , yeast (picchia and saccharomyces , Schizosaccharomyces pombe) . Also of interest are many bacterial cell types, both gram-negative and gram-positive, such as Bacillus subtilis, B . licehniformis, B . cereus, Escherichia coli , Pseudomonas, Salmonella, actinomycetes and Erwinia . The complete genome sequences of E. coli and Bacillus subtilis are described by Blattner et al . , Science 277, 1454-1462 (1997); Kunst et al . , Nature 390, 249-256 (1997)).
Evolution commences by generating a population of variant cells. Typically, the cells in the population are of the same type but represent variants of a progenitor cell . In some instances, the variation is natural as when different cells are obtained from different individuals within a species, or from different species. In other instances, variation is induced by mutagenesis of a progenitor cell. Mutagenesis can be effected by subjecting the cell to mutagenic agents, or if the cell is a mutator cell (e.g., has mutations in genes involved in DΝA replication, recombination and/or repair which favor introduction of mutations) simply by propagating the mutator cells. Mutator cells can be generated from successive selections for simple phenotypic changes (e.g., acquisition of rifampicin-resistance, then nalidixic acid resistance then lac- to lac+ (see Mao et al . , J". Bacteriol . 179, 417-422 (1997)). In other instances, variation is the result of transferring into the cells (e.g., by conjugation, transformation, transduction or natural competence) a library of DΝA fragments. At least one, and usually many of the fragments in the library, show some, but not complete, sequence or structural identity with a cognate or allelic gene within the cells sufficient to allow homologous recombination to occur. The library of fragments can derive from one or more sources. One source of fragments is a genomic library of fragments from a different species, cell type, organism or individual from the cells being transfected. In this situation, many of the fragments in the library have a cognate or allelic gene in the cells being transformed but differ from that gene due to the presence of naturally occurring species variation, polymorphisms, and mutations. Alternatively, the library can be derived from DΝA from the same cell type as is being transformed after that DΝA has been subject to induced mutation, by conventional methods, such as radiation, error- prone PCR, growth in a mutator organism or cassette mutagenesis. In either of these situations, the genomic library can be a complete genomic library or subgenomic library deriving, for example, from a selected chromosome, or part of a chromosome or an episomal element within a cell . As well as, or instead of these sources of DNA fragments, the library can contain fragments representing natural or selected variants of selected genes of known function (i.e., focused libraries) .
The number of fragments in a library can vary from a single fragment to about 1010, with libraries having from 103 to 108 fragments being common. The fragments should be sufficiently long that they can undergo homologous recombination and sufficiently short that they can be introduced into a cell, and if necessary, manipulated before introduction. Fragment sizes can range from 10 b to 1000 kb, with sizes of 500-10,000 bases being common. Fragments can be double- or single-stranded.
The fragments can be introduced into cells as whole genomes or as components of viruses, plasmids, YACS, HACs or BACs or can be introduced as they are, in which case all or most of the fragments lack an origin of replication. Use of viral fragments with single-stranded genomes offer the advantage of delivering fragments in single stranded form, which promotes recombination. The fragments can also be joined to a selective marker before introduction. Inclusion of fragments in a vector having an origin of replication affords a longer period of time after introduction into the cell in which fragments can undergo recombination with a cognate gene before being degraded or selected against and lost from the cell, thereby increasing the proportion of cells with recombinant genomes. Optionally, the vector is a suicide vector capable of a longer existence than an isolated DNA fragment but not capable of permanent retention in the cell line. Such a vector can transiently express a marker for a sufficient time to screen for or select a cell bearing the vector, but is then degraded or otherwise rendered incapable of expressing the marker. The use of such vectors can be advantageous in performing subsequent rounds of recombination to be discussed below. For example, some suicide vectors express a long-lived toxin which is neutralized by a short-lived molecule expressed from the same vector. Expression of the toxin alone will not allow vector to be established. Jense & Gerdes, Mol . Microbiol . , 17, 205-210
(1995); Bernard et al . , Gene 162, 159-160. Alternatively, a vector can be rendered suicidal by incorporation of a defective origin of replication (i.e., temperature-sensitive) or by omission of an origin of replication. Vectors can also be rendered suicidal by inclusion of negative selection markers, such as oraB in yeast or sacB in many bacteria. These genes become toxic only in the presence of specific compounds . Such vectors can be selected to have a wide range of stabilities. After introduction into cells, the fragments can recombine with DNA present in the genome or episomes of the cells by homologous, nonhomologous or site-specific recombination. For present purposes, homologous recombination makes the most significant contribution to evolution of the cells because this form of recombination amplifies the existing diversity between the DNA of the cells being transfected and the DNA fragments. For example, if a DNA fragment being transfected differs from a cognate or allelic gene at two positions, there are four possible recombination products, and each of these recombination products can be formed in different cells in the transformed population. Thus, homologous recombination of the fragment doubles the initial diversity in this gene. When many fragments recombine with corresponding cognate or allelic genes, the diversity of recombination products with respect to starting products increases exponentially with the number of fragments. Recombination results in modified cells having modified genomes and/or episomes.
The variant cells, whether the result of natural variation, mutagenesis, or recombination are screened or selected to identify a subset of cells that have evolved toward acquisition of a new or improved property. The nature of the screen, of course, depends on the property and several examples will be discussed below. Optionally, the screening is repeated before performing subsequent cycles of recombination. Stringency can be increased in repeated cycles of screening. The subpopulation of cells surviving screening are subjected to a further round of recombination. In some instances, the further round of recombination is effected by propagating the cells under conditions allowing exchange of DNA between cells. For example, protoplasts can be formed from the cells, allowed to fuse, and cells with recombinant genomes propagated from the fused protoplasts. Alternatively, exchange of DNA can be promoted by propagation of cells in an electric fied. For cells having a conjugative transfer apparatus, exchange of DNA can be promoted simply by propagating the cells.
In other methods, the further round of recombination is performed by a split and pool approach. That is, the surviving cells are divided into two pools. DNA is isolated from one pool, and if necessary amplified, and then transformed into the other pool. Accordingly, DNA fragments from the first pool constitute a further library of fragments and recombine with cognate fragments in the second pool resulting in further diversity.
In other methods, some or all of the cells surviving screening are transfected with a fresh library of DNA fragments, which can be the same or different from the library used in the first round of recombination. In this situation, the genes in the fresh library undergo recombination with cognate genes in the surviving cells. If genes are introduced as components of a vector, compatibility of this vector with any vector used in a previous round of transfection should be considered. If the vector used in a previous round was a suicide vector, there is no problem of incompatibility. If, however, the vector used in a previous round was not a suicide vector, a vector having a different incompatibility origin should be used in the subsequent round. In all of these formats, further recombination generates additional diversity in the DNA component of the cells resulting in further modified cells.
The further modified cells are subjected to another round of screening/selection according to the same principles as the first round. Screening/selection identifies a subpopulation of further modified cells that have further evolved toward acquisition of the property. This subpopulation of cells can be subjected to further rounds of recombination and screening according to the same principles, optionally with the stringency of screening being increased at each round. Eventually, cells are identified that have acquired the desired property.
B. Variations
1. Coating Fragments with recA Protein The frequency of homologous recombination between library fragments and cognate endogenous genes can be increased by coating the fragments with a recombinogenic protein before introduction into cells. See Pati et al . , Molecular Biology of Cancer 1, 1 (1996) ; Sena & Zarling, Nature Genetics 3, 365 (1996); Revet et al . , J". Mol . Biol .
232, 779-791 (1993); Kowalczkowski & Zarling in Gene Targeting (CRC 1995), Ch. 7. The recombinogenic protein promotes homologous pairing and/or strand exchange . The best characterized recA protein is from E. coli and is available from Pharmacia (Piscataway, ΝJ) . In addition to the wild-type protein, a number of mutant recA-like proteins have been identified (e.g., recA803). Further, many organisms have recA-like recombinases with strand-transfer activities (e.g., Ogawa et al . , Cold Spring Harbor Symposium on Quanti tative Biology 18, 567-576 (1993); Johnson & Symington, Mol . Cell .
Biol . 15, 4843-4850 (1995); Fugisawa et al . , Nucl . Acids Res . 13, 7473 (1985); Hsieh et al . , Cell 44, 885 (1986); Hsieh et al., J". Biol . Chem. 264, 5089 (1989); Fishel et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad. Sci . USA 85, 3683 (1988); Cassuto et al . , Mol . Gen . Genet . 208, 10 (1987); Ganea et al . , Mol . Cell Biol . 7, 3124 (1987); Moore et al . , J". Biol . Chem . 19, 11108 (1990); Keene et al . , Nucl . Acids Res . 12, 3057 (1984); Kimiec, Cold Spring Harbor Symp . 48, 675 (1984); Kimeic, Cell 44, 545 (1986); Kolodner et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . USA 84, 5560 (1987); Sugino et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . USA 85, 3683 (1985); Halbrook et al . , J. Biol . Chem. 264, 21403 (1989); Eisen et al . , Proc. Natl . Acad. Sci . USA 85, 7481 (1988); McCarthy et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . USA 85, 5854 (1988);
Lowenhaupt et al . , J. Biol . Chem. 264, 20568 (1989). Examples of such recombinase proteins include recA, recA803, uvsX, (Roca, A.I., Crit. Rev. Biochem. Molec . Biol . 25, 415 (1990)), sepl (Kolodner et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . (U. S . A . ) 84, 5560 (1987); Tishkoff et al . , Molec . Cell . Biol . 11, 2593),
RuvC (Dunderdale et al . , Nature 354, 506 (1991)), DST2 , KEM1 , XRN1 (Dykstra et al . , Molec . Cell . Biol . 11, 2583 (1991)), STPα/DSTl (Clark et al . , Molec . Cell . Biol . 11, 2576 (1991)), HPP- 1 (Moore et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . (U.S.A.) 88, 9067 (1991)), other eukaryotic recombinases (Bishop et al . , Cell 69, 439 (1992); Shinohara et al . , Cell 69, 457.
.RecA protein forms a nucleoprotein filament when it coats a single-stranded DΝA. In this nucleoprotein filament, one monomer of recA protein is bound to about 3 nucleotides. This property of recA to coat single-stranded DΝA is essentially sequence independent, although particular sequences favor initial loading of recA onto a polynucleotide (e.g., nucleation sequences). The nucleoprotein filament (s) can be formed on essentially any to be shuffled and can form complexes with both single-stranded and double-stranded DΝA in procaryotic and eucaryotic cells.
Before contacting with recA or other recombinase, fragments are often denatured, e.g., by heat-treatment . .RecA protein is then added at a concentration of about 1-10 μM. After incubation, the recA-coated single-stranded DΝA is introduced into recipient cells by conventional methods, such as chemical transformation or electroporation. The fragments undergo homologous recombination with cognate endogenous genes. Because of the increased frequency of recombination due to recombinase coating, the fragments need not be introduced as components of vectors.
Fragments are sometimes coated with other nucleic acid binding proteins that promote recombination, protect nucleic acids from degradation, or target nucleic acids to the nucleus. Examples of such proteins includes Agrobacterium virE2 (Durrenberger et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . USA 86, 9154-9158 (1989) ) .
2. MutS selection
The E. coli mismatch repair protein MutS can be used in affinity chromatography to enrich for fragments of double- stranded DNA containing at least one base of mismatch. The MutS protein recognizes the bubble formed by the individual strands about the point of the mismatch. See, e.g., Hsu & Chang, WO 9320233. The strategy of affinity enriching for partially mismatched duplexes can be incorporated into the present methods to increase the diversity between an incoming library of fragments and corresponding cognate or allelic genes in recipient cells.
Fig. 2 shows one scheme in which MutS is used to increase diversity. The DNA substrates for enrichment are substantially similar to each other but differ at a few sites. For example, the DNA substrates can represent complete or partial genomes (e.g., a chromosome library) from different individuals with the differences being due to polymorphisms. The substrates can also represent induced mutants of a wildtype sequence. The DNA substrates are pooled, restriction digested, and denatured to produce fragments of single- stranded DNA. The single-stranded DNA is then allowed to reanneal . Some single-stranded fragments reanneal with a perfectly matched complementary strand to generate perfectly matched duplexes. Other single-stranded fragments anneal to generate mismatched duplexes. The mismatched duplexes are enriched from perfectly matched duplexes by MutS chromatography (e.g., with MutS immobilized to beads) . The mismatched duplexes recovered by chromatography are introduced into recipient cells for recombination with cognate endogenous genes as described above. MutS affinity chromatography increases the proportion of fragments differing from each other and the cognate endogenous gene. Thus, recombination between the incoming fragments and endogenous genes results in greater diversity.
Fig. 3 shows a second strategy for MutS enrichment. In this strategy, the substrates for MutS enrichment represent variants of a relatively short segment, for example, a gene or cluster of genes, in which most of the different variants differ at no more than a single nucleotide. The goal of MutS enrichment is to produce substrates for recombination that contain more variations from each than sequences occurring in nature. This is achieved by fragmenting the substrates at random to produce overlapping fragments. The fragments are denatured and reannealed as in the first strategy. Reannealing generates some mismatched duplexes which can be separated from perfectly matched duplexes by MutS affinity chromatography. As before, MutS chromatography enriches for duplexes bearing at least a single mismatch. The mismatched duplexes are then reassembled into longer fragments. This is accomplished by cycles of denaturation, reannealing, and chain extension of partially annealed duplexes (see Section V) . After several such cycles, fragments of the same length as the original substrates are achieved, except that these fragments differ from each other at multiple sites. These fragments are then introduced into cells where they undergo recombination with cognate endogenous genes.
3. Positive Selection For Allelic Exchange
The invention further provides methods of enriching for cells bearing modified genes relative to the starting cells. This can be achieved by introducing a DNA fragment library in a suicide vector (i.e., lacking a functional replication origin in the recipient cell type) containing both positive and negative selection markers. Optionally, multiple fragment libraries from different sources (e.g., B . subtilis, B . licheniformis and B . cereus) can be cloned into different vectors bearing different selection markers. Suitable positive selection markers include neoR, kanamycinR, hyg , hisΩ , gpt, ble, tetR, hprt, ura3 and sacB. Suitable negative selection markers include sv-tk, hprt, gpt, and cytosine deaminase. Another strategy for applying negative selection is to include a wildtype rpsL gene (encoding ribosomal protein S12) in a vector for use in cells having a mutant rpsL gene conferring streptomycin resistance. The mutant form of rpsL is recessive in cells having wildtype rpsL. Thus, selection for Sm resistance selects against cells having a wildtype copy of rpsL. See Skorupski & Taylor, Gene 169, 47-52 (1996) . Alternatively, vectors bearing only a positive selection marker can be used with one round of selection for cells expressing the marker, and a subsequent round of screening for cells that have lost the marker (e.g., screening for drug sensitivity) . The screen for cells that have lost the positive selection marker is equivalent to screening against expression of a negative selection marker. For example, Bacillus can be transformed with a vector bearing a CAT gene and a sequence to be integrated. See Harwood & Cutting, Molecular Biological Methods for Bacillus, at pp. 31-33. Selection for chloramphenicol resistance isolates cells that have taken up vector. After a suitable period to allow recombination, selection for CAT sensititivity isolates cells which have lost the CAT gene. About 50% of such cells will have undergone recombination with the sequence to be integrated.
Suicide vectors bearing a positive selection marker and optionally, a negative selection marker and a DNA fragment can integrate into host chromosomal DNA by a single crossover at a site in chromosomal DNA homologous to the fragment . Recombination generates an integrated vector flanked by direct repeats of the homologous sequence. In some cells, subsequent recombination between the repeats results in excision of the vector and either acquisition of a desired mutation from the vector by the genome or restoration of the genome to wildtype.
In the present methods, after transfer of the gene library cloned in a suitable vector, positive selection is applied for expression of the positive selection marker. Because nonintegrated copies of the suicide vector are rapidly eliminated from cells, this selection enriches for cells that have integrated the vector into the host chromosome . The cells surviving positive selection can then be propagated and subjected to negative selection, or screened for loss of the positive selection marker. Negative selection selects against cells expressing the negative selection marker. Thus, cells that have retained the integrated vector express the negative marker and are selectively eliminated. The cells surviving both rounds of selection are those that initially integrated and then eliminated the vector. These cells are enriched for cells having genes modified by homologous recombination with the vector.
4. Individualized Optimization of Genes In general , the above methods do not require knowledge of the number of genes to be optimized, their map location or their function. However, in some instances, where this information is available for one or more gene, it can be exploited. For example, if the property to be acquired by evolution is enhanced recombination of cells, one gene likely to be important is recA, even though many other genes, known and unknown, may make additional contributions. In this situation, the recA gene can be evolved, at least in part, separately from other candidate genes . The recA gene can be evolved by any of the methods of recursive recombination described in Section V. Briefly, this approach entails obtaining diverse forms of a recA gene, allowing the forms to recombine, selecting recombinants having improved properties, and subjecting the recombinants to further cycles of recombination and selection. At any point in the individualized improvement of recA, the diverse forms of recA can be pooled with fragments encoding other genes in a library to be used in the general methods described above. In this way, the library is seeded to contain a higher proportion of variants in a gene known to be important to the property sought to be acquired than would otherwise be the case.
5. Harvesting DNA Substrates for Shuffling
In some shuffling methods, DNA substrates are isolated from natural sources and are not easily manipulated by DNA modifying or polymerizing enzymes due to recalcitrant impurities, which poison enzymatic reactions. Such difficulties can be avoided by processing DNA substrates through a harvesting strain. The harvesting strain is typically a cell type with natural competence and a capacity for homologous recombination between sequences with substantial diversity (e.g., sequences exhibiting only 75% sequence identity) . The harvesting strain bears a vector encoding a negative selection marker flanked by two segments respectively complementary to two segments flanking a gene or other region of interest in the DNA from a target organism.
The harvesting strain is contacted with fragments of DNA from the target organism. Fragments are taken up by natural competence, and a fragment of interest from the target organism recombines with the vector of the harvesting strain causing loss of the negative selection marker. Selection against the negative marker allows isolation of cells that have taken up the fragment of interest. Shuffling can be carried out in the harvester strain or vector can be isolated from the harvester strain for in vitro shuffling or transfer to a different cell type for in vivo shuffling.
Alternatively, the vector can be transferred to a different cell type by conjugation, 'protoplast fusion or electrofusion. An example of a suitable harvester strain is Acinetobacter calcoaceticus mutS . Young et al . , 97th ASM Meeting Abstracts. This strain is naturally competent and takes up DNA in a nonsequence-specific manner. Also, because of the mutS mutation, this strain is capable of homologous recombinatin of sequences showing only 75% sequence identity.
III. Applications
A. Recombinogenicity
One goal of whole cell evolution is to generate cells having improved capacity for recombination. Such cells are useful for a variety of purposes in molecular genetics including the in vivo formats of recursive sequence recombination described in Section V. Almost thirty genes (e.g., recA, recB, recC, recD, recE, recF, recG, recO, recQ, recR, recT, ruvA, ruvB , ruvC, sbcB, ssb, topA, gyrA and B, lig, polA, uvrD, E, recL, mu D , mutH. , muth , mutU , , helD) and DNA sites (e.g., chi , recN, sjbcC) involved in genetic recombination have been identified in E. coli , and cognate forms of several of these genes have been found in other organisms (e.g., rad51, rad55 rad57, Dmcl in yeast (see
Kowalczykowski et al . , Microbiol . Rev. 58, 401-465 (1994); Kowalczkowski & Zarling, supra) and human homologs of Rad51 and Dmcl have been identified (see Sandier et al . , Nucl . Acids Res . 24, 2125-2132 (1996)). At least some of the E. coli genes, including recA are functional in mammalian cells, and can be targeted to the nucleus as a fusion with SV40 large T antigen nuclear targeting sequence (Reiss et al . , Proc. Natl . Acad. Sci . USA, 93, 3094-3098 (1996)). Further, mutations in mismatch repair genes, such as mutL, mutS, mutH relax homology requirements and allow recombination between more diverged sequences (Rayssiguier et al . , Nature 342, 396-401 (1989)). The extent of recombination between divergent strains can be enhanced by impairing mismatch repair genes and stimulating SOS genes. Such can be achieved by use of appropriate mutant strains and/or growth under conditions of metabolic stress, which have been found to stimulate SOS and inhibit mismatch repair genes. Vulic et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . USA 94 (1997) .
Starting substrates for recombination are selected according to the general principles described above. That is, the substrates can be whole genomes or fractions thereof containing recombination genes or sites. Large libraries of essentially random fragments can be seeded with collections of fragments constituting variants of one or more known recombination genes, such as recA. Alternatively, libraries can be formed by mixing variant forms of the various known recombination genes and sites.
The library of fragments is introduced into the recipient cells to be improved and recombination occurs, generating modified cells. The recipient cells preferably contain a marker gene whose expression has been disabled in a manner that can be corrected by recombination. For example, the cells can contain two copies of a marker gene bearing mutations at different sites, which copies can recombine to generate the wildtype gene. A suitable marker gene is green fluorescent protein. A vector can be constructed encoding one copy of GFP having stopcodons near the N-terminus, and another copy of GFP having stopcodons near the C-terminus of the protein. The distance between the stop codons at the respective ends of the molecule is 500 bp and about 25% of recombination events result in active GFP. Expression of GFP in a cell signals that a cell is capable of homologous recombination to recombine in between the stop codons to generate a contiguous coding sequence. By screening for cells expressing GFP, one enriches for cells having the highest capacity for recombination. The same type of screen can be used following subsequent rounds of recombination. However, unless the selection marker used in previous round (s) was present on a suicide vector, subsequent round (s) should employ a second disabled screening marker within a second vector bearing a different origin of replication or a different positive selection marker to vectors used in the previous rounds .
B. Multigenomic Copy Number
The majority of bacterial cells in stationary phase cultures grown in rich media contain two, four or eight chromosomes. In minimal medium the cells contain one or two chromosomes. The number of chromosomes per bacterial cell thus depends on the growth rate of the cell as it enters stationary phase. This is because rapidly growing cells contain multiple replication forks, resulting in several chromosomes in the cells after termination. The number of chromosomes is strain dependent, although all strains tested have more than one chromosome in stationary phase. The number of chromosomes in stationary phase cells decreases with time. This appears to be due to fragmentation and degradation of entire chromosomes, similar to apoptosis in mammalian cells. This fragmentation of genomes in cells containing multiple genome copies results in massive recombination and mutagenesis. Useful mutants may find ways to use energy sources that will allow them to continue growing.
Some cell types, such as Deinococcus radians (Daly and Minton J. Bacteriol . Ill , 5495-5505 (1995)) exhibit polyploidy throughout the cell cycle. This cell type is highly radiation resistant due to the presence of many copies of the genome. High frequency recombination between the genomes allows rapid removal of mutations induced by a variety of DNA damaging agents.
A goal of the present methods is to evolve other cell types to have increased genome copy number akin to that of Deinoccocus radians . Preferably, the increased copy number is maintained through all or most of its cell cycle in all or most growth conditions. The presence of multiple genome copies in such cells results in a higher frequency of homologous recombination in these cells, both between copies of a gene in different genomes within the cell, and between a genome within the cell and a transfected fragment. The increased frequency of recombination allows the cells to be evolved more quickly to acquire other useful characteristics. Starting substrates for recombination can be a diverse library of genes only a few of which are relevant to genomic copy number, a focused library formed from variants of gene(s) known or suspected to have a role in genomic copy number or a combination of the two. As a general rule one would expect increased copy number would be achieved by evolution of genes involved in replication and cell septation such that cell septation is inhibited without impairing replication. Genes involved in replication include tus, xerC, xerD, dif, gyrA, gyrB , parE , parC , dif, TerA, TerB, TerC, TerD, TerE, TerF, and genes influencing chromosome partitioning and gene copy number include mihD , mukA (tolC), mukB , mukC , ukD , spoOJ, spoilIE (Wake & Errington, Annu. Rev. Genet . 29, 41-67 (1995)). A useful source of substrates is the genome of a cell type such as Deinoccocus radians known to have the desired phenotype of multigenomic copy number. As well as or instead of the above substrates, fragments encoding protein or antisense RNA inhibitors to genes known to be involved in cell septation can also be used. In nature, the existence of multiple genomic copies in a cell type would usually not be advantageous due to the greater nutritional requirements needed to maintain this copy number. However, artificial conditions can be devised to select for high copy number. Modified cells having recombinant genomes are grown in rich media (in which conditions, multicopy number should not be a disadvantage) and exposed to a mutagen, such as ultraviolet or gamma irradiation or a chemical mutagen, e.g., mitomycin, nitrous acid, photoactivated psoralens, alone or in combination, which induces DNA breaks amenable to repair by recombination. These conditions select for cells having multicopy number due to the greater efficiency with which mutations can be excised. Modified cells surviving exposure to mutagen are enriched for cells with multiple genome copies. If desired, selected cells can be individually analyzed for genome copy number (e.g., by quantitative hybridization with appropriate controls) . Some or all of the collection of cells surviving selection provide the substrates for the next round of recombination. Eventually cells are evolved that have at least 2, 4, 6, 8 or 10 copies of the genome throughout the cell cycle.
C. Secretion
The protein (or metabolite) secretion pathways of bacterial and eukaryotic cells can be evolved to export desired molecules more efficiently, such as for the manufacturing of protein pharmaceuticals, small molecule drugs or specialty chemicals. Improvements in efficiency are particularly desirable for proteins requiring multisubunit assembly (such as antibodies) or extensive posttranslational modification before secretion.
The efficiency of secretion may depend on a number of genetic sequences including a signal peptide coding sequence, sequences encoding protein (s) that cleave or otherwise recognize the coding sequence, and the coding sequence of the protein being secreted. The latter may affect folding of the protein and the ease with which it can integrate into and traverse membranes. The bacterial secretion pathway in E. coli include the SecA, SecB , SecE , SecO and SecF genes. In Bacillus subtilis, the major genes are secA, secD, secE, secF, secY, ffh, ftsY together with five signal peptidase genes (sipS, sipT, sipU, sipV and sipW) (Kunst et al , supra) . For proteins requiring posttranslational modification, evolution of genes effecting such modification may contribute to improved secretion. Likewise genes with expression products having a role in assembly of multisubunit proteins (e.g., chaperonins) may also contribute to improved secretion.
Selection of substrates for recombination follows the general principles discussed above. In this case, the focused libraries referred to above comprise variants of the known secretion genes. For evolution of procaryotic cells to express eucaryotic proteins, the initial substrates for recombination are often obtained at least in part from eucaryotic sources. Incoming fragments can undergo recombination both with chromosomal DNA in recipient cells and with the screening marker construct present in such cells (see below) . The latter form of recombination is important for evolution of the signal coding sequence incorporated in the screening marker construct . Improved secretion can be screened by the inclusion of marker construct in the cells being evolved. The marker construct encodes a marker gene, operably linked to expression sequences, and usually operably linked to a signal peptide coding sequence. The marker gene is sometimes expressed as fusion protein with a recombinant protein of interest. This approach is useful when one wants to evolve the recombinant protein coding sequence together with secretion genes.
In one variation, the marker gene encodes a product that is toxic to the cell containing the construct unless the product is secreted. Suitable toxin proteins include diphtheria toxin and ricin toxin. Propagation of modified cells bearing such a construct selects for cells that have evolved to improve secretion of the toxin. Alternatively, the marker gene can encode a ligand to a known receptor, and cells bearing the ligand can be detected by FACS using labelled receptor. Optionally, such a ligand can be operably linked to a phospholipid anchoring sequence that binds the ligand to the cell membrane surface following secretion. (See commonly owned, copending 08/309,345). In a further variation, secreted marker protein can be maintained in proximity with the cell secreting it by inoculating individual cells into agar drops. Secreted protein is confined within the agar matrix and can be detected by e.g., FACStm. In another variation, a protein of interest is expressed as a fusion protein together with b-lactamase or alkaline phosphatase. These enzymes metabolize commercially available chromogenic substrates (e.g., X-gal) , but do so only after secretion into the periplasm. Appearance of colored substrate in a colony of cells therefore indicates capacity to secrete the fusion protein and the intensity of color is related to the efficiency of secretion.
The cells identified by these screening and selection methods have the capacity to secrete increased amounts of protein. This capacity may be attributable to increased secretion and increased expression, or from increased secretion alone.
P. Expression
Cells can also be evolved to acquire increased expression of a recombinant protein. The level of expression is, of course, highly dependent on the construct from which the recombinant protein is expressed and the regulatory sequences, such as the promoter, enhancer (s) and transcription termination site contained therein. Expression can also be affected by a large number of host genes having roles in transcription, posttranslational modification and translation. In addition, host genes involved in synthesis of ribonucleotide and amino acid monomers for transcription and translation may have indirect effects on efficiency of expression. Selection of substrates for recombination follows the general principles discussed above. In this case, focused libraries comprise variants of genes known to have roles in expression. For evolution of procaryotic cells to express eucaryotic proteins, the initial substrates for recombination are often obtained, at least in part, from eucaryotic sources; that is eucaryotic genes encoding proteins such as chaperonins involved in secretion and/assembly of proteins. Incoming fragments can undergo recombination both with chromosomal DNA in recipient cells and with the screening marker construct present in such cells (see below) .
Screening for improved expression can be effected by including a reporter construct in the cells being evolved. The reporter construct expresses (and usually secretes) a reporter protein, such as GFP, which is easily detected and nontoxic . The reporter protein can be expressed alone or together with a protein of interest as a fusion protein. If the reporter gene is secreted, the screening effectively selects for cells having either improved secretion or improved expression, or both.
E. Plant Cells
A further application of recursive sequence recombination is the evolution of plant cells, and transgenic plants derived from the same, to acquire resistance to pathogenic disease, chemicals, viricides, fungicides, insecticides (e.g., BT toxin) , herbicides (e.g., atrazine or glyphosate) and bacteriocides . The substrates for recombination can again be whole genomic libraries, fractions thereof or focused libraries containing variants of gene(s) known or suspected to confer resistance to one of the above agents. Frequently, library fragments are obtained from a different kind of plant to the plant being evolved. The DNA fragments are introduced into cultured plant cells or plant protoplasts by standard methods including electroporation (From et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad. Sci . USA 82, 5824 (1985) , infection by viral vectors such as cauliflower mosaic virus (CaMV) (Hohn et al . , Molecular Biology of Plant Tumors, (Academic Press, New York, 1982) pp. 549-560; Howell, US 4,407,956), high velocity ballistic penetration by small particles with the nucleic acid either within the matrix of small beads or particles, or on the surface (Klein et al . , Nature 327, 70-73 (1987)), use of pollen as vector (WO 85/01856) , or use of Agrojbacterium tumefaciens transformed with a Ti plasmid in which DΝA fragments are cloned. The Ti plasmid is transmitted to plant cells upon infection by Agrobacterium tumefaciens, and is stably integrated into the plant genome (Horsch et al . , Science 233, 496-498 (1984); Fraley et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . USA 80, 4803 (1983)).
Diversity can also be generated by genetic exchange between plant protoplasts according to the same principles described below for fungal protoplasts. Procedures for formation and fusion of plant protoplasts are described by Takahashi et al . , US 4,677,066; Akagi et al . , US 5,360,725; Shimamoto et al . , Us 5,250,433; Cheney et al . , US 5,426,040. After a suitable period of incubation to allow recombination to occur and for expression of recombinant genes, the plant cells are contacted with the agent to which resistance is to be acquired, and surviving plant cells are collected. Some or all of these plant cells can be subject to a further round of recombination and screening. Eventually, plant cells having the required degree of resistance are obtained.
These cells can then be cultured into transgenic plants . Plant regeneration from cultured protoplasts is described in Evans et al . , "Protoplasts Isolation and Culture," Handbook of Plant Cell Cul tures 1, 124-176
(MacMillan Publishing Co., New York, 1983); Davey, "Recent Developments in the Culture and Regeneration of Plant Protoplasts," Protoplasts, (1983) pp. 12-29, (Birkhauser, Basal 1983) ; Dale, "Protoplast Culture and Plant Regeneration of Cereals and Other Recalcitrant Crops," Protoplasts (1983) pp. 31-41, (Birkhauser, Basel 1983); Binding, "Regeneration of Plants," Plant Protoplasts, pp. 21-73, (CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1985) .
In a variation of the above method, one or more preliminary rounds of recombination and screening can be performed in bacterial cells according to the same general strategy as described for plant cells. More rapid evolution can be achieved in bacterial cells due to their greater growth rate and the greater efficiency with which DNA can be introduced into such cells. After one or more rounds of recombination/screening, a DNA fragment library is recovered from bacteria and transformed into the plants. The library can either be a complete library or a focused library. A focused library can be produced by amplification from primers specific for plant sequences, particularly plant sequences known or suspected to have a role in conferring resistance.
Example: Concatemeric Assembly of Atrazine-Catabolizing
Plasmid Pseudomonas atrazine catabolizing genes AtzA and AtzB were subcloned from pMDl (deSouza et al . , Appl . Environ . Microbiol . 61, 3373-3378 (1995); de Souza et al . , J. Bacteriol . 178, 4894-4900 (1996)) into pUC18. A 1.9 kb Aval fragment containing AtzA was end-filled and inserted into an Aval site of pUC18. A 3.9 kb Clal fragment containing AtzB was end-filled and cloned into the Hindi site of pUC18. AtzA was then excised from pUC18 with EcoRI and BamHI, AzB with BamHI and Hindlll, and the two inserts were co-ligated into pUC18 digested with EcoRI and Hindlll . The result was a 5.8 kb insert containing AtzA and AtzB in pUC18 (total plasmid size 8.4 kb) .
Recursive sequence recombination was performed as follows. The entire 8.4 kb plasmid was treated with DNasel in 50 mM Tris-Cl pH 7.5, 10 mM MnCl2 and fragments between 500 and 2000 bp were gel purified. The fragments were assembled in a PCR reaction using Tth-XL enzyme and buffer from Perkin Elmer, 2.5 mM MgOAc, 400 μM dNTPs and serial dilutions of DNA fragments. The assembly reaction was performed in an MJ Research "DNA Engine" programmed with the following cycles:
1 94 °C, 20 seconds
2 94°C, 15 seconds
3 40°C, 30 seconds
4 72°C, 30 seconds + 2 seconds per cycle 5 go to step 2, 39 more times
6 4°C
We were unable to amplify the AtzA and AtzB genes from the assembly reaction using the polymerase chain reaction, so instead we purified DNA from the reaction by phenol extraction and ethanol precipitation, then digested the assembled DNA with a restriction enzyme that linearized the plasmid (Kpnl : the Kpnl site in pUC18 was lost during subcloning, leaving only the Kpnl site in AtzA) . Linearized plasmid was gel-purified, self-ligated overnight and transformed into E. coli strain NM522. (The choice of host strain was important: very little plasmid of poor quality was obtained from a number of other commercially available strains including TGI, DH10B, DH12S.)
Serial dilutions of the transformation reaction were plated onto LB plates containing 50 μg/ml ampicillin, the remainder of the transformation was made 25% in glycerol and frozen at -80OC. Once the transformed cells were titered, the frozen cells were plated at a density of between 200 and 500 on 150 mm diameter plates containing 500 μg/ml atrazine and grown at 37oC.
Atrazine at 500 μg/ml forms an insoluble precipitate. The products of the AtzA and AtzB genes transform atrazine into a soluble product. Cells containing the wild type AtzA and AtzB genes in pUC18 will thus be surrounded by a clear halo where the atrazine has been degraded. The more active the AtzA and AtzB enzymes, the more rapidly a clear halo will form and grow on atrazine- containing plates. Positives were picked as those colonies that most rapidly formed the largest clear zones . The (approximately ) 40 best colonies were picked, pooled, grown in the presence of 50 μg/ml ampicillin and plasmid prepared from them. The entire process (from DNase-treatment to plating on atrazine plates) was repeated 4 times with 2000- 4000 colonies/cycle.
A modification was made in the fourth round. Cells were plated on both 500 μg/ml atrazine, and 500 μg/ml of the atrazine analogue terbutylazine, which was undegradable by the wild type AtzA and AtzB genes. Positives were obtained that degraded both compounds . The atrazine chlorhydrolase (product of AtzA gene) was 10-100 fold higher than that produced by the wildtype gene) . F. Transgenic Animals
1. Transgene Optimization One goal of transgenesis is to produce transgenic animals, such as mice, rabbits, sheep, pigs, goats, and cattle, secreting a recombinant protein in the milk. A transgene for this purpose typically comprises in operable linkage a promoter and an enhancer from a milk-protein gene (e.g., , β , or γ casein, 0-lactoglobulin, acid whey protein or α-lactalbumin) , a signal sequence, a recombinant protein coding sequence and a transcription termination site.
Optionally, a transgene can encode multiple chains of a multichain protein, such as an immunoglobulin, in which case, the two chains are usually individually operably linked to sets of regulatory sequences. Transgenes can be optimized for expression and secretion by recursive sequence recombination. Suitable substrates for recombination include regulatory sequences such as promoters and enhancers from milk-protein genes from different species or individual animals. Cycles of recombination can be performed in vi tro or in vivo by any of the formats discussed in Section V. Screening is performed in vivo on cultures of mammary-gland derived cells, such as HCll or MacT, transfected with transgenes and reporter constructs such as those discussed above. After several cycles of recombination and screening, transgenes resulting in the highest levels of expression and secretion are extracted from the mammary gland tissue culture cells and used to transfect embryonic cells, such as zygotes and embryonic stem cells, which are matured into transgenic animals.
2. Whole Animal Optimization
In this approach, libraries of incoming fragments are transformed into embryonic cells, such as ES cells or zygotes . The fragments can be variants of a gene known to confer a desired property, such as growth hormone. Alternatively, the fragments can be partial or complete genomic libraries including many genes.
Fragments are usually introduced into zygotes by microinjection as described by Gordon et al . , Methods Enzymol . 101, 414 (1984); Hogan et al . , Manipulation of the Mouse Embryo : A Laboratory Manual (C.S.H.L. N.Y. , 1986) (mouse embryo); and Hammer et al . , Nature 315, 680 (1985) (rabbit and porcine embryos); Gandolfi et al . , J. Reprod . Fert . 81, 23-28 (1987); Rexroad et al . , J. Anim . Sci . 66, 947-953 (1988)
(ovine embryos) and Eyestone et al . , J. Reprod. Fert . 85, 715- 720 (1989); Camous et al . , J. Reprod. Fert. 72, 779-785 (1984); and Heyman et al . , Theriogenology 27, 5968 (1987) (bovine embryos) by reference in their entirety for all purposes) . Zygotes are then matured, introduced and introduced into recipient female animals which gestate the embryo and give birth to a transgenic offspring.
Alternatively, transgenes can be introduced into embryonic stem cells (ES) . These cells are obtained from preimplantation embryos cultured in vi tro . Bradley et al . ,
Nature 309, 255-258 (1984) . Transgenes can be introduced into such cells by electroporation or microinjection. Transformed ES cells are combined with blastocysts from a nonhuman animal. The ES cells colonize the embryo and in some embryos form the germ line of the resulting chimeric animal. See Jaenisch, Science, 240, 1468-1474 (1988) .
Regardless whether zygotes or ES are used, screening is performed on whole animals for a desired property, such as increased size and/or growth rate. DΝA is extracted from animals having evolved toward acquisition of the desired property. This DΝA is then used to transfect further embryonic cells. These cells can also be obtained from animals that have acquired toward the desired property in a split and pool approach. That is, DΝA from one subset of such animals is transformed into embryonic cells prepared from another subset of the animals. Alternatively, the DΝA from animals that have evolved toward acquisition of the desired property can be transfected into fresh embryonic cells. In either alternative, transfected cells are matured into transgenic animals, and the animals subjected to a further round of screening for the desired property.
Fig. 4 shows the application of this approach for evolving fish toward a larger size. Initially, a library is prepared of variants of a growth hormone gene. The variants can be natural or induced. The library is coated with recA protein and transfected into fertilized fish eggs. The fish eggs then mature into fish of different sizes. The growth hormone gene fragment of genomic DNA from large fish is then amplified by PCR and used in the next round of recombination.
G. Rapid Evolution as a Predictive Tool Recursive sequence recombination can be used to simulate natural evolution of pathogenic microorganisms in response to exposure to a drug under test. Using recursive sequence recombination, evolution proceeds at a faster rate than in natural evolution. One measure of the rate of evolution is the number of cycles of recombination and screening required until the microorganism acquires a defined level of resistance to the drug. The information from this analysis is of value in comparing the relative merits of different drugs and in particular, in predicting their long term efficacy on repeated administration. The pathogenic microorganism used in this analysis include the bacteria that are a common source of human infections, such as chlamydia, rickettsial bacteria , mycobacteria, staphylococci , treptocci , pneumonococci , meningococci and conococci , klebsiella, proteus, serratia, pseudomonas, legionella, diphtheria, salmonella, bacilli , cholera, tetanus, botulism, anthrax, plague, leptospirosis , and Lymes disease bacteria . Evolution is effected by transforming an isolate of bacteria that is sensitive to a drug under test with a library of DNA fragments. The fragments can be a mutated version of the genome of the bacteria being evolved. If the target of the drug is a known protein, a focused library containing variants of the gene encoding that protein can be used. Alternatively, the library can come from other kinds of bacteria, especially bacteria typically found inhabiting human tissues, thereby simulating the source material available for recombination in vivo . The library can also come from bacteria known to be resistant to the drug. After transformation and propagation of bacteria for an appropriate period to allow for recombination to occur and recombinant genes to be expressed, the bacteria are screened by exposing them to the drug under test and then collecting survivors. Surviving bacteria are subject to further rounds of recombination. The subsequent round can be effected by a split and pool approach in which DNA from one subset of surviving bacteria is introduced into a second subset of bacteria. Alternatively, a fresh library of DNA fragments can be introduced into surviving bacteria. Subsequent round (s) of selection can be performed at increasing concentrations of drug, thereby increasing the stringency of selection.
A similar strategy can be used to simulate viral acquisition of drug resistance. The object is to identify drugs for which resistance can be acquired only slowly, if at all . The viruses to be evolved are those that cause infections in humans for which at least modestly effective drugs are available. Substrates for recombination can come from induced mutants, natural variants of the same viral strain or different viruses. If the target of the drug is known (e.g., nucleotide analogs which inhibit the reverse transcriptase gene of HIV) , focused libraries containing variants of the target gene can be produced. Recombination of a viral genome with a library of fragments is usually performed in vi tro . However, in situations in which the library of fragments constitutes variants of viral genomes or fragments that can be encompassed in such genomes, recombination can also be performed in vivo, e.g., by transfecting cells with multiple substrate copies (see Section V) . For screening, recombinant viral genomes are introduced into host cells susceptible to infection by the virus and the cells are exposed to a drug effective against the virus (initially at low concentration) . The cells can be spun to remove any noninfected virus. After a period of infection, progeny viruses can be collected from the culture medium, the progeny viruses being enriched for viruses that have acquired at least partial resistance to the drug. Alternatively, virally infected cells can be plated in a soft agar lawn and resistant viruses isolated from plaques. Plaque size provides some indication of the degree of viral resistance.
Progeny viruses surviving screening are subject to additional rounds of recombination and screening at increased stringency until a predetermined level of drug resistance has been acquired. The predetermined level of drug resistance may reflect the maximum dosage of a drug practical to administer to a patient without intolerable side effects. The analysis is particularly valuable for investigating acquisition of resistance to various combination of drugs, such as the growing list of approved anti-HIV drugs (e.g., AZT, ddl , ddC, d4T, TIBO 82150, nevaripine, 3TC, crixivan and ritonavir) .
IV. Promotion of Genetic Exchange (1) General
Some methods of the invention effect recombination of cellular DNA by propagating cells under conditions inducing exchange of DNA between cells. DNA exchange can be promoted by generally applicable methods such as electroporation, biolistics, cell fusion, or in some instances, by conjugation or agrobacterium mediated transfer. For example, AgrroJacterium can transform S . cerevisiae with T-DNA, which is incorporated into the yeast genome by both homologous recombination and a gap repair mechanism. (Piers et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . USA 93(4), 1613-8 (1996)).
In some methods, initial diversity between cells (i.e., before genome exchange) is induced by chemical or radiation- induced mutagenesis of a progenitor cell type, optionally followed by screening for a desired phenotype. In other methods, diversity is natural as where cells are obtained from different individuals, strains or species.
In some shuffling methods, induced exchange of DNA is used as the sole means of effecting recombination in each cycle of recombination. In other methods, induced exchange is used in combination with natural sexual recombination of an organism. In other methods, induced exchange and/or natural sexual recombination are used in combination with the introduction of a fragment library. Such a fragment library can be a whole genome, a whole chromosome, a group of functionally or genetically linked genes, a plasmid, a cosmid, a mitochondrial genome, a viral genome (replicative and nonreplicative) or fragments of any of these. The DNA can be linked to a vector or can be in free form. Some vectors contain sequences promoting homologous or nonhomologous recombination with the host genome. Some fragments contain double stranded breaks such as caused by shearing with glass beads, sonication, or chemical or enzymatic fragmentation, to stimulate recombination.
In each case, DNA can be exchanged between cells after which it can undergo recombination to form hybrid genomes. Cells bearing hybrid genomes are screened for a desired phenotype, and cells having this phenotype are isolated. These cells form the starting materials for the next cycle of recombination in a recursive recombination/selection scheme.
One means of promoting exchange of DNA between cells is by fusion of cells, such as by protoplast fusion. A protoplast results from the removal from a cell of its cell wall, leaving a membrane-bound cell that depends on an isotonic or hypertonic medium for maintaining its integrity. If the cell wall is partially removed, the resulting cell is strictly referred to as a spheroplast and if it is completely removed, as a protoplast. However, here the term protoplast includes spheroplasts unless otherwise indicated.
Protoplast fusion is described by Shaffner et al . , Proc . Natl . Acad. Sci . USA 11 , 2163 (1980) and other exemplary procedures are described by Yoakum et al . , US 4,608,339, Takahashi et al . , US 4,677,066 and Sambrooke et al . , at Ch. 16. Protoplast fusion has been reported between strains, species, and genera (e.g., yeast and chicken erythrocyte) .
Protoplasts can be prepared for both bacterial and eucaryotic cells, including mammalian cells and plant cells, by several means including chemical treatment to strip cell walls. For example, cell walls can be stripped by digestion with lysozyme in a 10-20% sucrose, 50 mM EDTA buffer. Conversion of cells to spherical protoplasts can be monitored by phase-contrast microscopy. Protoplasts can also be prepared by propagation of cells in media supplemented with an inhibitor of cell wall synthesis, or use of mutant strains lacking capacity for cell wall formation. Preferably, eucaryotic cells are synchronized in Gl phase by arrest with inhibitors such as α-factor, K. lactis killer toxin, leflonamide and adenylate cyclase inhibitors. Optionally, some but not all, protoplasts to be fused can be killed and/or have their DNA fragmented by treatment with ultraviolet irradiation, hydroxylamine or cupferon (Reeves et al . , FEMS Microbiol . Lett . 99, 193-198 (1992)). In this situation, killed protoplasts are referred to as donors, and viable protoplasts as acceptors. Using dead donors cells can be advantageous in subsequently recognizing fused cells with hybrid genomes, as described below. Further, breaking up DNA in donor cells is advantageous for stimulating recombination with acceptor DNA. Optionally, acceptor and/or fused cells can also be briefly, but nonlethally, exposed to uv irradiation further to stimulate recombination. Once formed, protoplasts can be stabilized in a variety of osmolytes and compounds such as sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate, sucrose, sorbitol in the presence of DTT. The combination of buffer, pH, reducing agent, and osmotic stabilizer can be optimized for different cell types. Protoplasts can be induced to fuse by treatment with a chemical such as PEG, calcium chloride or calcium propionate or electrofusion (Tsoneva, Acta Microbiologica Bulgaria 24, 53-59 (1989)). A method of cell fusion employing electric fields has also been described. See Chang US, 4,970,154. Conditions can be optimized for different strains.
The fused cells are heterokaryons containing genomes from two component protoplasts. Fused cells can be enriched from unfused parental cells by sucrose gradient sedimentation or cell sorting. The two nuclei in the heterokaryons can fuse (karyogamy) and homologous recombination can occur between the genomes. The chromosomes can also segregate asymmetrically resulting in regenerated protoplasts that have lost or gained whole chromosomes. The frequency of recombination can be increased by treatment with ultraviolet irradiation or by use of strains overexpressing recA or other recombination genes, such as MutS or MutL or the yeast rad genes, and cognate variants thereof in other species. Overexpression can be either the result of introduction of exogenous recombination genes or the result of selecting strains, which as a result of natural variation or induced mutation, overexpress endogenous recombination genes. The fused protoplasts are propagated under conditions allowing regeneration of cell walls, recombination and segregation of recombinant genomes into progeny cells from the heterokaryon and expression of recombinant genes. After, or occasionally before or during, recovery of fused cells, the cells are screened or selected for evolution toward a desired property.
Thereafter a subsequent round of recombination can be performed by preparing protoplasts from the cells surviving selection/screening in a previous round. The protoplasts are fused, recombination occurs in fused protoplasts, and cells are regenerated from the fused protoplasts. Protoplasts, regenerated or regenerating cells are subject to further selection or screening.
Alternatively, a subsequent round of recombination can be performed on a split pool basis as described above. That is, a first subpopulation of cells surviving selection/screening from a previous round are used for protoplast formation. A second subpopulation of cells surviving selection/screening from a previous round are used as a source for DNA library preparation. The DNA library from the second subpopulation of cells is then transformed into the protoplasts from the first subpopulation. The library undergoes recombination with the genomes of the protoplasts to form recombinant genomes . Cells are regenerated from protoplasts, and selection/screening is applied to regenerating or regenerated cells. In a further variation, a fresh library of nucleic acid fragments is introduced into protoplasts surviving selection/screening from a previous round . An exemplary format for shuffling using protoplast fusion is shown in Fig. 5. The figure shows the following steps: protoplast formation of donor and recipient strains, heterokaryon formation, karyogamy, recombination, and segregation of recombination genomes into separate cells.
Optionally, the recombinant genomes, if having a sexual cycle, can undergo further recombination with each other as a result of meiosis and mating. Cells are then screened or selected for a desired property. Cells surviving selection/screening are then used as the starting materials in a further cycle of protoplasting .
2. Selection For Hybrid Strains
The invention provides selection strategies to identify cells formed by fusion of components from parental cells from two or more distinct subpopulations . Selection for hybrid cells is usually performed before selecting or screening for cells that have evolved (as a result of genetic exchange) to acquisition of a desired property. A basic premise of most such selection schemes is that two initial subpopulations have two distinct markers. Cells with hybrid genomes can thus be identified by selection for both markers.
In one such scheme, at least one subpopulation of cells bears a selective marker attached to its cell membrane. Examples of suitable membrane markers include biotin, fluorescein and rhodamine . The markers can be linked to amide or thiol groups or through more specific derivatization chemistries, such as jodo-acetates, jodoacetamides, maleimides. For example, a marker can be attached as follows. Cells or protoplasts are washed with a buffer (e.g., PBS) , which does not interfere with the chemical coupling of a chemically active ligand which reacts with amino groups of lysines or N-terminal aminogroups of membrane proteins. The ligand is either amine reactive itself (e.g., isothiocyanates , succinimidyl esters, sulfonyl chlorides) or is activated by a heterobifunctional linker (e.g. EMCS, SIAB, SPDP, SMB) to become amine reactive. The ligand is a molecule which is easily bound by protein derivatized magnetic beads or other capturing solid supports. For example, the ligand can be succinimidyl activated biotin (Molecular probes: B-1606, B- 2603, S-1515, S-1582). This linker is reacted with aminogroups of proteins residing in and on the surface of a cell. The cells are then washed to remove excess labelling agent before contacting with cells from the second subpopulation bearing a second selective marker.
The second subpopulation of cells can also bear a membrane marker, albeit a different membrane marker from the first subpopulation. Alternatively, the second subpopulation can bear a genetic marker. The genetic marker can confer a selective property such as drug resistance or a screenable property, such as expression of green fluorescent protein.
After fusion of first and second subpopulations of cells and recovery, cells are screened or selected for the presence of markers on both parental subpopulations. For example, fusants are enriched for one population by adsorbtion to psecific beads and these are then sorted by FACStm for those expressing a maker. Cells surviving both screen for both markers are those having undergone protoplast fusion, and are therefore more likely to have recombined genomes. Usually, the markers are screened or selected separately. Membrane-bound markers, such as biotin, can be screened by affinity enrichment for the cell membrane marker (e.g., by panning fused cells on an affinity matrix) . For example, for a biotin membrane label, cells can be affinity purified using streptavidin-coated magnetic beads (Dynal) . These beads are washed several times to remove the non-fused host cells. Alternatively, cells can be panned against an antibody to the membrane marker. In a further variation, if the membrane marker is fluorescent, cells bearing the marker can be identified by FACStm. Screens for genetic markers depend on the nature of the markers, and include capacity to grow on drug-treated media or FACStm selection for green fluorescent protein. If first and second cell populations have fluorescent markers of different wavelengths, both markers can be screened simultaneously by FACStm sorting.
In a further selection scheme for hybrid cells, first and second populations of cells to be fused express different subunits of a heteromultimeric enzyme. Usually, the heteromultimeric enzyme has two different subunits, but heteromultimeric enzymes having three, four or more different subunits can be used. If an enzyme has more than two different subunits, each subunit can be expressed in a different subpopulation of cells (e.g., three subunits in three subpopulations) , or more than one subunit can be expressed in the same subpopulation of cells (e.g., one subunit in one subpopulation, two subunits in a second subpopulation) .
Hybrid cells representing a combination of genomes of first and second subpopulation component cells can then be recognized by an assay for intact enzyme. Such an assay can be a binding assay, but is more typically a functional assay (e.g., capacity to metabolize a substrate of the enzyme) . Enzymatic activity can be detected for example by processing of a substrate to a product with a fluorescent or otherwise easily detectable emission spectrum. The individual subunits of a heteromultimeric enzyme used in such an assay preferably have no enzymic activity in dissociated form, or at least have significantly less activity in dissociated form than associated form. Preferably, the cells used for fusion lack an endogenous form of the heteromultimeric enzyme, or at least have significantly less endogenous activity than results from heteromultimeric enzyme formed by fusion of cells.
Penicillin acylase enzymes, cephalosporin acylase and penicillin acyltransferase are examples of suitable heteromultimeric enzymes. These enzymes are encoded by a single gene, which is translated as a proenzyme and cleaved by posttranslational autocatalytic proteolysis to remove a spacer endopeptide and generate two subunits, which associate to form the active heterodimeric enzyme. Neither subunit is active in the absence of the other subunit. However, activity can be reconstituted if these separated gene portions are expressed in the same cell by co-transformation. Other enzymes that can be used have subunits that are encoded by distinct genes (e.g., faoA amd faoB genes encode 3-oxoacyl-CoA thiolase of Pseudonmonas fragi (Biochem . J 328 , 815-820 (1997)) .
An exemplary enzyme is penicillin G acylase from Escherichia coli , which has two subunits encoded by a single gene. Fragments of the gene encoding the two subunits operably linked to appropriate expression regulation sequences are transfected into first and second subpopulations of cells, which lack endogenous penicillin acylase activity. A cell formed by fusion of component cells from the first and second subpopulations expresses the two subunits, which assemble to form functional enzyme, e.g., penicillin acylase. Fused cells can then be selected on agar plates containing penicillin G, which is degraded by penicillin acylase.
In another variation, fused cells are identified by complementation of auxotrophic mutants. Parental subpopulations of cells can be selected with known auxotrophic mutations. Alternatively, auxotrophic mutations in a starting population of cells can be generated spontaneously by exposure to a mutagenic agent. Cells with auxotrophic mutations are selected by replica plating on minimal and complete media. Lesions resulting in auxotrophy are expected to be scattered throughout the genome, in genes for amino acid, nucleotide, and vitamin biosynthetic pathways. After fusion of parental cells, cells resulting from fusion can be identified by their capacity to grow on minimal media. These cells can then be screened or selected for evolution toward a desired property. Further steps of mutagenesis generating fresh auxotrophic mutations can be incorporated in subsequent cycles of recombination and screening/selection.
In variations of the above method, de novo generation of auxotrophic mutations in each round of shuffling can be avoided by resusing the same auxotrophs . For example, auxotrophs can be generated by transposon mutagensis using a transposon bearing selective marker. Auxotrophs are identified by a screen such as replica plating. Auxotrophs are pooled, and a generalized transducing phage lysate is prepared by growth of phage on a population of auxotrophic cells. A separate population of auxtrophic cells is subjected to genetic exchange, and complementation is used to selected cells that have undergone genetic exchange and recombination. These cells are then screened or selected for acquisition of a desired property. Cells surviving screening or selection then have auxotrophic markers regenerated by introduction of the transducing transposon library. The newly generated auxotrophic cells can then be subject to further genetic exchange and screening/selection.
In a further variation, auxotrophic mutations are generated by homologous recombination with a targeting vector comprising a selective marker flanked by regions of homology with a biosynthetic region of the genome of cells to be evolved. Recombination between the vector and the genome inserts the positive selection marker into the genome causing an auxotrophic mutation. The vector is in linear form before introduction of cells. Optionally, the frequency of introduction of the vector can be increased by capping its ends with self-complementarity oligonucleotides annealed in a hair pin formation. Genetic exchange and screening/selection proceed as described above. In each round, targeting vectors are reintroduced regenerating the same population of auxotrophic markers.
In another variation, fused cells are identified by screening for a genomic marker present on one subpopulation of parental cells and an episomal marker present on a second subpopulation of cells. For example, a first subpopulation of yeast containing mitochondria can be used to complement a second subpopulation of yeast having a petite phenotype (i.e., lacking mitochondria) .
In a further variation, genetic exchange is performed between two subpopulations of cells, one of which is dead. Viable cells are then screened for a marker present on the dead parental subpopulation.
3. Liposome-mediated transfers In the methods noted above, in which nucleic acid fragment libraries are introduced into protoplasts, the nucleic acids are sometimes encapsulated in liposomes to facilitate uptake by protoplasts. Lipsome-mediated uptake of DNA by protoplasts is described in Redford et al . , Mol . Gen . Genet . 184, 567-569 (1981) . Liposomes can efficiently deliver large volumes of DNA to protoplasts (see Deshayes et al . , EMBO J. 4, 2731-2737 (1985)). Further, the DNA can be delivered as linear fragments, which are often more recombinogenic that whole genomes. In some methods, fragments are mutated prior to encapsulation in liposomes. In some methods, fragments are combined with RecA and homologs, or nucleases (e.g., restriction endonucleases) before encapsulation in liposomes to promote recombination.
4. Shuffling filamentous fungi Filamentous fungi are particularly suited to performing the shuffling methods described above. Filamentous fungi are divided into four main classifications based on their structures for sexual reproduction: Phycomycetes, Ascomycetes, Basidiomycetes and the Fungi Imperfecti . Phycomycetes (e.g., Rhizopus, Mucor) form sexual spores in sporangium. The spores can be uni or multinucleate and often lack septated hyphae (coenocytic) . Ascomycetes (e.g.,
Aspergillus, Neurospora , Penicillum) produce sexual spores in an ascus as a result of meiotic division. Asci typically contain 4 meiotic products, but some contain 8 as a result of additional mitotic division. Basidiomycetes include mushrooms, rusts and smuts and form sexual spores on the surface of a basidium. In holobasidiomycetes , such as mushrooms) the basidium is undivided. In hemibasidiomycetes , such as ruts ( Uredinales) and smut fungi ( Ustilaginales) , the basidium is divided. Fungi imperfecti , include most human pathogens, have no sexual stage-vegetative reproduction.
Fungi can reproduce by asexual , sexual or parasexual means. Asexual reproduction, involves vegetative growth of mycelia, nuclear division and cell division without involvement of gametes and without nuclear fusion. Cell division can occur by sporulation, budding or fragmentation of hyphae .
Sexual reproduction provides a mechanism for shuffling genetic material between cells. A sexual reproductive cycle is characterized by an alteration of a haploid phase and a diploid phase. Diploidy occurs when two haploid gamete nuclei fuse (karyogamy) . The gamete nuclei can come from the same parental strains (self-fertile) , such as in the homothallic fungi. In heterothallic fungi, the parental strains come from strains of different mating type. A diploid cell converts to haploidy via meiosis, which essentially consists of two divisions of the nucleus accompanied by one division of the chromosomes. The products of one meiosis are a tetrad (4 haploid nuclei) . In some cases, a mitotic division occurs after meiosis, giving rise to eight product cells. The arrangement of the resultant cells (usually enclosed in spores) resembles that of the parental strains. The length of the haploid and diploid stages differs in various fungi: for example, the
Basidiomycetes and many of the Ascomycetes have a mostly hapolid life cycle (that is, meiosis occurs immediately after karyogamy), whereas others (e.g., Saccharomyces cerevisiae) are diploid for most of their life cycle (karyogamy occurs soon after meiosis) . Sexual reproduction can occur between cells in the same strain (selfing) or between cells from different strains (outcrossing) .
Sexual dimorphism (dioecism) is the separate production of male and female organs on different mycelia. This is a rare phenomenon among the fungi, although a few examples are known. Heterothallism (one locus-two alleles) allows for outcrossing between crosscompatable strains which are self-incompatable . The simplest form is the two allele-one locus system of mating types/factors, illustrated by the following organisms: A and a in Neurospora a and α in Saccharomyces plus and minus in Schizzosaccharomyces and Zygomycetes a and a2 in Ustilago Multiple-allelomorph heterothallism is exhibited by some of the higher Basidiomycetes (e.g. Gasteromycetes and Hymenomycetes) , which are heterothallic and have several mating types determined by multiple alleles. Heterothallism in these organisms is either bipolar with one mating type factor, or tetrapolar with two unlinked factors, A and B. Stable, fertile heterokaryon formation depends on the presence of different A factors and, in the case of tetrapolar organisms, of different B factors as well. This system is effective in the promotion of outbreeding and the prevention of self-breeding. The number of different mating factors may be very large (i.e. thousands) (Kothe, FEMS Microbiol . Rev. 18, 65-87 (1996)), and non-parental mating factors may arise by recombination.
Parasexual reproduction provides a further means for shuffling genetic material between cells. This process allows recombination of parental DNA without involvement of mating types or games. Parasexual fusion occurs by hyphal fusion giving rise to a common cytoplasm containing different nuclei. The two nuclei can divided independently in the resulting heterokaryon but occasionally fuse. Fusion is followed by haploidization, which can involve loss of chromosomes and mitotic crossing over between homolgous chromosomes. Protoplast fusion is a form of parasexual reproduction.
Within the above four classes, fungi are also classified by vegetative compatibility group. Fungi within a vegetative compatibility group can form heterokaryons with each other. Thus, for exchange of genetic material between different strains of fungi, the fungi are usually prepared from the same vegetative compatibility group. However, some genetic exchange can occur between fungi from different incompatibility groups as a result of parasexual reproduction (see Timberlake et al . , US 5,605,820). Further, as discussed elsewhere, the natural vegetative compatibility group of fungi can be expanded as a result of shuffling.
Several isolates of Aspergillus nidulans, A . flavus , A . fumigatus , Penicillium chrysogenum, P. notatum, Cephalosporium chrysogenum, Neurospora crassa , Aureobasidium pullulans have been karyotyped. Genome sizes generally range between 20 and 50 Mb among the Aspergilli. Differences in karyotypes often exist between similar strains and are also caused by transformation with exogenous DNA. Filamentous fungal genes contain introns, usually -50-100 bp in size, with similar consensus 5' and 3' splice sequences. Promotion and termination signals are often cross-recognizable, enabling the expression of a gene/pathway from one fungus (e.g. A. nidulans) in another (e.g. P. chrysogenum) .
The major components of the fungal cell wall are chitin (or chitosan) , /3-glucan, and mannoproteins . Chitin and 0-glucan form the scaffolding, mannoproteins are interstitial components which dictate the wall's porosity, antigenicity and adhesion. Chitin synthetase catalyzes the polymerization of β- (1, 4) -linked N-acetylglucosamine (GIcNAc) residues, forming linear strands running antiparallel ; β- (1, 3) -glucan synthetases catalyze the homopolymerization of glucose.
One general goal of shuffling is to evolve fungi to become useful hosts for genetic engineering, in particular for the shuffling of unrelated genes. A . nidulans is generally the fungal organism of choice to serve as a host for such manipulations because of its sexual cycle and well-established use in classical and molecular genetics. Another general goal is to improve the capacity of fungi to make specific compounds (e.g. antibacterials (penicillins, cephalosporins) , antifungals (e.g. echinocandins, aureobasidins) , and wood-degrading enzymes) . There is some overlap between these general goals, and thus, some desired properties are useful for achieving both goals.
One desired property is the introduction of meiotic apparati into fungi presently lacking a sexual cycle (see Sharon et al . , Mol . Gen . Genet . 251, 60-68 (1996)). A scheme for introducing a sexual cycle into the fungi P. chrysogenum (a fungus imperfecti) is shown in Fig. 6. Subpopulations of protoplasts are formed from A. nidulans (which has a sexual cycle) and P. chrysogenum, which does not. The two strains preferably bear different markers. The A. nidulans protoplasts are killed by treatment with uv or hydroxylamine . The two subpopulations are fused to form heterokaryons. In some heterokaryons, nuclei fuse, and and some recombination occurs. Fused cells are cultured under conditions to generate new cell walls and then to allow sexual recombination to occur. Cells with recombinant genomes are then selected (e.g., by selecting for complementation of auxotrophic markers present on the respective parent strains) . Cells with hybrid genomes are more likely to have acquired the genes necessary for a sexual cycle. Protoplasts of cells can then be crossed with killed protoplasts of a further population of cells known to have a sexual cycle (the same or different as the previous round) in the same manner, followed by selection for cells with hybrid genomes . Another desired property is the production of a mutator strain of fungi. Such a fungus can be produced by shuffling a fungal strain containing a marker gene with one or more mutations that impair or prevent expression of a functional product. Shufflants are propagated under conditions that select for expression of the positive marker (while allowing a small amount of residual growth without expression) . Shufflants growing fastest are selected to form the starting materials for the next round of shuffling.
Another desired property is to expand the host range of a fungus so it can form heterokaryons with fungi from other vegetative compatibility groups. Incompatability between species results from the interactions of specific alleles at different incompatability loci (such as the "net" loci) . If two strains undergo hyphal anastomosis, a lethal cytoplasmic incompatability reaction may occur if the strains differ at these loci. Strains must carry identical loci to be entirely compatible. Several of these loci have been identified in various species, and the incompatibility effect is somewhat additive (hence, "partial incompatibility" can occur) . Some tolerant and het-negative mutants have been described for these organisms (e.g. Dales & Croft, J". Gen . Microbiol . 136, 1717-1724 (1990) ) . Further, a tolerance gene (tol) has been reported, which suppresses mating-type heterokaryon incompatibility. Shuffling is performed between protoplasts of strains from different incompatibility groups. A preferred format uses a live acceptor strain and a UV-irradiated dead acceptor strain. The UV irradiation serves to introduce mutations into DNA inactivating het genes. The two strains should bear different genetic markers. Protoplasts of the strain are fused, cells are regenerated and screened for complementation of markers. Subsequent rounds of shuffling and selection can be performed in the same manner by fusing the cells suriving screening with a protoplasts of a fresh population of donor cells.
Another desired property is the introduction of multiple-allelomorph heterothallism into Ascomycetes and Fungi imperfecti , which do not normally exhibit this property. This mating system allows outbreeding without self-breeding. Such a mating system can be introduced by shuffling Ascomycetes and Fungi imperfecti with DNA from Gasteromycetes or Hymenomycetes , which have such a system.
Another desired property is spontaneous formation of protoplasts to facilitate use of a fungal strain as a shuffling host. Here, the fungus to be evolved is typically mutagenized. Spores of the fungus to be evolved are briefly treated with a cell-wall degrading agent for a time insufficient for complete protoplast formation, and are mixed with protoplasts from other strain (s) of fungi. Protoplasts formed by fusion of the two different subpopulations are identified by genetic or other selection/or screening as described above. These protoplasts are used to regenerate mycelia and then spores, which form the starting material for the next round of shuffling. In the next round, at least some of the surviving spores are treated with cell-wall removing enzyme but for a shorter time than the previous round. After treatment, the partially stripped cells are labelled with a first label. These cells are then mixed with protoplasts, which may derive from other cells surviving selection in a previous round, or from a fresh strain of fungi. These protoplasts are physically labelled with a second label. After incubating the cells under conditions for protoplast fusion fusants with both labels are selected. These fusants are used to generate mycelia and spores for the next round of shuffling, and so forth. Eventually, progeny that spontaneously form protoplasts (i.e., without addition of cell wall degrading agent) are identified. Another desired property is the acquisition and/or improvement of genes encoding enzymes in biosynthetic pathways, genes encoding transporter proteins, and genes encoding proteins involved in metabolic flux control. In this situation, genes of the pathway can be introduced into the fungus to be evolved either by genetic exchange with another strain of fungus possessing the pathway or by introduction of a fragment library from an organism possessing the pathway. Genetic material of these fungi can then be subjected to further shuffling and screening/selection by the various procedures discussed in this application. Shufflant strains of fungi are selected/screened for production of the compound produced by the metabolic pathway or precursors thereof.
Another desired property is increasing the stability of fungi to extreme conditions such as heat. In this situation, genes conferring stability can be acquired by exchanging DNA with or transforming DNA from a strain that already has such properties. Alternatively, the strain to be evolved can be subjected to random mutagenesis. Genetic material of the fungus to be evolved can be shuffled by any of the procedures described in this application, with shufflants being selected by surviving exposure to extreme conditions.
Another desired property is capacity of a fungus to grow under altered nutritional requirements (e.g., growth on particular carbon or nitrogen sources) . Altering nutritional requirements is particularly valuable, e.g., for natural isolates of fungi that produce valuable commercial products but have esoteric and therefore expensive nutritional requirement. The strain to be evolved undergoes genetic exchange and/or transformation with DNA from a strain that has the desired nutritional requirements. The fungus to be evolved can then optionally be subjected to further shuffling as described in this application and with recombinant strains being selected for capacity to grow in the desired nutritional circumstances. Optionally, the nutritional circumstances can be varied in successive rounds of shuffling starting at close to the natural requirements of the fungus to be evolved and in subsequent rounds approaching the desired nutritional requirements .
Another desired property is acquisition of natural competence in a fungus. The procedure for acquisition of natural competence by shuffling is generally described in PCT/US97/04494. The fungus to be evolved typically undergoes genetic exchange or transformation with DNA from a bacterial strain or fungal strain that already has this property. Cells with recombinant genomes are then selected by capacity to take up a plasmid bearing a selective marker. Further rounds of recombination and selection can be performed using any of the procedures described above .
Another desired property is reduced or increased secretion of proteases and DNase . In this situation, the fungus to be evolved can acquire DNA by exchange or transformation from another strain known to have the desired property. Alternatively, the fungus to be evolved can be subject to random mutagenesis. The fungus to be evolved is shuffled as above. Before selection/screening isolates, pooled isolates of fungi are typically lysed to release proteases or DNase to the surrounding media. The presence of such enzymes, or lack thereof, can be assayed by contacting the media with a fluorescent molecule tethered to a support via a peptide or DNA linkage. Cleavage of the linkage releases detectable fluorescence to the media. Another desired property is producing fungi with altered transporters (e.g., MDR) . Such altered transporters are useful, for example, in fungi that have been evolved to produce new secondary metabolites, to allow entry of precursors required for synthesis of the new secondary metabolites into a cell, or to allow efflux of the secondary metabolite from the cell . Transporters can be evolved by introduction of a library of transporter variants into a fungal cells and allowing the cells to recombine by sexual or parasexual recombination. To evolve a transporter with capacity to transport a precursor into the cells, cells are propagated in the present of precursor, and cells are then screened for production of metabolite. To evolve a transporter with capacity to export a metabolite, cells are propagated under conditions supporting production of the metabolite, and screened for export of metabolite to culture medium.
A general method of fungal shuffling is shown in Fig. 7. Spores from a frozen stock or fresh from an agar plate are used to inoculate suitable liquid medium (1) . Spores are germinated resulting in hyphal growth (2) . Mycelia are harvested, and washed by filtration and/or centrifugation. Optionally the sample is pretreated with DTT to enhance protoplast formation (3) . Protoplasting is performed in an osmotically stabling medium (e.g., 1 m NaCl/20mM MgS04 , pH 5.8) by the addition of cell wall-degrading enzyme (e.g., Novozyme 234) (4) . Cell wall degrading enzyme is removed by repeated washing with osmotically stabilizing solution (5) . Protoplasts can be separated from mycelia, debris and spores by filtration through miracloth, and density centrifugation (6) . Protoplasts are harvested by centrifugation and resuspended to the appropriate concentration. This step may lead to some protoplast fusion (7) . Fusion can be stimulated by addition of PEG (e.g., PEG 3350), and/or repeated centrifugation and resuspension with or without PEG. Electrofusion can also be performed (8) . Fused protoplasts can optionally be enriched from unfused protoplasts by sucrose gradient sedimentation (or other methods of screening described above) . Fused protoplasts can optionally be treated with ultraviolet irradiation to stimulate recombination (9) . Protoplasts are cultured on osmotically stabilized agar plates to regenerate cell walls and form mycelia (10) . The mycelia are used to generate spores (11) , which are used as the starting material in the next round of shuffling (12) .
Selection for a desired property can be performed either on regenerated mycelia or spores derived therefrom.
In an alternative method, protoplasts are formed by inhibition of one or more enzymes required for cell wall synthesis (see Fig. 8) . The inhibitor should be fungistatic rather than fungicidal under the conditions of use. Examples of inhibitors include antifungal compounds described by (see Georgopapadakou & Walsh, AntimicroJb. Ag . Che other. 40, 279-291 (1996); Lyman & Walsh, Drugs 44, 9-35 (1992)). Other examples include chitin synthase inhibitors (polyoxin or nikkornycin compounds) and/or glucan synthase inhibitors (e.g. echinocandins, papulocandins, pneurnocandins) . Inhibitors should be applied in osmotically stabilized medium. Cells stripped of their cell walls can be fused or otherwise employed as donors or hosts in genetic transformation/strain development programs. A possible scheme utilizing this method reiteratively is outlined in Figure 8. In a further variation, protoplasts are prepared using strains fungi, which are genetically deficient or compromised in their ability to synthesize intact cell walls (see Fig. 9) . Such mutants are generally referred to as fragile, osmotic-remedial, or cell wall-less, and can be obtainable from strain depositories. Examples of such strains include Neurospora crassa os mutants (Selitrennikoff , Antimicro . Agents. Chemother. 23, 757-765 (1983)). Some such mutations are temperature-sensitive. Temperature- sensitive strains can be propagated at the permissive temperature for purposes of selection and amplification and at a nonpermissive temperature for purposes of protoplast formation and fusion.A temperature sensitive strain Neurospora crassa os strain has been described which propagates as protoplasts when growth in osmotically stabilizing medium containing sorbose and polyoxin at nonpermissive temperature but generates whole cells on transfer to medium containing sorbitol at a permissive temperature. See US 4,873,196.
Other suitable strains can be produced by targeted mutagenesis of genes involved chitin synthesis, glucan synthesis and other cell wall-related processes. Examples of such genes include CHT1, CHT2 and CALI (or CSD2) of Saccharomyces cerevisiae and Candida spp. (Georgopapadakou & Walsh 1996) ; ETGI/FKSI/CNDI/ CWH53/PB RI and homologs in S . cerevisiae, Candida albicans, Cryptococcus neoformans , Aspergillus fumigatus , ChvAINdvA Agrobacterium and Rhizobium. Other examples are MA, orlB, orJC, MD, tsE , and bimG of Aspergillus nidulans (Borgia, J. Bacteriol . 174, 377-389 (1992)) . OrlA 1, tse6 and bimGll mutant strains have mutations resulting in lysis at restrictive temperatures. Lysis is prevented by osmotic stabilization. Mutation is complemented by addition of N-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc) . bimGll mutant strains are ts for a type 1 protein phosphatase in conidia. Other suitable genes are chsA, chsB , chsC , chsO and c sE of Aspergillus fumigatus; chsl and chs2 of Neurospora crassa ; Phycomyces blakesleeanus MM and chsl, 2 and 3 of S . cerevisiae . Chsl is a non-essential repair enzyme; chs2 is involved in septum formation and chs3 is involved in cell wall maturation and bud ring formation. Other useful strains are S. cerevisiae CLY mutant strains (cell lysis) ts strains (Paravicini et al . , Mol . Cell Biol . 12, 4896-4905 (1992)), such as a deletion of the PKC 1 gene (CLY 15 strain) , a strain VY 1160-ts mutation in srb (actin gene) (Schade et al . Acta Histochem. Suppl . 41, 193-200 (1991)), and ses, haploid mutants with increased sensitivity to cell -wall digesting enzymes isolated from snail gut (Metha & Gregory, Appl . Environ . Microbiol . 41, 992-999 (1981)). Other useful strains are C. albicans chs 1, 2, 3 chitin synthetases, osmotic remedial conditional lethal mutants (Payton & de Tiani, Curr. Genet. 17, 293-296 (1990)); C. utilis mutants with increased sensitivity to cell-wall digesting enzymes isolated from snail gut (Metha & Gregory, 1981, supra) ; and N. crassa mutants os-1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (Selitrennikoff , Antimicrob . Agents Chemother. 23, 757-765 (1983)) . Such mutants grow and divide without a cell wall at 37°C, but at 22°C produce a cell wall.
Targeted mutagenesis can be achieved by transforming cells with a positive-negative selection vector containing homologous regions flanking a segment to be targeted, a positive selection marker between the homologous regions and a negative selection marker outside the homologous regions (see Capecchi, US 5,627,059) . In a variation, the negative selection marker can be an antisense transcript of the positive selection marker (see US 5,527,674). Other suitable cells can be selected by random mutagenesis or shuffling procedures in combination with selection. For example, a first subpopulation of cells are mutagenized, allowed to recover from mutagenesis, subjected to incomplete degradation of cell walls and then contacted with protoplasts of a second subpopulation of cells. Hybrids cells bearing markers from both subpopulations are identified (as described above) and used as the starting materials in a subsequent round of shuffling. This selection scheme selects both for cells with capacity for spontaneous protoplast formation and for cells with enhanced recombinogenicity.
In a further variation, cells having capacity for spontaneous protoplast formation can be crossed with cells having enhanced recombinogenicity evolved using other methods of the invention. The hybrid cells are particularly suitable hosts for whole genome shuffling.
Cells with mutations in enzymes involved in cell wall synthesis or maintenance can undergo fusion simply as a result of propagating the cells in osmotic-protected culture due to spontaneous protoplast formation. If the mutation is conditional, cells are shifted to a nonpermissive condition. Protoplast formation and fusion can be accelerated by addition of promoting agents, such as PEG or an electric field (See Philipova & Venkov, Yeast 6, 205-212 (1990); Tsoneva et al . , FEMS Microbiol . Lett . 51, 61-65 (1989)).
5. Shuffling Methods in Yeast
Yeasts are subspecies of fungi that grow as single cells. Yeasts are used for the production of fermented beverages and leavening, for production of ethanol as a fuel, low molecular weight compounds, and for the heterologous production of proteins and enzymes (see accompanying list of yeast strains and their uses) . Commonly used strains of yeast include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia sp . , Canidia sp . and Schizosaccharomyces pombe .
Several types of vectors are available for cloning in yeast including integrative plasmid (Yip) , yeast replicating plasmid (YRp, such as the 2μ circle based vectors) , yeast episomal plasmid (YEp) , yeast centromeric plasmid (YCp) , or yeast artificial chromosome (YAC) . Each vector can carry markers useful to select for the presence of the plasmid such as LUE2 , URA3 , and H1S3, or the absence of the plasmid such as URA3 (a gene that is toxic to cells grown in the presence of 5-fluoro orotic acid.
Many yeasts have a sexual cycle and asexual (vegetative) cycles. The sexual cycle involves the recombination of the whole genome of the organism each time the cell passes through meiosis. For example, when diploid cells of S . cerevisiae are exposed to nitrogen and carbon limiting conditions, diploid cells undergo meiosis to form asci . Each ascus holds four haploid spores, two of mating type "a" and two of mating type "α." Upon return to rich medium, haploid spores of opposite mating type mate to form diploid cells once again. Asci of opposite mating type can mate within the ascus, or if the ascus is degraded, for example with zymolase, the haploid cells can mate with spores from other asci. This sexual cycle provides a format to shuffle endogenous genomes of yeast and/or exogenous fragment libraries inserted into yeast. This process results in swapping or accumulation of hybrid genes, and for the shuffling of homologous sequences shared by mating cells. Yeast strains having mutations in several known genes have properties useful for shuffling. These properties include increasing the frequency of recombination and increasing the frequency of spontaneous mutations within a cell. These properties can be the result of mutation of a coding sequence or altered expression (usually overexpression) of a wildtype coding sequence. The HO nuclease effects the transposition of HMLa/α and HMRa/α to the MAT locus resulting in mating type switching. Mutants in the gene encoding this enzyme do not switch their mating type and can be employed to force crossing between strains of defined genotype, such as ones that harbor a library or have a desired phenotype and to prevent in breeding of starter strains. PMS1, MLH1 , MSH2 , MSH6 are involved in mismatch repair. Mutations in these genes all have a mutator phenotype (Chambers et al . , Mol . Cell . Biol . 16, 6110-6120 (1996)). Mutations in TOP3 DNA topoisomerase have a 6- fold enhancement of interchromosomal homologous recombination (Bailis et al . , Molecular and Cellular Biology 12, 4988-4993 (1992)). The RAD50-57 genes confer resistance to radiation. Rad3 functions in excision of pyrimidine dimers. RAD52 functions in gene conversion. RAD50, MRE11, XRS2 function in both homologous recombination and illegitimate recombination. HOPl, REDl function in early meiotic recombination (Mao-Draayer, Genetics 144, 71-86)
Mutations in either HOPl or REDl reduce double stranded breaks at the HIS2 recombination hotspot . Strains deficient in these genes are useful for maintaining stability in hyper recombinogenic constructs such as tandem expression libraries carried on YACs . Mutations in HPR 1 are hyperrecombinogenic. HDF1 has DNA end binding activity and is involved in double stranded break repair and V(D)J recombination. Strains bearing this mutation are useful for transformation with random genomic fragments by either protoplast fusion or electroporation. Kar-1 is a dominant mutation that prevents karyogamy. Kar-1 mutants are useful for the directed transfer of single chromosomes from a donor to a recipient strain. This technique has been widely used in the transfer of YACs between strains, and is also useful in the transfer of evolved genes/chromosomes to other organisms (Markie, YAC Protocols, (Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 1996) . HOT1 is an S . cerevisiae recombination hotspot within the promoter and enhancer region of the rDNA repeat sequences. This locus induces mitotic recombination at adjacent sequences- presumably due to its high level transcription. Genes and/or pathways inserted under the transcriptional control of this region undergo increased mitotic recombination. CDC2 encodes polymerase δ and is necessary for mitotic gene conversion. Overexpression of this gene can be used in a shuffler or mutator strain. A temperature sensitive mutation in CDC4 halts the cell cycle at Gl at the restrictive temperature and could be used to synchronize protoplasts for optimized fusion and subsequent recombination.
As with filamentous fungi, the general goals of shuffling yeast include improvement in yeast as a host organism for genetic manipulation, and as a production apparatus for various compounds. One desired property in either case is to improve the capacity of yeast to express and secrete a heterologous protein. The following example describes the use of shuffling to evolve yeast to express and secrete increased amounts of RNase A.
RNase A catalyzes the cleavage of the P-05, bond of RNA specifically after pyrimidine nucleotides. The enzyme is a basic 124 amino acid polypeptide that has 8 half cystine residues, each required for catalysis. YEpWL-RNase A is a vector that effects the expression and secretion of RNaseA from the yeast S. cerevisiae, and yeast harboring this vector secrete 1-2 mg of recombinant RNase A per liter of culture medium (delCardayre et al . , Protein Engineering 8(3) :26, 1-273 (1995) ) . This overall yield is poor for a protein heterologously expressed in yeast and can be improved at least 10-100 fold by shuffling. The expression of RNaseA is easily detected by several plate and microtitre plate assays
(delCardayre & Raines, Biochemistry 33, 6031-6037 1994)). Each of the described formats for whole genome shuffling can be used to shuffle a strain of S . cerevisiae harboring YEpWL.RNase A, and the resulting cells can be screened for the increased secretion of RNase A into the medium. The new strains are cycled recursively through the shuffling format, until sufficiently high levels of RNase A secretion is observed. The use of RNase A is particularly useful since it not only requires proper folding and disulfide bond formation but also proper glycosylation. Thus numerous components of the expression, folding, and secretion systems can be optimized. The resulting strain is also evolved for improved secretion of other heterologous proteins.
Another goal of shuffling yeast is to increase the tolerance of yeast to ethanol. Such is useful both for the commercial production of ethanol, and for the production of more alcoholic beers and wines. The yeast strain to be shuffled acquires genetic material by exchange or transformation with other strain (s) of yeast, which may or may not be know to have superior resistance to ethanol. The strain to be evolved is shuffled and shufflants are selected for capacity to survive exposure to ethanol . Increasing concentrations of ethanol can be used in successive rounds of shuffling. The same principles can be used to shuffle baking yeasts for improved osmotolerance .
Another desired property of shuffling yeast is capacity to grow under desired nutritional conditions. For example, it is useful to yeast to grow on cheap carbon sources such as methanol, starch, molases, cellulose, cellobiose, or xylose depending on availability. The principles of shuffling and selection are similar to those discussed for filamentous fungi . Another desired property is capacity to produce secondary metabolites naturally produced by filamentous fungi or bacteria, Examples of such secondary metabolites are cyclosporin A, taxol, and cephalosporins . The yeast to be evolved undergoes genetic exchange or is transformed with DNA from organism(s) that produce the secondary metabolite. For example, fungi producing taxol include Taxomyces andreanae and Peεtalotopis microspora (Stierle et al . , Science 260, 214-216 (1993); Strobel et al . , Microbiol . 142, 435-440 (1996)). DNA can also be obtained from trees that naturally produce taxol, such as Taxus brevifolia . DNA encoding one enzyme in the taxol pathway, taxadiene synthase, which it is believe catalyzes the commited step in taxol biosynthesis and may be rate limiting in voveral taxol production, has been cloned (Wildung & Croteau, J. Biol . Chem. 271, 9201-4 (1996). The DNA is then shuffled, and shufflants are screened/selected for production of the secondary metabolite. For example, taxol production can be monitored using antibodies to taxol, by mass spectroscopy or uv spectrophotometry. Alternatively, production of intermediates in taxol synthesis or enzymes in the taxol synthetic pathway can be monitored. Concetti &
Ripani, Biol . Chem . Hoppe Seyler 375, 419-23 (1994) . Other examples of secondary metabolites are polyols, amino acids, and ergosterol .
Another desired property is to increase the flocculence of yeast to facilitate separation in preparation of ethanol . Yeast can be shuffled by any of the procedures noted above with selection for shuffled yeast forming the largest clumps. Exemplary procedure for yeast protoplasting
Protoplast preparation in yeast is reviewed by Morgan, in Protoplasts (Birkhauser Verlag, Basel, 1983) . Fresh cells (-108) are washed with buffer, for example 0.1 M potassium phosphate, then resuspended in this same buffer containing a reducing agent, such as 50 mM DTT, incubated for 1 h at 30°C with gentle agitation, and then washed again with buffer to remove the reducing agent. These cells are then resuspended in buffer containing a cell wall degrading enzyme, such as Novozyme 234 (1 mg/mL) , and any of a variety of osmotic stabilizers, such as sucrose, sorbitol, NaCl, KCl , MgS04, MgCl2, or NH4C1 at any of a variety of concentrations. These suspensions are then incubated at 30°C with gentle shaking (-60 rpm) until protoplasts are released. To generate protoplasts that are more likely to produce productive fusants several strategies are possible.
Protoplast formation can be increased if the cell cycle of the protoplasts have been synchronized to be halted at Gl . In the case of S . cerevisiae this can be accomplished by the addition of mating factors, either a or (Curran & Carter, J. Gen . Microbiol . 129, 1589-1591 (1983)). These peptides act as adenylate cyclase inhibitors which by decreasing the cellular level of cAMP arrest the cell cycle at Gl . In addition, sex factors have been shown to induce the weakening of the cell wall in preparation for the sexual fusion of a and α cells (Crandall & Brock, Bacteriol . Rev. 32, 139-163 (1968); Osumi et al . , Arch . Microbiol . 97, 27-38 (1974)) . Thus in the preparation of protoplasts, cells can be treated with mating factors or other known inhibitors of adenylate cyclase, such as leflunomide or the killer toxin from K. lactis, to arrest them at Gl (Sugisaki et al . , Nature 304, 464-466 (1983)). Then after fusing of the protoplasts (step 2) , cAMP can be added to the regeneration medium to induce S-phase and DΝA synthesis. Alternatively, yeast strains having a temperature sensitive mutation in the CDC4 gene can be used, such that cells could be synchronized and arrested at Gl . After fusion cells are returned to the permissive temperature so that DΝA synthesis and growth resumes .
Once suitable protoplasts have been prepared, it is necessary to induce fusion by physical or chemical means. An equal number of protoplasts of each cell type is mixed in phosphate buffer (0.2 M, pH 5.8, 2 x 108 cells/mL) containing an osmotic stabilizer, for example 0.8 M NaCl, and PEG 6000 (33% w/v) and then incubated at 30°C for 5 mm while fusion occurs. Polyols, or other compounds that bind water, can be employed. The fusants are then washed and resuspended in the osmotically stabilized buffer lacking PEG, and transferred to osmotically stabilized regeneration medium on/in which the cells can be selected or screened for a desired property.
6. Shuffling Methods Using Artificial Chromosomes Yeast artificial chromosomes (Yacs) are yeast vectors into which very large DNA fragments (e.g., 50-2000 kb) can be cloned (see, e.g., Monaco & Larin, Trends. Biotech . 12(7), 280-286 (1994); Ramsay, Mol . Biotechnol . 1(2), 181-201 1994; Huxley, Genet. Eng. 16, 65-91 (1994); Jakobovits, Curr. Biol . 4(8), 761-3 (1994); Lamb & Gearhart , Curr. Opin . Genet . Dev. 5(3), 342-8 (1995); Montoliu et al . , Reprod. Fertil . Dev. 6, 577-84 (1994)). These vectors have telomeres (Tel), a centromere (Cen) , an autonomously replicating sequence (ARS) , and can have genes for positive (e.g., TRP1) and negative (e.g., URA3) selection. 2YACs are maintained, replicated, and segregate as other yeast chromosomes through both meiosis and mitosis thereby providing a means to expose cloned DNA to true meiotic recombination.
YACs provide a vehicle for the shuffling of libraries of large DNA fragments in vivo . The substrates for shuffling are typically large fragments from 20 kb to 2 Mb. The fragments can be random fragments or can be fragments known to encode a desirable property. For example, a fragment might include an operon of genes involved in production of antibiotics. Libraries can also include whole genomes or chromosomes . Viral genomes and some bacterial genomes can be cloned intact into a single YAC. In some libraries, fragments are obtained from a single organism. Other libraries include fragment variants, as where some libraries are obtained from different individuals or species. Fragment variants can also be generated by induced mutation. Typically, genes within fragments are expressed from naturally associated regulatory sequences within yeast. However, alternatively, individual genes can be linked to yeast regulatory elements to form an expression cassette, and a concatemer of such cassettes, each containing a different gene, can be inserted into a YAC.
In some instances, fragments are incorporated into the yeast genome, and shuffling is used to evolve improved yeast strains. In other instances, fragments remain as components of YACs throughout the shuffling process, and after acquisition of a desired property within a YAC are transferred to a desired recipient cell.
a. Methods of Evolving Yeast Strains Fragments are cloned into a YAC vector, and the resulting YAC library is transformed into competent yeast cells. Transformants containing a YAC are identified by selecting for a positive selection marker present on the YAC. The cells are allowed to recover and are then pooled. Thereafter, the cells are induced to sporulate by transferring the cells from rich medium, to nitrogen and carbon limiting medium. In the course of sporulation, cells undergo meiosis. Spores are then induced to mate by return to rich media.
Optionally spores can be lysed to stimulate mating. Mating results in recombination between YACs bearing different inserts, and between YACs and natural yeast chromosomes. The latter can be promoted by irradiating spores with ultra violet light. Recombination can give rise to new phenotypes either as a result of genes expressed by fragments on the YACs or as a result of recombination with host genes, or both.
After induction of recombination between YACs and natural yeast chromosomes, YACs are often eliminated by selecting against a negative selection marker on the YACs.
For example, YACs containing the marker URA3 can be selected against by propagation on media containing 5-fluro-orotic acid. Any exogenous or altered genetic material that remains is contained within natural yeast chromosomes. Optionally, further rounds of recombination between natural yeast chromosomes can be performed after elimination of YACs. Optionally, the same or different library of YACs can be transformed into the cells, and the above steps repeated.
After elimination of YACs, yeast are then screened or selected for a desired property. The property can be a new property conferred by transferred fragments, such as production of an antibiotic. The property can also be an improved property of the yeast such as improved capacity to express or secrete an exogenous gene, improved recombinogenicity, improved stability to temperature or solvents, or other property required of commercial or research strains of yeast . Yeast strains surviving selection/screening are then subject to a further round of recombination. Recombination can be exclusively between the chromosomes of yeast surviving selection/screening. Alternatively, a library of fragments can be introduced into the yeast cells and recombined with endogenous yeast chromosomes as before. This library of fragments can be the same or different from the library used in the previous round of transformation. YACs are eliminated as before, followed by additional rounds of recombination and/or transformation with further YAC libraries. Recombination is followed by another round of selection/screening, as above. Further rounds of recombination/screening can be performed as needed until a yeast strain has evolved to acquire the desired property. An exemplary scheme for evolving yeast by introduction of a YAC library is shown in Fig. 10. The first part of the figure shows yeast containing an endogenous diploid genome and a YAC library of fragments representing variants of a sequence. The library is transformed into the cells to yield 100-1000 colonies per μgDNA. Most transformed yeast cells now harbor a single YAC as well as endogenous chromosomes. Meiosis is induced by growth on nitrogen and carobon limiting medium. In the course of meiosis the YACs recombine with other chromosomes in the same cell . Haploid spores resulting from meiosis mate and regenerated diploid forms. The diploid forms now harbor recombinant chromosomes, parts of which come from endogenous chromosomes and parts from YACs. Optionally, the YACs can now be cured from the cells by selecting against a negative selection marker present on the YACS. Irrespective whether YACS are selected against, cells are then screened or selected for a desired property. Cells surviving selection/screening are transformed with another YAC library to start another shuffling cycle.
b. Method of Evolving YACs for Transfer to Recipient Strain
These methods are based in part on the fact that multiple YACs can be harbored in the same yeast cell, and YAC- YAC recombination is known to occur (Green & Olson, Science
250, 94-98 1990)). Inter-YAC recombination provides a format for which families of homologous genes harbored on fragments of >20 kb can be shuffled in vivo .
The starting population of DNA fragments show sequence similarity with each other but differ as a result of for example, induced, allelic or species diversity. Often DNA fragments are known or suspected to encode multiple genes that function in a common pathway.
The fragments are cloned into a Yac and transformed into yeast, typically with positive selection for transformants. The transformants are induced to sporulate, as a result of which chromosomes undergo meiosis. The cells are then mated. Most of the resulting diploid cells now carry two YACs each having a different insert. These are again induced to sporulate and mated. The resulting cells harbor YACs of recombined sequence. The cells can then be screened or selected for a desired property. Typically, such selection occurs in the yeast strain used for shuffling. However, if fragments being shuffled are not expressed in yeast, YACs can be isolated and transferred to an appropriate cell type in which they are expressed for screening. Examples of such properties include the synthesis or degradation of a desired compound, increased secretion of a desired gene product, or other detectable phenotype.
Cells surviving selection/screening are subjected to successive cycles of pooling, sporulation, mating and selection/screening until the desired phenotype has been observed. Recombination can be achieved simply by transferring cells from rich medium to carbon and nitrogen limited medium to induce sporulation, and then returning the spores to rich media to induce mating. Spores can be lysed to stimulate mating. After YACs have been evolved to encode a desired property they can be transferred to other cell types. Transfer can be isolated DNA and retransforming, protoplast fusion or electroporation. For example, transfer of YACs from yeast to mammalian cells is discussed by Monaco & Larin, Trends in Biotechnology 12, 280-286 (1994); Montoliu et al . , Reprod. Fertil . Dev. 6, 577-84 (1994); Lamb et al . , Curr. Opin . Genet . Dev. 5, 342-8 (1995) .
An exemplary scheme for shuffling a YAC fragment library in yeast is shown in Fig. 11. A library of YAC fragments representing genetic variants are transformed into yeast have diploid endogenous chromosomes. The transformed yeast continue to have diploid endogenous chromosomes, plus a single YAC. The yeast are induced to undergo meiosis and sporulate. The spores contain haploid genomes, some of which contain only endogenous yeast chromosomes, and some of which contain yeast chromosomes plus a YAC. The spores are induced to mate generating diploid cells. Some of the diploid cells now contain two YAC bearing different inserts as well as diploid endogenous chromosomes. The cells are again induced to undergo meiosis and sporulate. In cells bearing two YACs, recombination occurs between the inserts, and recombinant YACs are segregated to ascocytes . Some ascoytes thus contain haploid endogenous chromosomes plus a YAC chromosome with a recombinant insert. The ascocytes mature to spores, which can mate again generating diploid cells. Some diploid cells now possess a diploid complement of endogenous chromosomes plus two recombinant YACs. These cells can then be taken through further cycles of meiosis, sporulation and mating. In each cycle, further recombination occurs between YAC inserts and further recombinant forms of inserts are generated. After one or several cycles of recombination has occurred, cells can be tested for acquisition of a desired property. Further cycles of recombination, followed by selection, can then be performed in similar fashion.
c . Use of YACs to Clone Unlinked Genes
Shuffling of YACs is particularly amenable to transfer of unlinked but functionally related genes from one species to another, particularly where such genes have not been identified. Such is the case for several commercially important natural products, such as taxol. Transfer of the genes in the metabolic pathway to a different organism is often desirable because organisms naturally producing such compounds are not well suited for mass culturing.
Clusters of such genes can be isolated by cloning a total genomic library of DNA from an organisms producing a useful compound into a YAC library. The YAC library is then transformed into yeast. The yeast is sporulated and mated such that recombination occurs between YACs and/or between YACs and natural yeast chromosomes. Selection/screening is then performed for expression of the desired collection of genes. If the genes encode a biosynthetic pathway, expression can be detected from the appearance of product of the pathway.
Production of individual enzymes in the pathway, or intermediates of the final expression product or capacity of cells to metabolize such intermediates indicates partial acquisition of the synthetic pathway. The original library or a different library can be introduced into cells surviving/selection screening, and further rounds of recombination and selection/screening can be performed until the end product of the desired metabolic pathway is produced.
7. Conjugation-Mediated Genetic Exchange
Conjugation can be employed in the evolution of cell genomes in several ways. Conjugative transfer of DNA occurs during contact between cells. See Guiney (1993) in: Bacterial Conjugation (Clewell, ed. , Plenum Press, New York), pp. 75-104; Reimmann & Haas in Bacterial Conjugation (Clewell, ed. , Plenum Press, New York 1993), at pp.137-188 (incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes) . Conjugation occurs between many types of gram negative bacteria, and some types of gram positive bacteria. Conjugative transfer is also known between bacteria and plant cells (Agrobacterium tumefaciens) or yeast. As discussed in copending application attorney docket no. 16528J-014612 , the genes responsible for conjugative transfer can themselves be evolved to expand the range of cell types (e.g., from bacteria to mammals) between which such transfer can occur.
Conjugative transfer is effected by an origin of transfer (oriT) and flanking genes (MOB A, B and C) , and 15-25 genes, termed tra, encoding the structures and enzymes necessary for conjugation to occur. The transfer origin is defined as the site required in cis for DNA transfer. Tra genes include tra A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z, vir AB (alleles 1-11) , C, D, E, G, IHF, and FinOP. Tra genes can be expressed in cis or trans to oriT. Other cellular enzymes, including those of the RecBCD pathway, RecA, SSB protein, DNA gyrase, DNA poll, and DNA ligase, are also involved in conjugative transfer. RecE or recF pathways can substitute for RecBCD. One structural protein encoded by a tra gene is the sex pilus, a filament constructed of an aggregate of a single polypeptide protruding from the cell surface. The sex pilus binds to a polysaccharide on recipient cells and forms a conjugative bridge through which DNA can transfer. This process activates a site-specific nuclease encoded by a MOB gene, which specifically cleaves DNA to be transferred at oriT. The cleaved DNA is then threaded through the conjugation bridge by the action of other tra enzymes.
Mobilizable vectors can exist in episomal form or integrated into the chromosome. Episomal mobilizable vectors can be used to exchange fragments inserted into the vectors between cells. Integrated mobilizable vectors can be used to mobilize adjacent genes from the chromosome. a. Use of Integrated Mobilizable Vectors to Promote Exchange of Genomic DNA
The F plasmid of E. coli integrates into the chromosome at high frequency and mobilizes genes unidirectional from the site of integration (Clewell, 1993, supra; Firth et al . , in Escherichia coli and Salmonella Cellular and Molecular Biology 2 , 2377-2401 (1996); Frost et al., Microbiol . Rev. 58, 162-210 (1994)). Other mobilizable vectors do not spontaneously integrate into a host chromosome at high efficiency but can be induced to do by growth under particular conditions (e.g., treatment with a mutagenic agent, growth at a nonpermissive temperature for plasmid replication) . See Reimann & Haas in Bacterial Conjugation (ed. Clewell, Plenum Press, NY 1993), Ch. 6. Of particular interest is the IncP group of conjugal plasmids which are typified by their broad host range (Clewell, 1993, supra .
Donor "male" bacteria which bear a chromosomal insertion of a conjugal plasmid, such as the E. coli F factor can efficiently donate chromosomal DNA to recipient "female" enteric bacteria which lack F (F") . Conjugal transfer from donor to recipient is initiated at oriT. Transfer of the nicked single strand to the recipient occurs in a 5 ' to 3 ' direction by a rolling circle mechanisms which allows mobilization of tandem chromosomal copies. Upon entering the recipient, the donor strand is discontinuously replicated. The linear, single-stranded donor DNA strand is a potent substrate for initiation of recA-mediated homologous recombination within the recipient. Recombination between the donor strand and recipient chromosomes can result in the inheritance of donor traits. Accordingly, strains which bear a chromosomal copy of F are designated Hfr (for high .frequency of recombination) (Low, 1996 in Escherichia coli and Salmonella Cellular and Molecular Biology Vol. 2, pp. 2402- 2405; Sanderson, in Escherichia coli and Salmonella Cellular and Molecular Biology 2 , 2406-2412 (1996)).
The ability of strains with integrated mobilizable vector to transfer chromosomal DNA provides a rapid and efficient means of exchanging genetic material between a population of bacteria thereby allowing combination of positive mutations and dilution of negative mutations. Such shuffling methods typically start with a population of strains with an integrated mobilizable vector encompassing at least some genetic diversity. The genetic diversity can be the result of natural variation, exposure to a mutagenic agent or introduction of a fragment library. The population of cells is cultured without selection to allow genetic exchange, recombination and expression of recombinant genes. The cells are then screened or selected for a evolution toward a desired property. The population surviving selection/screening can then be subject to a further round of shuffling by HFR- mediated genetic exchange or otherwise.
The natural efficiency of Hfr and other strains with integrated mob vectors as recipients of conjugal transfer can be improved by several means. The relatively low recipient efficiency of natural HFR strains is attributable to the products of traS and traT genes of F (Clewell, 1993, supra; Firth et al . , 1996, supra ; Frost et al . , 1994, supra ; Achtman et al., J. Mol . Biol . 138, 779-795 (1980). These products are localized to the inner and outer membranes of F+ strains, respectively, where they serve to inhibit redundant matings between two strains which are both capable of donating DNA. The effects of traS and traT, and cognate genes in other strains, can be eliminated by use of knockout cells incapable of expressing these enzymes or reduced by propagating cells on a carbon-limited source. (Peters et al . , J". Bacteriol., 178, 3037-3043 (1996) ) .
In some methods, the starting population of cells has mobilizable vector integrated at different genomic sites. Directional transfer from oriT typically results in more frequent inheritance of traits proximal to oriT. This is because mating pairs are fragile and tend to dissociate (particularly when in liquid medium) resulting in the interruption of transfer. In a population of cells having mobilizable vector integrated at different sites chromosomal exchange occurs in a more random fashion. Kits of Hfr strains are available from the E. coli . Genetic Stock Center and the Salmonella Genetic Stock Centre (Frost et al . , 1994, supra) . Alternatively, a library of strains with oriT at random sites and orientations can be produced by insertion mutagenesis using a transposon which bears oriT. Transfer functions for mobilization from the transposon-borne oriT sites could be provide by a helper vector.
Optionally, strains bearing integrated mobilizable vectors are defective in mismatch repair gene(s) . Inheritance of donor traits which arise from sequence heterologies increases in strains lacking the methyl-directed mismatch repair system.
Intergenic congual transfer between species such as E. coli and Salmonella typhimurium, which are 20% divergent at the DNA level, is also possible if the recipient strain is mutH, mutL or mutS (see Rayssiguier et al . , Nature 342, 396- 401 (1989) ) . Such transfer can be used to obtain recombination at several points as shown by the following example .
The example uses an S. typhimurium Hfr donor strain having markers thr557 at map position 0, pyrF2690 at 33 min, serA13 at 62 min and hfrK5 at 43 min. MutS +/-, F- E. coli recipient strains had markers pyrD68 at 21 min aroC355 at 51 min, ilv3164 at 85 min and mutS215 at 59 min. The triauxotrophic S . typhimurium Hfr donor and isogenic mutS+/- triauxotrophic E. coli recipient were inoculated into 3 ml of Lb broth and shaken at 37°C until fully grown. 100 μl of the donor and each recipient were mixed in 10 ml fresh LB broth, and then deposited to a sterile Millipore 0.45 μM HA filter using a Νalgene 250 ml resuable filtration device. The donor and recipients alone were similarly diluted and deposited to check for reversion. The filters with cells were placed cell- side-up on the surface of an LB agar plate which was incubated overnight at 37°C. The filters were removed with the aid of a sterile forceps and placed in a sterile 50 ml tube containing 5 ml of minimal salts broth. Vigorous vortexing was used to wash the cells from the filters. 100 μl of mating mixtures, as well as donor and recipient controls were spread to LB for viable cell counts and minimal glucose supplemented with either two of the three recpient requirements for single recombinant counts, one of the three requirements for double recombinant counts, or none of the three requirements for triple recombinant counts. The plates were incubated for 48 hr at 37° after which colones were counted.
Medium Recombinant Recombinant CFUs/Total CFUs mutS" / mutS+
Supplements Genotype mutS+ mut£>
Aro + Iiv pyr+ aro" ilv'
Aro + Ura pyr" aro" ilv+ 1.2 x 10"8 2.5 x 10"6 208
Ilv + Ura pyr" aro+ ilv" 2.7 x 10"8 3.0 X 10"6 111
Aro pyr+ aro" ilv+ - - -
Ilv pyr+ aro+ ilv" - - -
Ura pyr" aro+ ilv+ ^10'9 «10"9 nothing pyr+ aro* ilv+
Aro aromatic amino acids and vi'tamins
Ilv branched chain amino acids
Ura uracil
The data indicate that recombinants can be generated at reasonable frequenceis using Hfr matings. Intergeneric recombination is enhanced 100-200 fold in a recpient that is defective methyl -directed mismatch repair.
b. Introduction of Fragments by Conjugation
Mobilizable vectors can also be used to transfer fragment libraries into cells to be evolved. This approach is particularly useful in situations in which the cells to be evolved cannot be efficiently transformed directly with the fragment library but can undergo conjugation with primary cells that can be transformed with the fragment library. DNA fragments to be introduced into host cells encompasses diversity relative to the host cell genome. The diversity can be the result of natural diversity or mutagenesis. The DNA fragment library is cloned into a mobilizable vector having an origin of transfer. Some such vectors also contain mob genes although alternatively these functions can also be provided in trans. The vector should be capable of efficient conjugal transfer between primary cells and the intended host cells. The vector should also confer a selectable phenotype. This phenotype can be the same as the phenotype being evolved or can be conferred by a marker, such as a drug resistance marker. The vector should preferably allow self-elimination in the intended host cells thereby allowing selection for cells in which a cloned fragment has undergone genetic exchange with a host homologous host segment rather than duplication. Such can be achieved by use of vector lacking an origin of replication functional in the intended host type or inclusion of a negative selection marker in the vector.
One suitable vector is the broad host range conjugation plasmid described by Simon et al . , Bio/Technology 1, 784-791 (1983); TrieuCuot et al . , Gene 102, 99-104 (1991); Bierman et al . , Gene 116, 43-49 (1992). These plasmids can be transformed into E. coli and then force-mated into bacteria that are difficult or impossible to transform by chemical or electrical induction of competence. These plasmids contain the origin of the IncP plasmid, oriT. Mobilization functions are supplied in trans by chromosomally-integrated copies of the necessary genes. Conjugal transfer of DNA can in some cases be assisted by treatment of the recipient (if gram- positive) with sub-inhibitory concentrations of penicillins (Trieu-Cuot et al . , 1993 FEMS Microbiol . Lett . 109, 19-23).
Cells that have undergone allelic exchange with library fragments can be screened or selected for evolution toward a desired phenotype. Subsequent rounds of recombination can be performed by repeating the conjugal transfer step. the library of fragments can be fresh or can be obtained from some (but not all) of the cells surviving a previous round of selection/screening. Conjugation-mediated shuffling can be combined with other methods of shuffling.
8. Genetic Exchange Promoted by Transducing Phage
Transduction is the transfer, from one cell to another, of nonviral genetic material within a viral coat (Masters, in Escherichia coli and Salmonella Cellular and Molecular Biology 2 , 2421-2442 (1996) . Perhaps the two best examples of generalized transducing phage are bacteriophages PI and P22 of E. coli and S . typhimurium, respectively. Generalized transducing bacteriophage particles are formed at a low frequency during lytic infection when viral-genome- sized, doubled-stranded fragments of host (which serves as donor) chromosomal DNA are packaged into phage heads. Promiscuous high transducing (HT) mutants of bacteriophage P22 which efficiently package DNA with little sequence specificity have been isolated. Infection of a susceptible host results in a lysate in which up to 50% of the phage are transducing particles. Adsorption of the generalized transducing particle to a susceptible recipient cell results in the injection of the donor chromosomal fragment . RecA-mediated homologous recombination following injection of the donor fragment can result in the inheritance of donor traits.
Generalized transducing phage can be used to exchange genetic material between a population of cells encompassing genetic diversity and susceptible to infection by the phage. Genetic diversity can be the result of natural variation between cells, induced mutation of cells or the introduction of fragment libraries into cells. DNA is then exchanged between cells by generalized transduction. If the phage does not cause lysis of cells, the entire population of cells can be propagated in the presence of phage. If the phage results in lytic infection, transduction is performed on a split pool basis. That is, the starting population of cells is divided into two. One subpopulation is used to prepare transducing phage. The transducing phage are then infected into the other subpopulation. Preferably, infection is performed at high multiplicity of phage per cell so that few cells remain uninfected. Cells surviving infection are propagated and screened or selected for evolution toward a desired property. The pool of cells surviving screening/selection can then be shuffled by a further round of generalized transduction or by other shuffling methods.
The efficiency of the above methods can be increased by reducing infection of cells by infectious (nontransducing phage) and by reducing lysogen formation. The former can be achieved by inclusion of chelators of divalent cations, such as citrate and EGTA in culture media. Divalent cations are required for phage absorption and the inclusion of chelating agents therefore provides a means of preventing unwanted infection. Integration defective ( int' ) derivatives of generalized transducing phage can be used to prevent lysogen formation. In a further variation, host cells with defects in mismatch repair gene(s) can be used to increase recombination between transduced DNA and genomic DNA.
V. Methods for Recursive Sequence Recombination
Some formats and examples for recursive sequence recombination, sometimes referred to as DNA shuffling or molecular breeding, have been described by the present inventors and co-workers in copending application, attorney docket no. 16528A-014612 , filed March 25, 1996, PCT/US95/02126 filed February 17, 1995 (published as WO 95/22625) ; Stemmer, Science 270, 1510 (1995); Stemmer et al . , Gene, 164, 49-53 (1995); Stemmer, Bio/Technology, 13, 549-553 (1995); Stemmer, Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . USA 91, 10747-10751 (1994); Stemmer, Nature 370, 389-391 (1994); Crameri et al . , Nature Medicine, 2(l):l-3, (1996); Crameri et al . , Nature Biotechnology 14, 315-319 (1996) (each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes) .
(1) In Vi ro Formats
One format for shuffling in vi tro is illustrated in Fig. 1. The initial substrates for recombination are a pool of related sequences. The X's in the Fig. 1, panel A, show where the sequences diverge. The sequences can be DΝA or RΝA and can be of various lengths depending on the size of the gene or DΝA fragment to be recombined or reassembled. Preferably the sequences are from 50 bp to 50 kb.
The pool of related substrates are converted into overlapping fragments, e.g., from about 5 bp to 5 kb or more, as shown in Fig. 1, panel B. Often, the size of the fragments is from about 10 bp to 1000 bp, and sometimes the size of the DΝA fragments is from about 100 bp to 500 bp . The conversion can be effected by a number of different methods, such as DNAsel or RNAse digestion, random shearing or partial restriction enzyme digestion. Alternatively, the conversion of substrates to fragments can be effected by incomplete PCR amplification of substrates or PCR primed from a single primer. Alternatively, appropriate single-stranded fragments can be generated on a nucleic acid synthesizer. The concentration of nucleic acid fragments of a particular length and sequence is often less than 0.1 % or 1% by weight of the total nucleic acid. The number of different specific nucleic acid fragments in the mixture is usually at least about 100, 500 or 1000.
The mixed population of nucleic acid fragments are converted to at least partially single-stranded form. Conversion can be effected by heating to about 80 °C to 100 °C, more preferably from 90 °C to 96 °C, to form single- stranded nucleic acid fragments and then reannealing. Conversion can also be effected by treatment with single- stranded DNA binding protein or recA protein. Single-stranded nucleic acid fragments having regions of sequence identity with other single-stranded nucleic acid fragments can then be reannealed by cooling to 20 °C to 75 °C, and preferably from 40 °C to 65 °C. Renaturation can be accelerated by the addition of polyethylene glycol (PEG) , other volume-excluding reagents or salt. The salt concentration is preferably from 0 mM to 200 mM, more preferably the salt concentration is from 10 mM to 100 mM. The salt may be KCl or NaCl. The concentration of PEG is preferably from 0% to 20%, more preferably from 5% to 10%. The fragments that reanneal can be from different substrates as shown in Fig. 1, panel C. The annealed nucleic acid fragments are incubated in the presence of a nucleic acid polymerase, such as Taq or Klenow, or proofreading polymerases, such as pfu or pwo, and dNTP ' s (i.e. dATP, dCTP, dGTP and dTTP) . If regions of sequence identity are large, Taq polymerase can be used with an annealing temperature of between 45-65°C. If the areas of identity are small, Klenow polymerase can be used with an annealing temperature of between 20-30°C (Stemmer, Proc. Natl . Acad . Sci . USA (1994) , supra) . The polymerase can be added to the random nucleic acid fragments prior to annealing, simultaneously with annealing or after annealing.
The process of denaturation, renaturation and incubation in the presence of polymerase of overlapping fragments to generate a collection of polynucleotides containing different permutations of fragments is sometimes referred to as shuffling of the nucleic acid in vi tro . This cycle is repeated for a desired number of times. Preferably the cycle is repeated from 2 to 100 times, more preferably the sequence is repeated from 10 to 40 times. The resulting nucleic acids are a family of double-stranded polynucleotides of from about 50 bp to about 100 kb, preferably from 500 bp to 50 kb, as shown in Fig. 1, panel D. The population represents variants of the starting substrates showing substantial sequence identity thereto but also diverging at several positions. The population has many more members than the starting substrates. The population of fragments resulting from shuffling is used to transform host cells, optionally after cloning into a vector.
In a variation of in vi tro shuffling, subsequences of recombination substrates can be generated by amplifying the full-length sequences under conditions which produce a substantial fraction, typically at least 20 percent or more, of incompletely extended amplification products. The amplification products, including the incompletely extended amplification products are denatured and subjected to at least one additional cycle of reannealing and amplification. This variation, in which at least one cycle of reannealing and amplification provides a substantial fraction of incompletely extended products, is termed "stuttering." In the subsequent amplification round, the incompletely extended products reanneal to and prime extension on different sequence-related template species. In a further variation, a mixture of fragments is spiked with one or more oligonucleotides. The oligonucleotides can be designed to include precharacterized mutations of a wildtype sequence, or sites of natural variations between individuals or species. The oligonucleotides also include sufficient sequence or structural homology flanking such mutations or variations to allow annealing with the wildtype fragments. Some oligonucleotides may be random sequences. Annealing temperatures can be adjusted depending on the length of homology.
In a further variation, recombination occurs in at least one cycle by template switching, such as when a DNA fragment derived from one template primes on the homologous position of a related but different template. Template switching can be induced by addition of recA, rad51, rad55, rad57 or other polymerases (e.g., viral polymerases, reverse transcriptase) to the amplification mixture. Template switching can also be increased by increasing the DNA template concentration .
In a further variation, at least one cycle of amplification can be conducted using a collection of overlapping single-stranded DNA fragments of related sequence, and different lengths. Fragments can be prepared using a single stranded DNA phage, such as M13. Each fragment can hybridize to and prime polynucleotide chain extension of a second fragment from the collection, thus forming sequence- recombined polynucleotides. In a further variation, ssDNA fragments of variable length can be generated from a single primer by Vent or other DNA polymerase on a first DNA template. The single stranded DNA fragments are used as primers for a second, Kunkel-type template, consisting of a uracil-containing circular ssDNA. This results in multiple substitutions of the first template into the second. See Levichkin et al . , Mol . Biology 29 , 572-577 (1995).
(2) In Vivo Formats
(a) Plasmid-Plasmid Recombination The initial substrates for recombination are a collection of polynucleotides comprising variant forms of a gene. The variant forms often show substantial sequence identity to each other sufficient to allow homologous recombination between substrates. The diversity between the polynucleotides can be natural (e.g., allelic or species variants), induced (e.g., error-prone PCR), or the result of in vi tro recombination. Diversity can also result from resynthesizing genes encoding natural proteins with alternative and/or mixed codon usage. There should be at least sufficient diversity between substrates that recombination can generate more diverse products than there are starting materials. There must be at least two substrates differing in at least two positions. However, commonly a library of substrates of 103-108 members is employed. The degree of diversity depends on the length of the substrate being recombined and the extent of the functional change to be evolved. Diversity at between 0.1-50% of positions is typical . The diverse substrates are incorporated into plasmids. The plasmids are often standard cloning vectors, e.g., bacterial multicopy plasmids. However, in some methods to be described below, the plasmids include mobilization functions. The substrates can be incorporated into the same or different plasmids. Often at least two different types of plasmid having different types of selection marker are used to allow selection for cells containing at least two types of vector. Also, where different types of plasmid are employed, the different plasmids can come from two distinct incompatibility groups to allow stable co-existence of two different plasmids within the cell. Nevertheless, plasmids from the same incompatibility group can still co-exist within the same cell for sufficient time to allow homologous recombination to occur. Plasmids containing diverse substrates are initially introduced into procaryotic or eucaryotic cells by any transfection methods (e.g., chemical transformation, natural competence, electroporation, viral transduction or biolistics) . Often, the plasmids are present at or near saturating concentration (with respect to maximum transfection capacity) to increase the probability of more than one plasmid entering the same cell. The plasmids containing the various substrates can be transfected simultaneously or in multiple rounds. For example, in the latter approach cells can be transfected with a first aliquot of plasmid, transfectants selected and propagated, and then infected with a second aliquot of plasmid. Having introduced the plasmids into cells, recombination between substrates to generate recombinant genes occurs within cells containing multiple different plasmids merely by propagating in the cells. However, cells that receive only one plasmid are unable to participate in recombination and the potential contribution of substrates on such plasmids to evolution is not fully exploited (although these plasmids may contribute to some extent if they are propagated in mutator cells or otherwise accumulate point mutations (i.e., by ultraviolet radiation treatment). The rate of evolution can be increased by allowing all substrates to participate in recombination. Such can be achieved by subjecting transfected cells to electroporation. The conditions for electroporation are the same as those conventionally used for introducing exogenous DNA into cells (e.g., 1,000-2,500 volts, 400 μF and a 1-2 mM gap). Under these conditions, plasmids are exchanged between cells allowing all substrates to participate in recombination. In addition the products of recombination can undergo further rounds of recombination with each other or with the original substrate. The rate of evolution can also be increased by use of conjugative transfer. Conjugative transfer systems are known in many bacteria (E. coli , P. aeruginosa, S . pneumoniae, and H. influenzae) and can also be used to transfer DNA between bacteria and yeast or between bacteria and mammalian cells.
To exploit conjugative transfer, substrates are cloned into plasmids having MOB genes, and tra genes are also provided in cis or in trans to the MOB genes. The effect of conjugative transfer is very similar to electroporation in that it allows plasmids to move between cells and allows recombination between any substrate and the products of previous recombination to occur merely by propagating the culture. The details of how conjugative transfer is exploited in these vectors are discussed in more detail below. The rate of evolution can also be increased by fusing protoplasts of cells to induce exchange of plasmids or chromosomes. Fusion can be induced by chemical agents, such as PEG, or viruses or viral proteins, such as influenza virus hemagglutinin, HSV-1 gB and gD. The rate of evolution can also be increased by use of mutator host cells (e.g., Mut L, S, D, T, H and Ataxia telangiectasia human cell lines) .
The time for which cells are propagated and recombination is allowed to occur, of course, varies with the cell type but is generally not critical, because even a small degree of recombination can substantially increase diversity relative to the starting materials. Cells bearing plasmids containing recombined genes are subject to screening or selection for a desired function. For example, if the substrate being evolved contains a drug resistance gene, one selects for drug resistance. Cells surviving screening or selection can be subjected to one or more rounds of screening/selection followed by recombination or can be subjected directly to an additional round of recombination.
The next round of recombination can be achieved by several different formats independently of the previous round. For example, a further round of recombination can be effected simply by resuming the electroporation or conjugation-mediated intercellular transfer of plasmids described above.
Alternatively, a fresh substrate or substrates, the same or different from previous substrates, can be transfected into cells surviving selection/screening. Optionally, the new substrates are included in plasmid vectors bearing a different selective marker and/or from a different incompatibility group than the original plasmids. As a further alternative, cells surviving selection/screening can be subdivided into two subpopulations, and plasmid DNA from one subpopulation transfected into the other, where the substrates from the plasmids from the two subpopulations undergo a further round of recombination. In either of the latter two options, the rate of evolution can be increased by employing DNA extraction, electroporation, conjugation or mutator cells, as described above. In a still further variation, DNA from cells surviving screening/selection can be extracted and subjected to in vi tro DNA shuffling.
After the second round of recombination, a second round of screening/selection is performed, preferably under conditions of increased stringency. If desired, further rounds of recombination and selection/screening can be performed using the same strategy as for the second round. With successive rounds of recombination and selection/screening, the surviving recombined substrates evolve toward acquisition of a desired phenotype. Typically, in this and other methods of recursive recombination, the final product of recombination that has acquired the desired phenotype differs from starting substrates at 0.1%-25% of positions and has evolved at a rate orders of magnitude in excess (e.g., by at least 10-fold, 100-fold, 1000-fold, or 10,000 fold) of the rate of naturally acquired mutation of about 1 mutation per 10~9 positions per generation (see Anderson & Hughes, Proc. Natl . Acad. Sci . USA 93, 906-907 (1996) ) .
(b) Virus-Plasmid Recombination The strategy used for plasmid-plasmid recombination can also be used for virus-plasmid recombination; usually, phage-plasmid recombination. However, some additional comments particular to the use of viruses are appropriate. The initial substrates for recombination are cloned into both plasmid and viral vectors. It is usually not critical which substrate (s) are inserted into the viral vector and which into the plasmid, although usually the viral vector should contain different substrate (s) from the plasmid. As before, the plasmid (and the virus) typically contains a selective marker. The plasmid and viral vectors can both be introduced into cells by transfection as described above. However, a more efficient procedure is to transfect the cells with plasmid, select transfectants and infect the transfectants with virus. Because the efficiency of infection of many viruses approaches 100% of cells, most cells transfected and infected by this route contain both a plasmid and virus bearing different substrates .
Homologous recombination occurs between plasmid and virus generating both recombined plasmids and recombined virus. For some viruses, such as filamentous phage, in which intracellular DNA exists in both double-stranded and single- stranded forms, both can participate in recombination. Provided that the virus is not one that rapidly kills cells, recombination can be augmented by use of electroporation or conjugation to transfer plasmids between cells. Recombination can also be augmented for some types of virus by allowing the progeny virus from one cell to reinfect other cells. For some types of virus, virus infected-cells show resistance to superinfection. However, such resistance can be overcome by infecting at high multiplicity and/or using mutant strains of the virus in which resistance to superinfection is reduced. The result of infecting plasmid-containing cells with virus depends on the nature of the virus. Some viruses, such as filamentous phage, stably exist with a plasmid in the cell and also extrude progeny phage from the cell. Other viruses, such as lambda having a cosmid genome, stably exist in a cell like plasmids without producing progeny virions. Other viruses, such as the T-phage and lytic lambda, undergo recombination with the plasmid but ultimately kill the host cell and destroy plasmid DNA. For viruses that infect cells without killing the host, cells containing recombinant plasmids and virus can be screened/selected using the same approach as for plasmid-plasmid recombination. Progeny virus extruded by cells surviving selection/screening can also be collected and used as substrates in subsequent rounds of recombination. For viruses that kill their host cells, recombinant genes resulting from recombination reside only in the progeny virus. If the screening or selective assay requires expression of recombinant genes in a cell, the recombinant genes should be transferred from the progeny virus to another vector, e.g., a plasmid vector, and retransfected into cells before selection/screening is performed.
For filamentous phage, the products of recombination are present in both cells surviving recombination and in phage extruded from these cells. The dual source of recombinant products provides some additional options relative to the plasmid-plasmid recombination. For example, DNA can be isolated from phage particles for use in a round of in vi tro recombination. Alternatively, the progeny phage can be used to transfect or infect cells surviving a previous round of screening/selection, or fresh cells transfected with fresh substrates for recombination.
(c) Virus-Virus Recombination The principles described for plasmid-plasmid and plasmid-viral recombination can be applied to virus-virus recombination with a few modifications. The initial substrates for recombination are cloned into a viral vector. Usually, the same vector is used for all substrates. Preferably, the virus is one that, naturally or as a result of mutation, does not kill cells. After insertion, some viral genomes can be packaged in vi tro . The packaged viruses are used to infect cells at high multiplicity such that there is a high probability that a cell receives multiple viruses bearing different substrates.
After the initial round of infection, subsequent steps depend on the nature of infection as discussed in the previous section. For example, if the viruses have phagemid genomes such as lambda cosmids or M13, FI or Fd phagemids, the phagemids behave as plasmids within the cell and undergo recombination simply by propagating the cells. Recombination can be augmented by electroporation of cells. Following selection/screening, cosmids containing recombinant genes can be recovered from surviving cells (e.g., by heat induction of a cos" lysogenic host cell) , repackaged in vi tro, and used to infect fresh cells at high multiplicity for a further round of recombination . If the viruses are filamentous phage, recombination of replicating form DNA occurs by propagating the culture of infected cells. Selection/screening identifies colonies of cells containing viral vectors having recombinant genes with improved properties, together with phage extruded from such cells. Subsequent options are essentially the same as for plasmid-viral recombination.
(d) Chromosome-Plasmid Recombination
This format can be used to evolve both the chromosomal and plasmid-borne substrates. The format is particularly useful in situations in which many chromosomal genes contribute to a phenotype or one does not know the exact location of the chromosomal gene(s) to be evolved. The initial substrates for recombination are cloned into a plasmid vector. If the chromosomal gene(s) to be evolved are known, the substrates constitute a family of sequences showing a high degree of sequence identity but some divergence from the chromosomal gene. If the chromosomal genes to be evolved have not been located, the initial substrates usually constitute a library of DNA segments of which only a small number show sequence identity to the gene or gene(s) to be evolved. Divergence between plasmid-borne substrate and the chromosomal gene(s) can be induced by mutagenesis or by obtaining the plasmid-borne substrates from a different species than that of the cells bearing the chromosome.
The plasmids bearing substrates for recombination are transfected into cells having chromosomal gene(s) to be evolved. Evolution can occur simply by propagating the culture, and can be accelerated by transferring plasmids between cells by conjugation or electroporation. Evolution can be further accelerated by use of mutator host cells or by seeding a culture of nonmutator host cells being evolved with mutator host cells and inducing intercellular transfer of plasmids by electroporation or conjugation. Preferably, mutator host cells used for seeding contain a negative selection marker to facilitate isolation of a pure culture of the nonmutator cells being evolved. Selection/screening identifies cells bearing chromosomes and/or plasmids that have evolved toward acquisition of a desired function. Subsequent rounds of recombination and selection/screening proceed in similar fashion to those described for plasmid-plasmid recombination. For example, further recombination can be effected by propagating cells surviving recombination in combination with electroporation or conjugative transfer of plasmids. Alternatively, plasmids bearing additional substrates for recombination can be introduced into the surviving cells. Preferably, such plasmids are from a different incompatibility group and bear a different selective marker than the original plasmids to allow selection for cells containing at least two different plasmids. As a further alternative, plasmid and/or chromosomal DNA can be isolated from a subpopulation of surviving cells and transfected into a second subpopulation. Chromosomal DNA can be cloned into a plasmid vector before transfection.
(e) Virus-Chromosome Recombination As in the other methods described above, the virus is usually one that does not kill the cells, and is often a phage or phagemid. The procedure is substantially the same as for plasmid-chromosome recombination. Substrates for recombination are cloned into the vector. Vectors including the substrates can then be transfected into cells or in vi tro packaged and introduced into cells by infection. Viral genomes recombine with host chromosomes merely by propagating a culture. Evolution can be accelerated by allowing intercellular transfer of viral genomes by electroporation, or reinfection of cells by progeny virions. Screening/selection identifies cells having chromosomes and/or viral genomes that have evolved toward acquisition of a desired function. There are several options for subsequent rounds of recombination. For example, viral genomes can be transferred between cells surviving selection/recombination by electroporation. Alternatively, viruses extruded from cells surviving selection/screening can be pooled and used to superinfect the cells at high multiplicity. Alternatively, fresh substrates for recombination can be introduced into the cells, either on plasmid or viral vectors. EXAMPLES 1. Evolving Hyper-Recombinogenic RecA
RecA protein is implicated in most E. coli homologous recombination pathways. Most mutations in recA inhibit recombination, but some have been reported to increase recombination (Kowalczykowski et al . , Microbiol . Rev. , 58, 401-465 (1994) ) . The following example describes evolution of RecA to acquire hyper-recombinogenic activity useful in in vivo shuffling formats. Hyperrecombinogenic RecA was selected using a modification of a system developed by Shen et al . , Genetics 112, 441-457 (1986); Shen et al . , Mol . Gen . Genet . 218, 358- 360 (1989)) to measure the effect of substrate length and homology on recombination frequency. Shen & Huang's system used plasmids and bacteriophages with small (31-430 bp) regions of homology at which the two could recombine . In a restrictive host, only phage that had incorporated the plasmid sequence were able to form plaques .
For shuffling of recA, endogenous recA and mutS were deleted from host strain MC1061. In this strain, no recombination was seen between plasmid and phage. E. coli recA was then cloned into two of the recombination vectors (Bp221 and 7rMT631cl8) . Plasmids containing cloned RecA were able to recombine with homologous phage: λV3 (430 bp identity with Bp221),λV13 (430 bp stretch of 89% identity with Bp221) and λlink H (31bp identity with 7rMt631cl8, except for 1 mismatch at position 18) .
The cloned RecA was then shuffled in vi tro using the standard DNase-treatment followed by PCR-based reassembly. Shuffled plasmids were transformed into the nonrecombining host strain. These cells were grown up overnight, infected with phage λVc, λV13 or λlink H, and plated onto NZCYM plates in the presence of a 10-fold excess of MC1061 lacking plasmid. The more efficiently a recA allele promotes recombination between plasmid and phage, the more highly the allele is represented in the bacteriophage DNA. Consequently harvesting all the phage from the plates and recovering the recA genes selects for the most recombinogenic recA alleles. Recombination frequencies for wild type and a pool of hyper-recombinogenic RecA after 3 rounds of shuffling were as follows:
Cross Wild Type Hyper Recom BP221 x V3 6.5 x 10"4 3.3 x 10"2
BP221 x V13 2.2 x 10"5 1.0 X 10"3 πMT631cl8 x link H 8.7 x 10"6 4.7 x 10"6
These results indicate a 50-fold increase in recombination for the 430 bp substrate, and a 5-fold increase for the 31 bp substrate .
The recombination frequency between BP221 and V3 for five individual clonal isolates are shown below, and the DNA and protein sequences and alignments thereof are included in Figs. 12 and 13.
Wildtype: 1.6 x 10"4
Clone 2: 9.8 x 10"3 (61 x increase)
Clone 4 9.9 x 10"3 (62 x increase)
Clone 5 6.2 x 10"3 (39 x increase) Clone 6 8.5 x 10"3 (53 x increase) Clone 13: 0.019 (116 x increase)
Clones 2, 4, 5, 6 and 13 can be used as the substrates in subsequent rounds of shuffling, if further improvement in recA is desired. Not all of the variations from the wildtype recA sequence necessarily contribute to the hyperrecombinogenic phenotype. Silent variations can be eliminated by backcrossing. Alternatively, variants of recA incorporating individual points of variation from wildtype at codons 5, 18, 156, 190, 236, 268, 271, 283, 304, 312, 317, 345 and 353 can be tested for activity.
2. Whole Organism Evolution for Hyper-Recombination
The possibility of selection for an E. coli strain with an increased level of recombination was indicated from phenotypes of wild-type, ArecA, mutS and ArecA mutS strains following exposure to mitomycin C-an inter-strand cross- linking agent of DNA.
Exposure of E. coli to mitomycin C causes inter- strand cross-linking of DNA thereby blocking DNA replication. Repair of the inter-strand DNA cross links in E. coli occurs via a RecA-dependent recombinational repair pathway (Friedberg et al . , in DNA Repair and Mutagenesis (1995) pp. 191-232). Processing of cross-links during repair results in occasional double-strand DNA breaks, which too are repaired by a RecA- dependent recombinational route. Accordingly, recA" strains are significantly more sensitive than wildtype strains to mitomycin C exposure. In fact, mitomycin C is used in simple disk-sensitivity assays to differentiate between RecA+ and RecA" strains. In addition to its recombinogenic properties, mitomycin C is a mutagen. Exposure to DNA damaging agents, such as mitomycin C, typically results in the induction of the E. coli SOS regulon which includes products involved in error- prone repair of DNA damage (Friedberg et al . , 1995, supra, at pp. 465-522) .
Following phage Pl-mediated generalized transduction of the A ( recA-srl) : :Tnl0 allele (a nonfunctional allele) into wild-type and mutS E. coli , tetracycline-resistant transductants were screened for a recA"phenotype using the mitomycin C-sensitivity assay. It was observed in LB overlays with a 1/4 inch filter disk saturated with 10 μg of mitomycin C following 48 hours at 37°C, growth of the wild-type and mutS strains was inhibited within a region with a radius of about 10 mm from the center of the disk. DNA cross-linking at high levels of mitomycin C saturates recombinational repair resulting in lethal blockage of DNA replication. Both strains gave rise to occasional colony forming units within the zone of inhibition, although, the frequency of colonies was -10-20- fold higher in the mutS strain. This is presumably due to the increased rate of spontaneous mutation of mutS backgrounds. A side-by-side comparison demonstrated that the ArecA and ArecA mutS strains were significantly more sensitive to mitomycin C with growth inhibited in a region extending about 15 mm from the center of the disk. However, in contrast to the recA+ strains, no Mitr individuals were seen within the region of growth inhibition-not even in the mutS background. The appearance of Mitr individuals in recA+ backgrounds, but not in ArecA backgrounds indicates the Mitr is dependent upon a functional RecA protein and suggests that Mitr may result from an increased capacity for recombinational repair of mitomycin C-induced damage.
Mutations which lead to increased capacity for RecA- mediated recombinational repair may be diverse, unexpected, unlinked, and potentially synergistic. A recursive protocol alternating selection for Mitr and chromosomal shuffling evolves individual cells with a dramatically increased capacity for recombination. The recursive protocol is as follows. Following exposure of a mutS strain to mitomycin C, Mitr individuals are pooled and cross-bread [e.g., via Hfr-mediated chromosomal shuffling or split-pool generalized transduction) . Alleles which result in Mitr and presumably result in an increased capacity for recombinational repair are shuffled among the population in the absence of mismatch repair. In addition, error-prone repair following exposure to mitomycin C can introduce new mutations for the next round of shuffling. The process is repeated using increasingly more stringent exposures to mitomycin C. A number of parallel selections in the first round as a means of generating a variety of alleles. Optionally, recombinogencity of isolates can be monitored for hyper-recombina ion using a plasmid x plasmid assay or a chromosome x chromosome assay (e.g., that of Konrad, J. Bacteriol . 130, 167-172 (1977)).
3. Whole Genome Shuffling of Streptomyces coelicolor
To demonstrate that recursive mutation and recombination of an entire genome can be used to improve a particular phenotype, S. coelicolor is being recursively shuffled both alone and with its close relative S. lividans to improve the overall production of the blue pigment γ-actinorhodin. This strain improvement strategy is being compared to a similar strain improvement program that does not include recombination.
Spore suspensions of S. coelicolor and S. lividans are resuspended in sterile water and subjected to UV mutagenesis (600 "energy" units) using a Stratalinker (Stratagene) , and the resulting mutants are "grown out" on sporulation agar. Spores are collected and plated on solid RG-2 medium (Bystrykh et al . , J. Bact . 178, 2238-2244 (1996)). Colonies producing larger or darker halos of blue pigment are selected, grown in liquid RG-2 medium, and the amount of γ-actinorhodin produced is determined spectrophotometrically by measuring the absorbance at 650 nm of alkaline culture supernatents using a microtitreplate format. Pigment concentration and structure is further confirmed by LC/MS, MS/MS and/or NMR. Cells producing γ-actinorhodin at levels higher than that of wildtype are carried forward in the strain improvement program. Spores isolated from each of the mutants are either 1) again mutagenized and screened as above (no recombination control) or, 2) grown up, prepared as protoplasts, and fused. Procedures for preparing and fusing
Streptomyces protoplasts are described in Genetic Manipulation of Streptomyces- -A Laboratory Manual , (Hopwood, D.A. et al . ) . The regenerated fused protoplasts are then screened as above for clones having undergone recombination that produce γ-actinorhodin at levels higher than the cells that were fused. The selected clones are subjected to UV mutagenesis again and the screening and recombination are repeated recursively until the desired level of γ-actinorhodin production is reached. The foregoing description of the preferred embodiments of the present invention has been presented for purposes of illustration and description. They are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise form disclosed, and many modifications and variations are possible in light of the above teaching. Such modifications and variations which may be apparent to a person skilled in the art are intended to be within the scope of this invention. All patent documents and publications cited above are incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes to the same extent as if each item were so individually denoted.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED:
1. A method of evolving a cell to acquire a desired function, comprising: (1) introducing a library of DNA fragments into a plurality of cells whereby at least one of the fragments undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or an episome of the cells to produce modified cells; (2) screening the modified cells for modified cells that have evolved toward acquisition of the desired function; (3) recombining DNA from the modified cells that have evolved toward the desired function with a further library of DNA fragments at least one of which undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or the episome of the modified cells to produce further modified cells; (4) screening the further modified cells for further modified cells that have further evolved toward acquisition of the desired function; (5) repeating (3) and (4) as required until the further modified cells have acquired the desired function.
General Methods 2. The method of claim 1, wherein the library of DNA fragments is a substantially complete genomic library from at least one heterologous cell type.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the library of fragments comprises natural variants of a gene from different individuals.
4. The method of claim 1, further comprising subdividing the modified cells into first and second pools, isolating the further library of DNA fragments from the second pool and introducing the further library of DNA fragments into the first pool .
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the library of DNA fragments are components of viruses and the introducing occurs by infection of the cells with the viruses.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the library of DNA fragments is cloned into a suicide vector incapable of permanent episomal existence in the cells.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the suicide vector further comprises a selective marker.
recA 8. The method of claim 1, further comprising coating the library or further library of DNA fragments with recA protein to stimulate recombination with the segment of the genome .
Mutant Selection 9. The method of claim 1, further comprising denaturing the library of fragments to produce single-stranded DNA, reannealling the single-stranded DNA to produce duplexes some of which contain mismatches at points of variation in the fragments, and selecting duplexes containing mismatches by affinity chromatography to immobilized MutS.
10. The method of claim 10, further comprising fragmenting the library of fragments to produce subfragments before denaturation, and reassembling duplexes of subfragments containing mismatches into reassembled fragments.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the average diversity between reassembled fragments is at least five times greater than the average diversity between fragments.
Secretion 12. The method of claim 1, wherein the desired function is secretion of a protein, and the plurality of cells further comprises a construct encoding the protein.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein the protein is toxic to the plurality of cells unless secreted, and the modified or further modified cells having evolved toward acquisition of the desired function are screened by propagating the cells and recovering surviving cells.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein the protein is -lactamase or alkaline phosphatase, and the modified or further modified cells having evolved toward acquisition of the desired function are screened by monitoring metabolism of a chromogenic substrate of the b-lactamase or alkaline phosphatase.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the protein is an antibody and the plurality of cells is E. coli .
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the construct further encodes a marker which is expressed with the protein as a fusion protein, and the screening comprises propagating the modified or further modified cells and identifying cells secreting the fusion protein by FACSΓäó sorting.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the marker protein is linked to a phospholipid anchoring domain that anchors the marker protein to the cell surface after secretion from the cell.
18. The method of claim 16, wherein the cells are contained in agar drops which confine secreted protein in proximity with the cell secreting the protein.
19. The method of claim 12, wherein at least one fragment in the library encodes a signal sequence, and the at least one fragment is incorporated into a construct operably linked to a sequence encoding a protein to be secreted from the cells.
20. The method of claim 12, wherein at least one fragment in the library encodes a signal processing enzyme and the cells contain a construct encoding a protein to be secreted operably linked to a signal sequence.
21. The method of claim 12, wherein at least one fragment in the library encodes a gene selected from the group consisting of SecA, SecB, SecE, SecD and SecF genes.
Recombination 22. The method of claim 1, wherein the desired function is enhanced recombination.
23. The method of claim 1, wherein the library of fragments comprises a cluster of genes collectively conferring recombination capacity.
24. The method of claim 1, wherein the at least one gene is selected from the group consisting of recA, recBCD, recBC, recE, recF, recG, recO, recQ, recR, recT, ruvA, ruvB, ruvC, sbcB, ssb, topA, gyrA and B, lig, polA, uvrD, E, recL, mutU, and elD.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein the plurality of cells further comprises a gene encoding a marker whose expression is prevented by a mutation removable by recombination, and the modified or further modified cells are screened by their expression of the marker resulting from removal of the mutation by recombination.
26. The method of claim 24, wherein in the screening steps, the modified or further modified cells are exposed to a mutagen and modified or further modified cells having evolved toward acquisition of the desired function are selected by their survival of the exposure, survival being conferred by the cells' enhanced recombinational capacity to remove damage induced by the mutagen.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein the mutagen is radiation.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein enhanced recombination is conferred by increased genomic copy number of the modified or further modified cells.
29. The method of claim 22, wherein the at least one gene is selected from a replication or cell septation gene .
30. The method of claim 29, wherein the modified or further modified cells having evolved toward acquisition of the desired function are selected by their capacity for syncytium formation or cell fusion.
Plant Cells 31. The method of claim 1, wherein the plurality of cells are plant cells and the desired property is improved resistance to a chemical or microbe, and in the screening the steps, the modified or further modified cells are exposed to the chemical or microbe and modified or further modified cells having evolved toward the acquisition of the desired function are selected by their capacity to survive the exposure.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein the microorganism is a virus, bacterium, fungus or insect.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein the chemical is a viricide, fungicide, insecticide, bactericide or herbicide.
34. The method of claim 33, wherein the chemical is BT-toxin.
35. The method of claim 33, wherein the chemical is glyphosate or atrazine.
36. The method of claim 33, further comprising propagating a plant cell having acquired the desired function to produce a transgenic plant.
Transgenic animal cell 37. The method of claim 1, wherein the plurality of cells are embryonic cells of an animal, and the method further comprises propagating the transformed cells to transgenic animals.
38. The method of claim 37, wherein the modified cells are screened as components of the transgenic animals.
39. The method of claim 38, further comprising obtaining embryonic cells from the transgenic animals having modified cells evolved toward acquisition of the property and transforming the cells with the further library.
40. The method of claim 37, further comprising isolating DNA from transgenic animals that have evolved toward acquisition of the property and introducing the DNA into fresh embryonic cells.
41. The method of claim 37, wherein the animal is a fish.
42. The method of claim 37, wherein at least one of the fragments encodes a growth hormone and the desired property is increased size of the animal.
43. A method of enhancing tissue-specific expression of a protein in a transgenic animal, comprising: (1) recombining at least first and second forms of a gene encoding a protein, the forms differing from each other in at least two nucleotides, to produce a library of chimeric genes; (2) screening the library to identify at least one chimeric gene, which as a component of a transgene, confers enhanced expression of the protein in cells from the tissue relative to a transgene containing the wildtype form of the gene; (3) recombining the at least one chimeric gene with a further form of the gene, the same or different from the first and second forms, to produce a further library of chimeric genes; (4) screening the further library for at least one further chimeric gene that as a component of a transgene confers enhanced expression of the protein in cells from the tissue relative to a transgene comprising the chimeric gene in the previous screening step; (5) repeating (3) and (4), as necessary, until the further chimeric gene confers a desired level of expression in cells from the tissue.
44. The method of claim 43, wherein the at least two forms of a gene differ from each other within a coding sequence .
45. The method of claim 43, wherein the at least two forms of a gene differ from each other within a regulatory sequence .
46. The method of claim 43, wherein the cells are mammary gland cells.
47. The method of claim 43, wherein the transgene comprises a milk-protein enhancer, a milk-protein promoter, a signal sequence and a protein coding sequence in operable linkage.
48. The method of claim 43, whereby the protein and marker are expressed as a fusion protein.
49. The method of claim 48, whereby enhanced expression is determined by detecting the presence of the marker as a component of the fusion protein outside the cell expressing the fusion protein.
Use of Recombinogenic Cells 50. A method of performing in vivo recombination, comprising providing a cell incapable of expressing a cell septation gene; introducing at least first and second segments from at least one gene into a cell, the segments differing from each other in at least two nucleotides, whereby the segments recombine to produce a library of chimeric genes; selecting a chimeric gene from the library having an acquired function.
51. The method of claim 50, wherein the cell contains a construct expressing antisense mRNA of the cell septation gene preventing expression of the septation gene.
52. The method of claim 50, wherein the cell is exposed to a drug rendering it incapable of expressing the cell septation gene.
53. The method of claim 50, wherein the cell septation gene contains a mutation preventing its expression.
54. A method of predicting efficacy of a drug in treating a viral infection, comprising (1) recombining a nucleic acid segment from a virus, whose infection is inhibited by a drug, with at least a second nucleic acid segment from the virus, the second nucleic acid segment differing from the nucleic acid segment in at least two nucleotides, to produce a library of recombinant nucleic acid segments; (2) contacting host cells with a collection of viruses having genomes including the recombinant nucleic acid segments in a media containing the drug, and collecting progeny viruses resulting from infection of the host cells, (3) recombining a recombinant DNA segment from a first progeny virus with at least a recombinant DNA segment from a second progeny virus to produce a further library of recombinant nucleic acid segments; (4) contacting host cells with a collection of viruses having genomes including the further library or recombinant nucleic acid segments, in media containing the drug, and collecting further progeny viruses produced by the host cells, (5) repeating (3) and (4) , as necessary, until a further progeny virus has acquired a desired degree of resistance to the drug, whereby the degree of resistance acquired and the number of repetitions of (3) and (4) needed to acquire it provide a measure of the efficacy of the drug in treating the virus.
55. The method of claim 54, wherein the media contains a combination of drugs.
56. The method of claim 55, wherein the virus is HIV.
57. A method of predicting efficacy of a drug in treating an infection by a pathogenic microorganism, comprising (1) transforming a plurality of cells of the microorganism with a library of DNA fragments at least some of which undergo recombination with segments in the genome of the cells to produce modified microorganism cells; (2) propagating modified microorganisms in a media containing the drug, and recovering surviving microorganisms; (3) recombining DNA from surviving microorganisms with a further library of DNA fragments at least some of which undergo recombination with cognate segments in the DNA from the surviving microorganisms to produce further modified microorganisms cells; (4) propagating further modified microorganisms, in media containing the drug, and collecting further surviving microorganisms; (5) repeating (3) and (4), as necessary, until a further surviving microorganism has acquired a desired degree of resistance to the drug, whereby the degree of resistance acquired and the number of repetitions of (3) and (4) needed to acquire it provide a measure of the efficacy of the drug in killing the pathogenic microorganism.
58. The method of claim 57, further comprising dividing surviving microorganisms into first and second pools, isolating the further library of DNA from the first pool and transforming the second pool with the further library.
59. The method of claim 57, wherein the further library of DNA is obtained from a different microorganism.
Inducing Genetic Exchange 60. A method of evolving a cell to acquire a desired function, comprising: (a) providing a populating of different cells; (b) culturing the cells under conditions whereby DNA is exchanged between cells, forming cells with hybrid genomes; (c) screening or selecting the cells for cells that have evolved toward acquisition of a desired property; (d) repeating steps (b) and (c) with the selected or screened cells forming the population of different cells until a cell has acquired the desired property.
61. The method of claim 60, wherein DNA is exchanged between the cells by conjugation.
62. The method of claim 60, wherein DNA is exchanged between the cells by phage-mediated transduction.
63. The method of claim 60, wherein DNA is exchnaged between the cells by fusion of protoplasts of the cells.
64. The method of claim 60, wherein DNA is exchanged between the cells by sexual recombination of the cells.
65. The method of claim 60, further comprising transforming a DNA library into the cells.
Protoplast fusion 66. A method of evolving a cell to acquire a desired property, comprising: (1) forming protoplasts of a population of different cells; (2) fusing the protoplasts to form hybrid protoplasts, in which genomes from the protoplasts recombine to form hybrid genomes; (3) incubating the hybrid protoplasts under conditions promoting regeneration of cells; (4) selecting or screening to isolate regenerated cells that have evolved toward acquisition of the desired property; (5) repeating steps (1) - (4) with regenerated cells in step (4) being used to form the protoplasts in step (1) until the regenerated cells have acquired the desired property.
67. The method of claim 66 , wherein the different cells are fungi cells, and the regenerated cells are fungi mycelia.
68. The method of claim 66, further comprising selecting or screening to isolate regenerated cells with hybrid genomes free from cells with parental genomes.
69. The method of claim 66, wherein a first subpopulation of cells contain a first marker and the second subpopulation of cells contain a second marker, and the method further comprising selecting or screening to identify regenerated cells expressing both the first and second marker.
70. The method of claim 66 , wherein the first marker is a membrane marker and the second marker is a genetic marker .
71. The method of claim 69, wherein the first marker is a first subunit of a heteromeric enzyme and the second marker is a second subunit of the heteromeric enzyme.
72. The method of claim 66 further comprising transforming protoplasts with a library of DNA fragments in at least one cycle.
73. The method of claim 72, wherein the DNA fragments are accompanied by a restriction enzyme.
74. The method of claim 66, further comprising exposing the protoplasts to ultraviolet irradiation in at least one cycle.
75. The method of claim 67, wherein protoplasts are provided by treating mycelia or spores with an enzyme.
76. The method of claim 67, wherein the fungus is a fragile strain, lacking capacity for intact cell wall synthesis, whereby protoplast form spontaneously.
77. The method of claim 67, further comprising treating the mycelia with an inhibitor of cell wall formation to generate protoplasts.
78. The method of claim 66, wherein the desired property is the expression of a protein or secondary metabolite.
79. The method of claim 66, wherein the desired property is the secretion of a protein or secondary metabolite.
80. The method of claim 79, wherein the secondary metabolite is taxol.
81. The method of claim 66, wherein the desired property is capacity for meiosis.
82. The method of claim 66, wherein the desired property is compatibility to form a heterokaryon with another strain.
83. The method of claim 67 further comprising exposing the protoplasts or mycelia to a mutagenic agent in at least one cycle.
Liposo e-protoplast fusion 84. A method of evolving a cell toward acquisition of a desired property comprising: (a) providing a population of different cells; (b) isolating DNA from a first subpopulation of the different cells and encapsulating the DNA in liposomes; (c) forming protoplasts from a second subpopulation of the different cells; (d) fusing the liposomes with the protoplasts whereby DNA from the liposomes is taken up by the protoplasts and recombines with the genomes of the protoplasts; (e) incubating the protoplasts under regenerating conditions; (f) selecting or screeing for regenerating or regenerated cells that have evolved toward the desired property; (g) repeating steps (a) - (f) with the cells that have evolved toward the desired property forming the population of different cells in step (a) .
Artificial chromosomes 85. A method of evolving a cell toward acquisition of a desired property, comprising: (a) introducing a DNA fragment library cloned into an artificial chromosome into a population of cells; (b) culturing the cells under conditions whereby sexual recombination occurs between the cells, whereby DNA fragments cloned into the artificial chromosome homologously recombine with corresponding segments of endogenous chromosomes of the populations of cells, and endogenous chromosomes recombine with each other; (c) screening or selecting for cells that have evolved toward acquisition of the desired property.
86. The method of claim 89, wherein the cells are yeast cells and the artificial chromosome is a YAC.
87. Tne method claim 89, further comprising: (d) culturing the cells surviving the screening or selecting step under conditions whereby sexual recombination occurs between cells, whereby further recombination occurs between endogenous chromosomes ; (e) screening or selecting for further cells that have evolved toward acquition of the desired property; (f) repeating steps (d) and (e) as needed until the desired property has been acquired.
88. A method of evolving a DNA segment for acquisition of a desired property, comprising: (a) providing a library of variants of the segment, each variant cloned into separate copies of an artificial chromosome ; (b) introducing the copies of the artificial chromosome into a population of cells; (c) culturing the cells under conditions whereby sexual recombination occurs between cells and homologous recombination occurs between copies of the artificial chromosome bearing the variants; (d) screening or selecting for variants that have evolved toward acquisition of the desired property.
89. A recA protein selected from the group consisting of clone 2, clone 4, clone 5, clone 6 and clone 13 shown in Fig. 13.
90. A method of evolving a recA protein to increase recombinogenic activity, comprising: shuffling a population of nucleic acid segments encoding variants of recA including a nucleic acid segment selected from the group consisting of clone 2, clone 4, clone 5, clone 6 and clone 13 shown in Fig. 12, to produced recombinant segments; screening or selecting a recombinant segment with increased recombinogenic activity relative to the nucleic acid segment selected from the group.
PCT/US1998/000852 1997-01-17 1998-01-16 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination WO1998031837A1 (en)

Priority Applications (18)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP53455898A JP4062366B2 (en) 1997-01-17 1998-01-16 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
EP98902586A EP1007732B1 (en) 1997-01-17 1998-01-16 EVOLUTION OF procaryotic WHOLE CELLS BY RECURSIVE SEQUENCE RECOMBINATION
CA2276064A CA2276064C (en) 1997-01-17 1998-01-16 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
AU59209/98A AU743305C (en) 1997-01-17 1998-01-16 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
KR1019997006486A KR100570935B1 (en) 1997-01-17 1998-01-16 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
DE69835360T DE69835360T2 (en) 1997-01-17 1998-01-16 EVOLUTION Prokaryotic FULL CELLS THROUGH RECURSIVE SEQUENCE RECOMBINATION
IL13063598A IL130635A0 (en) 1997-01-17 1998-01-16 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US09/116,188 US6326204B1 (en) 1997-01-17 1998-07-15 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US09/499,505 US6251674B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2000-02-07 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US09/516,051 US6528311B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2000-03-01 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US09/516,695 US6716631B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2000-03-01 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US09/626,047 US6335198B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2000-07-26 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US09/626,410 US6287862B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2000-07-26 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US10/194,686 US7148054B2 (en) 1997-01-17 2002-07-11 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US11/506,215 US7629170B2 (en) 1997-01-17 2006-08-17 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US11/506,142 US20070048775A1 (en) 1997-01-17 2006-08-17 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US12/580,056 US8076138B2 (en) 1997-01-17 2009-10-15 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US13/310,332 US8377681B2 (en) 1998-01-16 2011-12-02 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US3505497P 1997-01-17 1997-01-17
US60/035,054 1997-01-17

Related Child Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/116,188 Continuation-In-Part US6326204B1 (en) 1997-01-17 1998-07-15 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US09/354,922 Continuation-In-Part US6379964B1 (en) 1997-01-17 1999-07-15 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US09/499,505 Division US6251674B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2000-02-07 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US09/626,343 Division US6352859B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2000-07-26 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US10/194,686 Continuation-In-Part US7148054B2 (en) 1997-01-17 2002-07-11 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1998031837A1 true WO1998031837A1 (en) 1998-07-23

Family

ID=21880347

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1998/000852 WO1998031837A1 (en) 1997-01-17 1998-01-16 Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (3) US6379964B1 (en)
EP (3) EP1007732B1 (en)
JP (1) JP4062366B2 (en)
KR (2) KR100568008B1 (en)
AT (1) ATE334225T1 (en)
AU (1) AU743305C (en)
CA (1) CA2276064C (en)
DE (1) DE69835360T2 (en)
DK (1) DK1717322T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2270505T3 (en)
IL (1) IL130635A0 (en)
WO (1) WO1998031837A1 (en)

Cited By (145)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000009727A2 (en) * 1998-08-12 2000-02-24 Maxygen, Inc. Dna shuffling to produce herbicide selective crops
WO2000015809A2 (en) * 1998-09-15 2000-03-23 Syngenta Participations Ag Uracil permease from arabidopsis as herbicidal target gene
WO2000020573A2 (en) * 1998-10-07 2000-04-13 Maxygen, Inc. Dna shuffling to produce nucleic acids for mycotoxin detoxification
WO2000050567A1 (en) * 1999-02-24 2000-08-31 Novozymes A/S Fungal cells with inactivated dna mismatch repair system
WO2000068400A1 (en) * 1999-05-05 2000-11-16 Rhein Biotech Gesellschaft für neue Biotechnologische Prozesse und Produkte mbH Method for producing a recombinant protein
WO2000073433A1 (en) * 1999-05-31 2000-12-07 Novozymes A/S Screening method for peptides
US6159687A (en) * 1997-03-18 2000-12-12 Novo Nordisk A/S Methods for generating recombined polynucleotides
WO2001007601A2 (en) * 1999-07-21 2001-02-01 Large Scale Biology Corporation Method for conferring herbicide, pest, or disease resistance in plant hosts
WO2001038504A2 (en) * 1999-11-23 2001-05-31 Maxygen, Inc. Homologous recombination in plants
US6242211B1 (en) 1996-04-24 2001-06-05 Terragen Discovery, Inc. Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways
US6287862B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2001-09-11 Maxygen, Inc. Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US6319714B1 (en) 1999-01-19 2001-11-20 Maxygen, Inc. Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination
WO2001096551A2 (en) * 2000-06-14 2001-12-20 Diversa Corporation Whole cell engineering by mutagenizing a substantial portion of a starting genome, combining mutations, and optionally repeating
US6337186B1 (en) 1998-06-17 2002-01-08 Maxygen, Inc. Method for producing polynucleotides with desired properties
WO2002004629A2 (en) * 2000-07-07 2002-01-17 Maxygen, Inc. Molecular breeding of transposable elements
WO2002016625A2 (en) 2000-08-25 2002-02-28 Basf Plant Science Gmbh Plant polynucleotides encoding prenyl proteases
US6358712B1 (en) 1999-01-05 2002-03-19 Trustee Of Boston University Ordered gene assembly
US6379964B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2002-04-30 Maxygen, Inc. Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US6399383B1 (en) 1997-10-28 2002-06-04 Maxygen, Inc. Human papilloma virus vectors
US6426185B1 (en) 1998-01-16 2002-07-30 Large Scale Biology Corporation Method of compiling a functional gene profile in a plant by transfecting a nucleic acid sequence of a donor plant into a different host plant in an anti-sense orientation
US6436675B1 (en) 1999-09-28 2002-08-20 Maxygen, Inc. Use of codon-varied oligonucleotide synthesis for synthetic shuffling
US6468745B1 (en) 1998-01-16 2002-10-22 Large Scale Biology Corporation Method for expressing a library of nucleic acid sequence variants and selecting desired traits
JP2002537785A (en) * 1999-03-04 2002-11-12 ピーピーエル セラピューティクス (スコットランド) リミテッド Genetic modification of somatic cells and their use
US6483011B1 (en) 1998-11-10 2002-11-19 Maxygen, Inc. Modified ADP-glucose pyrophosphorylase for improvement and optimization of plant phenotypes
JP2002543834A (en) * 1999-05-19 2002-12-24 ジェネンコア インターナショナル インコーポレーテッド Controlled evolution of microorganisms
US6500617B1 (en) 1998-05-01 2002-12-31 Maxygen, Inc. Optimization of pest resistance genes using DNA shuffling
US6518042B1 (en) 1999-02-24 2003-02-11 Novozymes A/S Process for making DNA libraries in filamentous fungal cells using a novel cloned gene involved in the mismatch repair system of filamentous fungal cells
US6531316B1 (en) 1999-03-05 2003-03-11 Maxyag, Inc. Encryption of traits using split gene sequences and engineered genetic elements
US6596539B1 (en) 1997-10-31 2003-07-22 Maxygen, Inc. Modification of virus tropism and host range by viral genome shuffling
US6605430B1 (en) 1998-08-12 2003-08-12 Maxygen, Inc. DNA shuffling of monooxygenase genes for production of industrial chemicals
WO2003075129A2 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-09-12 Maxygen, Inc. Methods, systems, and software for identifying functional bio-molecules
WO2003078583A2 (en) 2002-03-09 2003-09-25 Maxygen, Inc. Optimization of crossover points for directed evolution
US6632673B1 (en) 1999-08-12 2003-10-14 Pfizer, Inc. Directing the ratio of B2:B1 avermectins in Streptomyces avermitilis host cells
WO2004009761A2 (en) 2002-07-18 2004-01-29 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods for using artificial polynucleotides and compositions thereof to reduce transgene silencing
US6686515B1 (en) * 1999-11-23 2004-02-03 Maxygen, Inc. Homologous recombination in plants
WO2004016791A1 (en) 2002-08-01 2004-02-26 Evolva Ltd Methods of mixing large numbers of heterologous genes
US6759226B1 (en) 2000-05-24 2004-07-06 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. Enzymes for the detection of specific nucleic acid sequences
JP2004523725A (en) * 2000-06-08 2004-08-05 ビルコ・ビーブイビーエイ Methods and systems for predicting therapeutic drug resistance using neural networks and determining the genetic basis of drug resistance
WO2004090099A2 (en) 2003-04-04 2004-10-21 Diversa Corporation Pectate lyases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US6858422B2 (en) 2000-07-13 2005-02-22 Codexis, Inc. Lipase genes
WO2005021714A2 (en) 2003-08-11 2005-03-10 Diversa Corporation Laccases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US6902918B1 (en) 1998-05-21 2005-06-07 California Institute Of Technology Oxygenase enzymes and screening method
US6917882B2 (en) 1999-01-19 2005-07-12 Maxygen, Inc. Methods for making character strings, polynucleotides and polypeptides having desired characteristics
WO2005123929A2 (en) 2004-06-09 2005-12-29 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Plastid transit peptides
WO2006009676A2 (en) 2004-06-16 2006-01-26 Diversa Corporation Compositions and methods for enzymatic decolorization of chlorophyll
US7024312B1 (en) 1999-01-19 2006-04-04 Maxygen, Inc. Methods for making character strings, polynucleotides and polypeptides having desired characteristics
US7033781B1 (en) 1999-09-29 2006-04-25 Diversa Corporation Whole cell engineering by mutagenizing a substantial portion of a starting genome, combining mutations, and optionally repeating
US7045289B2 (en) 1991-09-09 2006-05-16 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. Detection of RNA Sequences
US7058515B1 (en) 1999-01-19 2006-06-06 Maxygen, Inc. Methods for making character strings, polynucleotides and polypeptides having desired characteristics
US7074590B2 (en) 2000-06-23 2006-07-11 Maxygen, Inc. Chimeric promoters
US7087415B2 (en) 2000-07-31 2006-08-08 Athena Biotechnologies, Inc. Methods and compositions for directed gene assembly
US7094875B2 (en) 2000-06-23 2006-08-22 Maxygen, Inc. Co-stimulatory polypeptides
US7098010B1 (en) 2000-05-16 2006-08-29 California Institute Of Technology Directed evolution of oxidase enzymes
US7105297B2 (en) 1994-02-17 2006-09-12 Maxygen, Inc. Methods and compositions for cellular and metabolic engineering
WO2006101584A2 (en) 2005-03-15 2006-09-28 Diversa Corporation Cellulases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US7115712B1 (en) 1999-12-02 2006-10-03 Maxygen, Inc. Cytokine polypeptides
US7150982B2 (en) 1991-09-09 2006-12-19 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. RNA detection assays
WO2007095398A2 (en) 2006-02-14 2007-08-23 Verenium Corporation Xylanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2008036863A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2008-03-27 Verenium Corporation Phospholipases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US7354734B2 (en) 2003-08-25 2008-04-08 Funzyme Biotechnologies Sa Fungal proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
US7384387B1 (en) 1999-02-11 2008-06-10 Maxygen, Inc. High throughput mass spectrometry
WO2008080093A2 (en) 2006-12-21 2008-07-03 Verenium Corporation Amylases and glucoamylases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US7402383B2 (en) 2001-07-23 2008-07-22 Dsm Ip Assets B.V. Process for preparing variant polynucleotides
WO2008095033A2 (en) 2007-01-30 2008-08-07 Verenium Corporation Enzymes for the treatment of lignocellulosics, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2008098198A2 (en) 2007-02-08 2008-08-14 The California Institute Of Technology Alkane oxidation by modified hydroxylases
WO2008105797A2 (en) 2006-06-30 2008-09-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Polynucleotides encoding novel pcsk9 variants
US7435570B2 (en) 2003-08-11 2008-10-14 California Institute Of Technology Thermostable peroxide-driven cytochrome P450 oxygenase variants and methods of use
AU2002348089B2 (en) * 2001-10-26 2008-10-16 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions and methods for modeling saccharomyces cerevisiae metabolism
US7465567B2 (en) 2001-04-16 2008-12-16 California Institute Of Technology Peroxide-driven cytochrome P450 oxygenase variants
WO2009045627A2 (en) 2007-10-03 2009-04-09 Verenium Corporation Xylanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US7524664B2 (en) 2003-06-17 2009-04-28 California Institute Of Technology Regio- and enantioselective alkane hydroxylation with modified cytochrome P450
WO2009088949A1 (en) 2008-01-03 2009-07-16 Verenium Corporation Transferases and oxidoreductases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2112227A1 (en) 2006-03-07 2009-10-28 Cargill, Incorporated Aldolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2010025395A2 (en) 2008-08-29 2010-03-04 Verenium Corporation Hydrolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US7691616B2 (en) 2001-07-20 2010-04-06 California Institute Of Technology Cytochrome P450 oxygenases
EP2194133A2 (en) 2003-03-06 2010-06-09 Verenium Corporation Amylases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2216403A2 (en) 2006-02-02 2010-08-11 Verenium Corporation Esterases and related nucleic acids and methods
JP2010187692A (en) * 2001-01-25 2010-09-02 Evolva Ag Method for evolving cell having desired phenotype and evolved cell
US7795030B2 (en) 1994-02-17 2010-09-14 Maxygen, Inc. Methods and compositions for cellular and metabolic engineering
US7838287B2 (en) 2001-01-25 2010-11-23 Evolva Sa Library of a collection of cells
WO2010135588A2 (en) 2009-05-21 2010-11-25 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2275536A1 (en) 2002-08-06 2011-01-19 Verdia, Inc. AP1 amine oxidase variants
WO2011022597A1 (en) 2009-08-20 2011-02-24 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Functional expression of shuffled yeast nitrate transporter (ynti) in maize to improve nitrate uptake under low nitrate environment
EP2298871A1 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-03-23 Verenium Corporation Phospholipases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2011046812A1 (en) 2009-10-16 2011-04-21 Verenium Corporation Phospholipases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2011046815A1 (en) 2009-10-16 2011-04-21 Bunge Oils, Inc. Oil degumming methods
EP2322629A2 (en) 2003-04-29 2011-05-18 Pioneer Hi-Bred International Inc. Novel glyphosate-n-acetyltransferase (GAT) genes
WO2011082304A1 (en) 2009-12-31 2011-07-07 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Engineering plant resistance to diseases caused by pathogens
US8008459B2 (en) 2001-01-25 2011-08-30 Evolva Sa Concatemers of differentially expressed multiple genes
US8026085B2 (en) 2006-08-04 2011-09-27 California Institute Of Technology Methods and systems for selective fluorination of organic molecules
EP2385108A1 (en) 2006-03-07 2011-11-09 Verenium Corporation Aldolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2397486A1 (en) 2006-09-21 2011-12-21 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2404931A1 (en) 2003-07-02 2012-01-11 Verenium Corporation Glucanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2415864A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2012-02-08 Verenium Corporation Oligomerase-2 (or beta-xylosidase) enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2012021785A1 (en) 2010-08-13 2012-02-16 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Compositions and methods comprising sequences having hydroxyphenylpyruvate dioxygenase (hppd) activity
EP2444413A1 (en) 2006-08-04 2012-04-25 Verenium Corporation Methods for oil or gas well drilling, washing and/or fracturing
US8252559B2 (en) 2006-08-04 2012-08-28 The California Institute Of Technology Methods and systems for selective fluorination of organic molecules
EP2559704A1 (en) 2007-02-08 2013-02-20 Domantis Limited Antibody single variable domains against serum albumin
WO2013166113A1 (en) 2012-05-04 2013-11-07 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Compositions and methods comprising sequences having meganuclease activity
EP2706122A2 (en) 2008-01-03 2014-03-12 Verenium Corporation Isomerases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US8778652B2 (en) 2011-06-30 2014-07-15 Codexis, Inc. Pentose fermentation by a recombinant microorganism
WO2014153242A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-25 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Compositions having dicamba decarboxylase activity and methods of use
WO2014153234A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-25 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Compositions having dicamba decarboxylase activity and methods of use
WO2014150914A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Phi-4 polypeptides and methods for their use
WO2015023846A2 (en) 2013-08-16 2015-02-19 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2015038734A2 (en) 2013-09-13 2015-03-19 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
EP2853593A1 (en) 2003-03-07 2015-04-01 DSM IP Assets B.V. Hydrolases, nucleic acids encoding them and mehods for making and using them
EP2865754A1 (en) 1999-06-14 2015-04-29 BP Corporation North America Inc. Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution
WO2015061764A1 (en) * 2013-10-25 2015-04-30 Asilomar Bio, Inc. Strigolactone formulations and uses thereof
EP2886658A1 (en) 2005-03-10 2015-06-24 BASF Enzymes LLC Lyase enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2014036404A3 (en) * 2012-08-31 2015-07-30 Synthetic Genomics, Inc. Crowding agent-induced nucleic acid transfer into a recipient host cell
WO2015120270A1 (en) 2014-02-07 2015-08-13 Pioneer Hi Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2015120276A1 (en) 2014-02-07 2015-08-13 Pioneer Hi Bred International Inc Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
US9169468B2 (en) 2011-03-30 2015-10-27 Codexis, Inc. Pentose fermentation by a recombinant microorganism
WO2016061206A1 (en) 2014-10-16 2016-04-21 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
US9322007B2 (en) 2011-07-22 2016-04-26 The California Institute Of Technology Stable fungal Cel6 enzyme variants
WO2016144688A1 (en) 2015-03-11 2016-09-15 Pioneer Hi Bred International Inc Insecticidal combinations of pip-72 and methods of use
WO2016186986A1 (en) 2015-05-19 2016-11-24 Pioneer Hi Bred International Inc Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
EP3115459A2 (en) 2008-05-23 2017-01-11 E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company Novel dgat genes for increased seed storage lipid production and altered fatty acid profiles in oilseed plants
WO2017023486A1 (en) 2015-08-06 2017-02-09 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Plant derived insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
US9611515B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2017-04-04 Codexis, Inc. Pentose fermentation by a recombinant microorganism
WO2017105987A1 (en) 2015-12-18 2017-06-22 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
EP3190182A1 (en) 2004-03-08 2017-07-12 DSM IP Assets B.V. Phospholipases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US9752171B2 (en) 2010-05-28 2017-09-05 Codexis, Inc. Pentose fermentation by a recombinant microorganism
WO2017165565A1 (en) 2016-03-23 2017-09-28 Synthetic Genomics, Inc. Generation of synthetic genomes
WO2017192560A1 (en) 2016-05-04 2017-11-09 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2018005411A1 (en) 2016-07-01 2018-01-04 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins from plants and methods for their use
WO2018084936A1 (en) 2016-11-01 2018-05-11 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2018111551A1 (en) 2016-12-14 2018-06-21 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2018118811A1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
US10047358B1 (en) 2015-12-07 2018-08-14 Zymergen Inc. Microbial strain improvement by a HTP genomic engineering platform
WO2018148001A1 (en) 2017-02-08 2018-08-16 Pioneer Hi-Bred International Inc Insecticidal combinations of plant derived insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2018208882A1 (en) 2017-05-11 2018-11-15 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2018226880A1 (en) * 2017-06-06 2018-12-13 Zymergen Inc. A htp genomic engineering platform for improving escherichia coli
WO2018226810A1 (en) * 2017-06-06 2018-12-13 Zymergen Inc. High throughput transposon mutagenesis
WO2018226893A3 (en) * 2017-06-06 2019-01-10 Zymergen Inc. A high-throughput (htp) genomic engineering platform for improving saccharopolyspora spinosa
EP3460061A1 (en) 2008-09-26 2019-03-27 Tocagen Inc. Recombinant replication competent murine leukemia gamma-retrovirus (mlv) for the expression of heat-stabilized cytosine deaminase
US10544411B2 (en) 2016-06-30 2020-01-28 Zymergen Inc. Methods for generating a glucose permease library and uses thereof
US10544390B2 (en) 2016-06-30 2020-01-28 Zymergen Inc. Methods for generating a bacterial hemoglobin library and uses thereof
US10918106B2 (en) 2015-04-24 2021-02-16 Sound Agriculture Company Methods for hydraulic enhancement of crops
CN113185511A (en) * 2021-05-24 2021-07-30 中国医学科学院医药生物技术研究所 Pyrimidine compound and preparation method and application thereof
US11208649B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2021-12-28 Zymergen Inc. HTP genomic engineering platform
US11214817B2 (en) 2005-03-28 2022-01-04 California Institute Of Technology Alkane oxidation by modified hydroxylases
WO2022015619A2 (en) 2020-07-14 2022-01-20 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
US11293029B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2022-04-05 Zymergen Inc. Promoters from Corynebacterium glutamicum

Families Citing this family (112)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5605793A (en) * 1994-02-17 1997-02-25 Affymax Technologies N.V. Methods for in vitro recombination
US7148054B2 (en) * 1997-01-17 2006-12-12 Maxygen, Inc. Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
EP1036198B1 (en) * 1997-12-08 2012-09-26 California Institute Of Technology Method for creating polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences
US6541011B2 (en) 1998-02-11 2003-04-01 Maxygen, Inc. Antigen library immunization
US7390619B1 (en) * 1998-02-11 2008-06-24 Maxygen, Inc. Optimization of immunomodulatory properties of genetic vaccines
US7153655B2 (en) * 1998-06-16 2006-12-26 Alligator Bioscience Ab Method for in vitro molecular evolution of protein function involving the use of exonuclease enzyme and two populations of parent polynucleotide sequence
US6951719B1 (en) 1999-08-11 2005-10-04 Proteus S.A. Process for obtaining recombined nucleotide sequences in vitro, libraries of sequences and sequences thus obtained
US6991922B2 (en) * 1998-08-12 2006-01-31 Proteus S.A. Process for in vitro creation of recombinant polynucleotide sequences by oriented ligation
US20030092023A1 (en) * 1998-08-12 2003-05-15 Daniel Dupret Method of shuffling polynucleotides using templates
US20030104417A1 (en) * 1998-08-12 2003-06-05 Proteus S.A. Template-mediated, ligation-oriented method of nonrandomly shuffling polynucleotides
AU3482200A (en) * 1999-02-02 2000-08-25 Bernhard Palsson Methods for identifying drug targets based on genomic sequence data
US6569681B1 (en) * 2000-03-14 2003-05-27 Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc. Methods of improving homologous recombination
AU2001259471A1 (en) * 2000-05-05 2001-11-20 Maxygen, Inc. Evolution of plant disease response pathways to enable the development of plant based biological sensors and to develop novel disease resistance strategies
US7435562B2 (en) 2000-07-21 2008-10-14 Modular Genetics, Inc. Modular vector systems
US7083945B1 (en) * 2000-10-27 2006-08-01 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Isolation of binding proteins with high affinity to ligands
US6808894B1 (en) * 2000-11-07 2004-10-26 Morphotek, Inc. Methods for generating genetically altered antibody producing cell lines with improved antibody characteristics
US6958213B2 (en) 2000-12-12 2005-10-25 Alligator Bioscience Ab Method for in vitro molecular evolution of protein function
US20020086292A1 (en) 2000-12-22 2002-07-04 Shigeaki Harayama Synthesis of hybrid polynucleotide molecules using single-stranded polynucleotide molecules
US6861248B2 (en) * 2001-01-26 2005-03-01 M. Clark Dale High speed, consecutive batch or continuous, low effluent process for the production of ethanol from molasses, starches, or sugars
US7127379B2 (en) * 2001-01-31 2006-10-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Method for the evolutionary design of biochemical reaction networks
WO2002062957A2 (en) * 2001-02-07 2002-08-15 Invitrogen Corporation Ter sites and ter binding proteins
WO2002070730A2 (en) * 2001-03-01 2002-09-12 The Regents Of The University Of California Models and methods for determining systemic properties of regulated reaction networks
US20030082591A1 (en) * 2001-07-24 2003-05-01 Donald Awrey Methods for gene disruption and uses thereof
US20030224363A1 (en) * 2002-03-19 2003-12-04 Park Sung M. Compositions and methods for modeling bacillus subtilis metabolism
US8949032B2 (en) * 2002-03-29 2015-02-03 Genomatica, Inc. Multicellular metabolic models and methods
CA2480216A1 (en) * 2002-03-29 2003-10-09 Genomatica, Inc. Human metabolic models and methods
IL164687A0 (en) * 2002-05-02 2005-12-18 Univ North Carolina Cellular libraries and methods for the preparationthereof
WO2003097834A2 (en) * 2002-05-17 2003-11-27 Alligator Bioscience Ab A method for in vitro molecular evolution of protein function
WO2003106654A2 (en) 2002-06-14 2003-12-24 Diversa Corporation Xylanases, nucleic adics encoding them and methods for making and using them
US7856317B2 (en) * 2002-06-14 2010-12-21 Genomatica, Inc. Systems and methods for constructing genomic-based phenotypic models
EP1551988B1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2010-11-24 Morphotek, Inc. Methods for generating enhanced antibody-producing cell lines with improved growth characteristics
WO2004013339A1 (en) * 2002-08-02 2004-02-12 Aromagen Corporation Methods for making (-) -menthol and oxygenated menthane compounds
WO2004013290A2 (en) * 2002-08-05 2004-02-12 Invitrogen Corporation Compositions and methods for molecular biology
US7869957B2 (en) * 2002-10-15 2011-01-11 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and systems to identify operational reaction pathways
EP1552472A4 (en) * 2002-10-15 2008-02-20 Univ California Methods and systems to identify operational reaction pathways
KR20060002010A (en) * 2003-03-28 2006-01-06 미츠루 후루사와 Method and system for rapidly conferring a desired trait to an organism
JP2006526990A (en) * 2003-06-06 2006-11-30 アーバージェン リミテッド ライアビリティ カンパニー Compositions and methods for modulating plant cell polysaccharides
FR2868081A1 (en) * 2004-03-23 2005-09-30 Libragen Sa METHOD OF IDENTIFYING METABOLIC PATHWAY FAMILY BY POSITIVE SELECTION
ES2373397T3 (en) 2004-06-08 2012-02-03 Microbiogen Pty Ltd NON-RECOMBINANT SACCHAROMYCES STRAINS THAT GROW IN XILOSA.
US7578790B2 (en) * 2004-07-20 2009-08-25 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Systems and methods for detecting and presenting textural information from medical images
US7799906B1 (en) 2004-09-22 2010-09-21 Arborgen, Llc Compositions and methods for modulating lignin of a plant
US7485423B2 (en) 2004-11-11 2009-02-03 Modular Genetics, Inc. Ladder assembly and system for generating diversity
WO2006055836A2 (en) * 2004-11-16 2006-05-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College In vivo alteration of cellular dna
WO2006060595A2 (en) * 2004-12-01 2006-06-08 Invitrogen Corporation Reverse two hybrid system for identification of interaction domains
ATE442438T1 (en) * 2005-07-26 2009-09-15 Council Scient Ind Res METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING GENES THAT INCREASE STRESS TOLERANCE IN YEAST AND USE OF THESE GENES TO IMPROVE YEAST STRAINS
EP1915446B1 (en) 2005-08-11 2017-06-14 Synthetic Genomics, Inc. In vitro recombination method
EP1929012B1 (en) * 2005-08-11 2010-10-06 Synthetic Genomics, Inc. Method for in vitro recombination
GB2432366B (en) * 2005-11-19 2007-11-21 Alligator Bioscience Ab A method for in vitro molecular evolution of protein function
BRPI0715442B1 (en) 2006-07-21 2018-01-30 Xyleco, Inc. METHOD FOR PRODUCING PRODUCTS FROM BIOMASS CELLULOSTIC OR LIGNOCELLULOSTIC MATERIAL
PT2082054E (en) * 2006-11-13 2012-08-03 Danisco Us Inc Method for improving the yield of cellulose conversion processes
US20090023182A1 (en) * 2007-07-18 2009-01-22 Schilling Christophe H Complementary metabolizing organisms and methods of making same
WO2009103027A2 (en) 2008-02-15 2009-08-20 Synthetic Genomics, Inc. Methods for in vitro joining and combinatorial assembly of nucleic acid molecules
US8357503B2 (en) 2008-08-29 2013-01-22 Bunge Oils, Inc. Hydrolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US8153391B2 (en) 2008-08-29 2012-04-10 Bunge Oils, Inc. Hydrolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US20110195505A1 (en) * 2009-10-08 2011-08-11 Butamax(Tm) Advanced Biofuels Llc Bacterial strains for butanol production
CN103080306B (en) 2010-08-20 2015-02-18 科德克希思公司 Use of glycoside hydrolase 61 family proteins in processing of cellulose
US9322027B2 (en) 2010-08-20 2016-04-26 Shell Oil Company Expression constructs comprising fungal promoters
DK2748317T3 (en) 2011-08-22 2017-07-17 Codexis Inc GH61 glycoside hydrolase protein variants and cofactors that enhance GH61 activity
EP2760997A4 (en) 2011-09-30 2015-02-11 Codexis Inc Fungal proteases
EP2794884A4 (en) 2011-12-20 2015-09-16 Codexis Inc Fatty alcohol forming acyl reductase (far) variants and methods of use
WO2013096244A1 (en) 2011-12-20 2013-06-27 Codexis, Inc. Endoglucanase 1b (eg1b) variants
DK2859099T3 (en) 2012-06-11 2019-07-29 Codexis Inc MUSHROOMS-BETA-xylosidase VERSIONS
US20140170087A1 (en) 2012-12-17 2014-06-19 Raul G. Cuero Uv-resistant microbes and uv-blocking microbial extract
CA2909719C (en) 2013-04-18 2022-09-27 Codexis, Inc. Engineered phenylalanine ammonia lyase polypeptides
WO2015048572A1 (en) 2013-09-27 2015-04-02 Codexis, Inc. Automated screening of enzyme variants
WO2015073555A1 (en) 2013-11-13 2015-05-21 Codexis, Inc. Engineered imine reductases and methods for the reductive amination of ketone and amine compounds
US9605252B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2017-03-28 Codexis, Inc. Engineered tyrosine ammonia lyase
DK3167052T3 (en) 2014-07-09 2020-02-10 Codexis Inc P450-BM3 VARIATIONS WITH IMPROVED ACTIVITY
DK3224354T3 (en) 2014-11-25 2021-03-01 Codexis Inc MANIPULATED IMINREDUCTASES AND PROCEDURES FOR THE REDUCTIVE AMINATION OF KETONE AND AMIN COMPOUNDS
HUE062016T2 (en) 2014-12-22 2023-09-28 Codexis Inc Human alpha-galactosidase variants
US10696953B2 (en) 2015-02-10 2020-06-30 Codexis, Inc. Ketoreductase polypeptides for the synthesis of chiral compounds
MX2017014213A (en) 2015-05-07 2018-03-28 Codexis Inc Penicillin-g acylases.
CN108271374B (en) 2015-07-07 2021-09-21 科德克希思公司 Novel P450-BM3 variants with improved activity
US9765358B2 (en) * 2015-11-17 2017-09-19 SciBac Inc. Method for producing chimeric microbial hybrids
US10724025B2 (en) 2016-05-05 2020-07-28 Codexis, Inc. Penicillin-G acylases
WO2017213758A1 (en) 2016-06-09 2017-12-14 Codexis, Inc. Biocatalysts and methods for hydroxylation of chemical compounds
BR112018075932A2 (en) 2016-06-15 2019-10-01 Codexis Inc unnaturally occurring beta-glycosidase variant, recombinant polynucleotide, vector, host cell, methods for producing at least one unnaturally occurring beta-glucosidase variant for conversion of a glycosyl group-acceptor substrate to a beta-glycosylated product and for transglycosylation of a substrate, and, composition.
US20190300910A1 (en) * 2016-07-07 2019-10-03 New York University SCRaMbLE OF HETEROZYGOUS DIPLOID YEAST
EP3515926B1 (en) 2016-08-26 2023-10-25 Codexis, Inc. Engineered imine reductases and methods for the reductive amination of ketone and amine compounds
KR20190102063A (en) 2017-01-05 2019-09-02 코덱시스, 인코포레이티드 Penicillin G acylase
TW202237834A (en) 2017-02-03 2022-10-01 美商克迪科思股份有限公司 Engineered glycosyltransferases and steviol glycoside glucosylation methods
JP2020505942A (en) 2017-02-13 2020-02-27 コデクシス, インコーポレイテッド Phenylalanine ammonia lyase polypeptide
US11021729B2 (en) 2017-04-27 2021-06-01 Codexis, Inc. Ketoreductase polypeptides and polynucleotides
CA3062550A1 (en) 2017-05-08 2018-11-15 Codexis, Inc. Engineered ligase variants
EP3638688A4 (en) 2017-06-14 2021-07-07 Codexis, Inc. Engineered transaminase polypeptides for industrial biocatalysis
CN111051506B (en) 2017-06-27 2023-11-24 科德克希思公司 Penicillin G acylase
CA3066767A1 (en) 2017-06-30 2019-01-03 Codexis, Inc. T7 rna polymerase variants
CN111032863A (en) 2017-06-30 2020-04-17 科德克希思公司 T7RNA polymerase variants
EP3706780A4 (en) 2017-11-07 2021-12-22 Codexis, Inc. Transglutaminase variants
MX2020006222A (en) 2017-12-13 2020-08-31 Codexis Inc Carboxyesterase polypeptides for amide coupling.
US11624069B2 (en) 2018-05-21 2023-04-11 New York University In vitro DNA SCRaMbLE
WO2019241132A1 (en) 2018-06-12 2019-12-19 Codexis, Inc. Engineered tyrosine ammonia lyase
CN112673091A (en) 2018-07-09 2021-04-16 科德克希思公司 Engineered pantothenate kinase variant enzymes
MX2021000322A (en) 2018-07-09 2021-03-25 Codexis Inc Engineered phosphopentomutase variant enzymes.
SG11202012111UA (en) 2018-07-09 2021-01-28 Codexis Inc Engineered purine nucleoside phosphorylase variant enzymes
MX2021000328A (en) 2018-07-09 2021-03-25 Codexis Inc Engineered galactose oxidase variant enzymes.
SG11202012107RA (en) 2018-07-09 2021-01-28 Codexis Inc Engineered deoxyribose-phosphate aldolases
CN112672989A (en) 2018-07-12 2021-04-16 科德克希思公司 Engineered phenylalanine ammonia lyase polypeptides
KR20210040408A (en) 2018-07-30 2021-04-13 코덱시스, 인코포레이티드 Engineered glycosyltransferase and steviol glycoside glucosylation method
WO2020092216A1 (en) 2018-10-29 2020-05-07 Codexis, Inc. Engineered dna polymerase variants
AU2019397401A1 (en) 2018-12-14 2021-06-17 Codexis, Inc. Engineered tyrosine ammonia lyase
CA3123598A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 Codexis, Inc. Human alpha-galactosidase variants
CN110656051B (en) * 2019-09-12 2021-07-27 江南大学 Method for preparing edible and medicinal fungus protoplast
CN115427557A (en) 2020-04-10 2022-12-02 科德克希思公司 Engineered transaminase polypeptides
CN111897999B (en) * 2020-07-27 2023-06-16 九江学院 Deep learning model construction method for video recommendation and based on LDA
EP4204552A1 (en) 2020-08-28 2023-07-05 Codexis, Inc. Engineered amylase variants
EP4262804A2 (en) 2020-12-18 2023-10-25 Codexis, Inc. Engineered uridine phosphorylase variant enzymes
CA3214975A1 (en) 2021-04-02 2022-10-06 Codexis, Inc. Engineered cyclic gmp-amp synthase (cgas) variant enzymes
WO2022212824A1 (en) 2021-04-02 2022-10-06 Codexis, Inc. Engineered adenylate kinase variant enzymes
CA3214973A1 (en) 2021-04-02 2022-10-06 Codexis, Inc. Engineered guanylate kinase variant enzymes
IL305928A (en) 2021-04-02 2023-11-01 Codexis Inc Engineered acetate kinase variant enzymes
WO2024040020A1 (en) 2022-08-15 2024-02-22 Absci Corporation Quantitative affinity activity specific cell enrichment

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5521077A (en) * 1994-04-28 1996-05-28 The Leland Stanford Junior University Method of generating multiple protein variants and populations of protein variants prepared thereby

Family Cites Families (94)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS54163880A (en) * 1978-04-26 1979-12-26 Glaxo Group Ltd Improvement in cephalosporin production
US4407956A (en) 1981-03-13 1983-10-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Cloned cauliflower mosaic virus DNA as a plant vehicle
US4873196A (en) 1982-05-27 1989-10-10 University Patents, Inc. Protoplasts of temperature-sensitive strains of neurospora crassa OS-1
CA1220733A (en) 1982-12-27 1987-04-21 Shigeru Takahashi Method for promoting fusion of plant protoplast
HU194306B (en) * 1983-05-16 1988-01-28 Gyogyszerkutato Intezet Process for influencing biosynthesis of antibiotics with in vivo genetical recombination
US4608339A (en) 1983-10-25 1986-08-26 Yoakum George H Protoplast fusion method for high-frequency DNA transfection in human cells
EP0160692A1 (en) 1983-11-03 1985-11-13 DE WET, Johannes Martenis Jacob Method for the transfer of exogenous genes in plants using pollen as a vector
US4940834A (en) 1983-12-05 1990-07-10 Lofts, Inc. Plants having endophytio-fungus-enhanced performance and method of producing same
US6492107B1 (en) 1986-11-20 2002-12-10 Stuart Kauffman Process for obtaining DNA, RNA, peptides, polypeptides, or protein, by recombinant DNA technique
DE3588239T3 (en) 1985-03-30 2007-03-08 Kauffman, Stuart A., Santa Fe A method for obtaining DNA, RNA, peptides, polypeptides or proteins by DMS recombinant methods
US5866363A (en) 1985-08-28 1999-02-02 Pieczenik; George Method and means for sorting and identifying biological information
US5824469A (en) 1986-07-17 1998-10-20 University Of Washington Method for producing novel DNA sequences with biological activity
US5250433A (en) 1986-09-20 1993-10-05 Mitsubishi Kasei Corporation Gramineous hybrid plants and process for preparing them
US4889806A (en) 1987-04-15 1989-12-26 Washington University Large DNA cloning system based on yeast artificial chromosomes
US4970154A (en) 1987-10-09 1990-11-13 Baylor College Of Medicine Method for inserting foreign genes into cells using pulsed radiofrequency
DE3889546T2 (en) 1987-12-21 1994-09-08 Univ Toledo TRANSFORMATION OF Germinating PLANT SEEDS WITH THE HELP OF AGROBACTERIUM.
US5360725A (en) 1988-02-02 1994-11-01 Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals, Inc. Method of producing rice cybrid cells
FR2641793B1 (en) 1988-12-26 1993-10-01 Setratech METHOD OF IN VIVO RECOMBINATION OF DNA SEQUENCES HAVING BASIC MATCHING
DD282028A5 (en) 1989-02-16 1990-08-29 Akad Wissenschaften Ddr PROCESS FOR PREPARING THERMOSTABILES, HYBRIDEN BACILLUS BETA-1,3-1,4-GLUCANASE
US5574205A (en) 1989-07-25 1996-11-12 Cell Genesys Homologous recombination for universal donor cells and chimeric mammalian hosts
US5426040A (en) 1989-08-17 1995-06-20 Northeastern University Methods for producing improved strains of seaweed by fusion of spore-protoplasts, and resultant seaweeds and phycocolloids
US5464764A (en) 1989-08-22 1995-11-07 University Of Utah Research Foundation Positive-negative selection methods and vectors
KR100233781B1 (en) 1989-11-06 1999-12-01 스테펜 에이. 쉐어윈 Production of proteins using homologous recombination
US5877402A (en) 1990-05-01 1999-03-02 Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey DNA constructs and methods for stably transforming plastids of multicellular plants and expressing recombinant proteins therein
WO1992003917A1 (en) 1990-08-29 1992-03-19 Genpharm International Homologous recombination in mammalian cells
US5512463A (en) 1991-04-26 1996-04-30 Eli Lilly And Company Enzymatic inverse polymerase chain reaction library mutagenesis
US6071889A (en) 1991-07-08 2000-06-06 Neurospheres Holdings Ltd. In vivo genetic modification of growth factor-responsive neural precursor cells
AU2778992A (en) 1991-10-07 1993-05-03 Idaho Research Foundation Inc., The Genetic construct for selection of homologous recombinants on a single selective medium
US5843643A (en) 1992-02-21 1998-12-01 Ratner; Paul L. Site-specific transfection of eukaryotic cells using polypeptide-linked recombinant nucleic acid
WO1993019170A1 (en) 1992-03-16 1993-09-30 Jacob Nathaniel Wohlstadter Selection methods
AU3919293A (en) 1992-03-27 1993-11-08 University Of Maryland At Baltimore Detection of gene mutations with mismatch repair enzymes
US5763240A (en) 1992-04-24 1998-06-09 Sri International In vivo homologous sequence targeting in eukaryotic cells
JPH07506252A (en) 1992-04-24 1995-07-13 エス・アール・アイ・インターナシヨナル In vivo homologous sequence targeting in eukaryotic cells
DE4319496A1 (en) 1992-06-17 1994-04-07 Sandoz Ag Mushrooms for the reduction of the resin content and their extraction
WO1995003400A1 (en) 1993-07-23 1995-02-02 Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine Recombinationally targeted cloning in yeast artificial chromosomes
US5683899A (en) 1994-02-03 1997-11-04 University Of Hawaii Methods and compositions for combinatorial-based discovery of new multimeric molecules
US5643745A (en) 1994-02-03 1997-07-01 University Of Hawaii Heterologous dimeric proteins produced in heterokaryons
US6117679A (en) 1994-02-17 2000-09-12 Maxygen, Inc. Methods for generating polynucleotides having desired characteristics by iterative selection and recombination
US5928905A (en) 1995-04-18 1999-07-27 Glaxo Group Limited End-complementary polymerase reaction
US5605793A (en) 1994-02-17 1997-02-25 Affymax Technologies N.V. Methods for in vitro recombination
US6335160B1 (en) 1995-02-17 2002-01-01 Maxygen, Inc. Methods and compositions for polypeptide engineering
US5837458A (en) 1994-02-17 1998-11-17 Maxygen, Inc. Methods and compositions for cellular and metabolic engineering
US5834252A (en) 1995-04-18 1998-11-10 Glaxo Group Limited End-complementary polymerase reaction
US6165793A (en) 1996-03-25 2000-12-26 Maxygen, Inc. Methods for generating polynucleotides having desired characteristics by iterative selection and recombination
US5605820A (en) 1994-06-23 1997-02-25 Chemgenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Production of strains having biological activities by sexual crosses between vegetatively incompatible strains of Aspergillus nidulans
US5514588A (en) 1994-12-13 1996-05-07 Exxon Research And Engineering Company Surfactant-nutrients for bioremediation of hydrocarbon contaminated soils and water
AU723619B2 (en) 1995-04-24 2000-08-31 Chromaxome Corporation Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways
US6030779A (en) 1995-07-18 2000-02-29 Diversa Corporation Screening for novel bioactivities
US6168919B1 (en) 1996-07-17 2001-01-02 Diversa Corporation Screening methods for enzymes and enzyme kits
US6057103A (en) 1995-07-18 2000-05-02 Diversa Corporation Screening for novel bioactivities
US6004788A (en) 1995-07-18 1999-12-21 Diversa Corporation Enzyme kits and libraries
US5958672A (en) 1995-07-18 1999-09-28 Diversa Corporation Protein activity screening of clones having DNA from uncultivated microorganisms
DE69620766T2 (en) 1995-08-11 2004-11-18 Novozymes A/S METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF POLYPEPTIDE COMBS
US5962258A (en) 1995-08-23 1999-10-05 Diversa Corporation Carboxymethyl cellulase fromthermotoga maritima
US6051409A (en) 1995-09-25 2000-04-18 Novartis Finance Corporation Method for achieving integration of exogenous DNA delivered by non-biological means to plant cells
US6171820B1 (en) 1995-12-07 2001-01-09 Diversa Corporation Saturation mutagenesis in directed evolution
US5830696A (en) 1996-12-05 1998-11-03 Diversa Corporation Directed evolution of thermophilic enzymes
US5965408A (en) 1996-07-09 1999-10-12 Diversa Corporation Method of DNA reassembly by interrupting synthesis
US5939250A (en) 1995-12-07 1999-08-17 Diversa Corporation Production of enzymes having desired activities by mutagenesis
US20030215798A1 (en) 1997-06-16 2003-11-20 Diversa Corporation High throughput fluorescence-based screening for novel enzymes
US5814473A (en) 1996-02-09 1998-09-29 Diversa Corporation Transaminases and aminotransferases
US5962283A (en) 1995-12-07 1999-10-05 Diversa Corporation Transminases and amnotransferases
US5773221A (en) 1995-12-15 1998-06-30 Oceanix Biosciences Corporation Method of recovering a biological molecule from a recombinant microorganism
EP0873398B1 (en) 1996-01-10 2005-04-20 Novozymes A/S A method for in vivo production of a mutant library in cells
US5942430A (en) 1996-02-16 1999-08-24 Diversa Corporation Esterases
US5958751A (en) 1996-03-08 1999-09-28 Diversa Corporation α-galactosidase
US6096548A (en) * 1996-03-25 2000-08-01 Maxygen, Inc. Method for directing evolution of a virus
US5783431A (en) 1996-04-24 1998-07-21 Chromaxome Corporation Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways
US5789228A (en) 1996-05-22 1998-08-04 Diversa Corporation Endoglucanases
US5877001A (en) 1996-06-17 1999-03-02 Diverso Corporation Amidase
US5763239A (en) 1996-06-18 1998-06-09 Diversa Corporation Production and use of normalized DNA libraries
WO1997048416A1 (en) 1996-06-19 1997-12-24 Recombinant Biocatalysis, Inc. Thermostable phosphatases
US5939300A (en) 1996-07-03 1999-08-17 Diversa Corporation Catalases
AU6487196A (en) 1996-07-09 1998-02-02 Government Of The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services, The Transformation-associated recombination cloning
US5869718A (en) 1996-07-15 1999-02-09 Julien; Jean-Pierre Homologous recombination for animal model exhibiting reduced levels or elimination of a neuronal intermediate filament protein
US6093873A (en) 1996-08-19 2000-07-25 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale Genetically engineered mice containing alterations in the gene encoding RXR
US6173410B1 (en) 1996-08-21 2001-01-09 Texas Instruments Incorporated Microprocessor circuits, systems and methods for conditioning information prefetching based on resource burden
CA2268265A1 (en) 1996-09-27 1998-04-02 Maxygen, Inc. Methods for optimization of gene therapy by recursive sequence shuffling and selection
WO1998013487A1 (en) 1996-09-27 1998-04-02 Maxygen, Inc. Methods for optimization of gene therapy by recursive sequence shuffling and selection
ATE295850T1 (en) 1996-12-06 2005-06-15 Diversa Corp GLYCOSIDASE ENZYMES
WO1998028416A1 (en) 1996-12-20 1998-07-02 Novo Nordisk A/S In vivo recombination
EP1007732B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2006-07-26 Maxygen, Inc. EVOLUTION OF procaryotic WHOLE CELLS BY RECURSIVE SEQUENCE RECOMBINATION
US5929250A (en) 1997-01-23 1999-07-27 Smithkline Beecham Corporation IL-8 receptor antagonists
CA2281931A1 (en) 1997-02-13 1998-08-20 The Dow Chemical Company Recombinant haloaliphatic dehalogenases
US6159687A (en) 1997-03-18 2000-12-12 Novo Nordisk A/S Methods for generating recombined polynucleotides
US6159688A (en) 1997-03-18 2000-12-12 Novo Nordisk A/S Methods of producing polynucleotide variants
DE69840382D1 (en) 1997-03-18 2009-02-05 Novozymes As METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF A LIBRARY THROUGH DNA SHUFFLING
US5948653A (en) 1997-03-21 1999-09-07 Pati; Sushma Sequence alterations using homologous recombination
US5948666A (en) 1997-08-06 1999-09-07 Diversa Corporation Isolation and identification of polymerases
US5876997A (en) 1997-08-13 1999-03-02 Diversa Corporation Phytase
AU9374298A (en) 1997-09-12 1999-04-05 Oceanix Biosciences Corporation Preparation and use of biofilm-degrading, multiple-specificit y, hydrolytic enzyme mixtures
US6232112B1 (en) 1997-11-24 2001-05-15 Flinders Technologies Pty Ltd Of Flinders University Reagents and methods for diversification of DNA
US9093064B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2015-07-28 The Nielsen Company (Us), Llc Down-mixing compensation for audio watermarking
KR102356072B1 (en) 2015-09-10 2022-01-27 에스케이하이닉스 주식회사 Memory system and operating method thereof

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5521077A (en) * 1994-04-28 1996-05-28 The Leland Stanford Junior University Method of generating multiple protein variants and populations of protein variants prepared thereby

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
STEMMER W. P. C.: "DNA SHUFFLING BY RANDOM FRAGMENTATION AND REASSEMBLY: IN VITRO RECOMBINATION FOR MOLECULAR EVOLUTION.", PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, US, vol. 91., 1 October 1994 (1994-10-01), US, pages 10747 - 10751., XP002912215, ISSN: 0027-8424, DOI: 10.1073/pnas.91.22.10747 *
STEMMER W. P. C.: "RAPID EVOLUTION OF A PROTEIN IN VITRO BY DNA SHUFFLING.", NATURE, NATURE PUBLISHING GROUP, UNITED KINGDOM, vol. 370., 4 August 1994 (1994-08-04), United Kingdom, pages 389 - 391., XP002912216, ISSN: 0028-0836, DOI: 10.1038/370389a0 *

Cited By (273)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7045289B2 (en) 1991-09-09 2006-05-16 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. Detection of RNA Sequences
US7150982B2 (en) 1991-09-09 2006-12-19 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. RNA detection assays
US7105297B2 (en) 1994-02-17 2006-09-12 Maxygen, Inc. Methods and compositions for cellular and metabolic engineering
US7795030B2 (en) 1994-02-17 2010-09-14 Maxygen, Inc. Methods and compositions for cellular and metabolic engineering
US8048674B2 (en) 1994-02-17 2011-11-01 Codexis Mayflower Holdings, Llc Methods and compositions for cellular and metabolic engineering
US7807806B2 (en) 1996-01-24 2010-10-05 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. RNA detection assays
US7935800B2 (en) 1996-01-24 2011-05-03 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. RNA detection assays
US6242211B1 (en) 1996-04-24 2001-06-05 Terragen Discovery, Inc. Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways
US8063184B2 (en) 1996-11-29 2011-11-22 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. RNA detection assays
US6528311B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2003-03-04 Maxygen, Inc. Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US6379964B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2002-04-30 Maxygen, Inc. Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US6287862B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2001-09-11 Maxygen, Inc. Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US6335198B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2002-01-01 Maxygen, Inc. Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US6326204B1 (en) 1997-01-17 2001-12-04 Maxygen, Inc. Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US6159687A (en) * 1997-03-18 2000-12-12 Novo Nordisk A/S Methods for generating recombined polynucleotides
US6541207B1 (en) 1997-03-18 2003-04-01 Novozymes A/S Methods for generating recombined polynucleotides
US6399383B1 (en) 1997-10-28 2002-06-04 Maxygen, Inc. Human papilloma virus vectors
US6596539B1 (en) 1997-10-31 2003-07-22 Maxygen, Inc. Modification of virus tropism and host range by viral genome shuffling
US8377681B2 (en) 1998-01-16 2013-02-19 Codexis Mayflower Holdings, Llc Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US6303848B1 (en) 1998-01-16 2001-10-16 Large Scale Biology Corporation Method for conferring herbicide, pest, or disease resistance in plant hosts
US6426185B1 (en) 1998-01-16 2002-07-30 Large Scale Biology Corporation Method of compiling a functional gene profile in a plant by transfecting a nucleic acid sequence of a donor plant into a different host plant in an anti-sense orientation
US6468745B1 (en) 1998-01-16 2002-10-22 Large Scale Biology Corporation Method for expressing a library of nucleic acid sequence variants and selecting desired traits
US6500617B1 (en) 1998-05-01 2002-12-31 Maxygen, Inc. Optimization of pest resistance genes using DNA shuffling
US6902918B1 (en) 1998-05-21 2005-06-07 California Institute Of Technology Oxygenase enzymes and screening method
US6337186B1 (en) 1998-06-17 2002-01-08 Maxygen, Inc. Method for producing polynucleotides with desired properties
WO2000009727A3 (en) * 1998-08-12 2000-05-18 Maxygen Inc Dna shuffling to produce herbicide selective crops
US6605430B1 (en) 1998-08-12 2003-08-12 Maxygen, Inc. DNA shuffling of monooxygenase genes for production of industrial chemicals
WO2000009727A2 (en) * 1998-08-12 2000-02-24 Maxygen, Inc. Dna shuffling to produce herbicide selective crops
WO2000015809A2 (en) * 1998-09-15 2000-03-23 Syngenta Participations Ag Uracil permease from arabidopsis as herbicidal target gene
WO2000015809A3 (en) * 1998-09-15 2000-06-29 Novartis Ag Uracil permease from arabidopsis as herbicidal target gene
WO2000020573A3 (en) * 1998-10-07 2000-07-20 Maxygen Inc Dna shuffling to produce nucleic acids for mycotoxin detoxification
US6500639B2 (en) 1998-10-07 2002-12-31 Maxygen, Inc. DNA shuffling to produce nucleic acids for mycotoxin detoxification
WO2000020573A2 (en) * 1998-10-07 2000-04-13 Maxygen, Inc. Dna shuffling to produce nucleic acids for mycotoxin detoxification
US6483011B1 (en) 1998-11-10 2002-11-19 Maxygen, Inc. Modified ADP-glucose pyrophosphorylase for improvement and optimization of plant phenotypes
US6358712B1 (en) 1999-01-05 2002-03-19 Trustee Of Boston University Ordered gene assembly
US6423542B1 (en) 1999-01-19 2002-07-23 Maxygen, Inc. Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination
US6479652B1 (en) 1999-01-19 2002-11-12 Maxygen, Inc. Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination
US7421347B2 (en) 1999-01-19 2008-09-02 Maxygen, Inc. Identifying oligonucleotides for in vitro recombination
EP2253704A1 (en) 1999-01-19 2010-11-24 Maxygen, Inc. Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination
US7620502B2 (en) 1999-01-19 2009-11-17 Maxygen, Inc. Methods for identifying sets of oligonucleotides for use in an in vitro recombination procedure
US6917882B2 (en) 1999-01-19 2005-07-12 Maxygen, Inc. Methods for making character strings, polynucleotides and polypeptides having desired characteristics
US6426224B1 (en) 1999-01-19 2002-07-30 Maxygen, Inc. Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination
US6319714B1 (en) 1999-01-19 2001-11-20 Maxygen, Inc. Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination
US6521453B1 (en) 1999-01-19 2003-02-18 Maxygen, Inc. Oligonucloetide mediated nucleic acid recombination
US7024312B1 (en) 1999-01-19 2006-04-04 Maxygen, Inc. Methods for making character strings, polynucleotides and polypeptides having desired characteristics
US7058515B1 (en) 1999-01-19 2006-06-06 Maxygen, Inc. Methods for making character strings, polynucleotides and polypeptides having desired characteristics
US6376246B1 (en) 1999-02-05 2002-04-23 Maxygen, Inc. Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination
US7384387B1 (en) 1999-02-11 2008-06-10 Maxygen, Inc. High throughput mass spectrometry
JP2002536990A (en) * 1999-02-24 2002-11-05 ノボザイムス アクティーゼルスカブ Fungal cells with inactivated DNA mismatch repair system
US6518042B1 (en) 1999-02-24 2003-02-11 Novozymes A/S Process for making DNA libraries in filamentous fungal cells using a novel cloned gene involved in the mismatch repair system of filamentous fungal cells
WO2000050567A1 (en) * 1999-02-24 2000-08-31 Novozymes A/S Fungal cells with inactivated dna mismatch repair system
JP2011188873A (en) * 1999-03-04 2011-09-29 Revivicor Inc Genetic modification of somatic cell and use thereof
JP2002537785A (en) * 1999-03-04 2002-11-12 ピーピーエル セラピューティクス (スコットランド) リミテッド Genetic modification of somatic cells and their use
US6531316B1 (en) 1999-03-05 2003-03-11 Maxyag, Inc. Encryption of traits using split gene sequences and engineered genetic elements
WO2000068400A1 (en) * 1999-05-05 2000-11-16 Rhein Biotech Gesellschaft für neue Biotechnologische Prozesse und Produkte mbH Method for producing a recombinant protein
JP2002543834A (en) * 1999-05-19 2002-12-24 ジェネンコア インターナショナル インコーポレーテッド Controlled evolution of microorganisms
WO2000073433A1 (en) * 1999-05-31 2000-12-07 Novozymes A/S Screening method for peptides
EP2865754A1 (en) 1999-06-14 2015-04-29 BP Corporation North America Inc. Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution
WO2001007601A3 (en) * 1999-07-21 2001-08-30 Large Scale Biology Corp Method for conferring herbicide, pest, or disease resistance in plant hosts
WO2001007601A2 (en) * 1999-07-21 2001-02-01 Large Scale Biology Corporation Method for conferring herbicide, pest, or disease resistance in plant hosts
US7858340B2 (en) 1999-08-12 2010-12-28 Pfizer Inc. Polynucleotides and methods of directing the ratio of B2:B1 avermectins in Streptomyces avermitilis host cells
US6632673B1 (en) 1999-08-12 2003-10-14 Pfizer, Inc. Directing the ratio of B2:B1 avermectins in Streptomyces avermitilis host cells
US6436675B1 (en) 1999-09-28 2002-08-20 Maxygen, Inc. Use of codon-varied oligonucleotide synthesis for synthetic shuffling
US7033781B1 (en) 1999-09-29 2006-04-25 Diversa Corporation Whole cell engineering by mutagenizing a substantial portion of a starting genome, combining mutations, and optionally repeating
WO2001038504A2 (en) * 1999-11-23 2001-05-31 Maxygen, Inc. Homologous recombination in plants
US6686515B1 (en) * 1999-11-23 2004-02-03 Maxygen, Inc. Homologous recombination in plants
WO2001038504A3 (en) * 1999-11-23 2002-01-24 Maxygen Inc Homologous recombination in plants
US7115712B1 (en) 1999-12-02 2006-10-03 Maxygen, Inc. Cytokine polypeptides
US7098010B1 (en) 2000-05-16 2006-08-29 California Institute Of Technology Directed evolution of oxidase enzymes
US7115403B1 (en) 2000-05-16 2006-10-03 The California Institute Of Technology Directed evolution of galactose oxidase enzymes
US6759226B1 (en) 2000-05-24 2004-07-06 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. Enzymes for the detection of specific nucleic acid sequences
JP4726177B2 (en) * 2000-06-08 2011-07-20 ビルコ・ビーブイビーエイ Method and system for predicting therapeutic drug resistance using neural networks and defining the genetic basis of drug resistance
JP2004523725A (en) * 2000-06-08 2004-08-05 ビルコ・ビーブイビーエイ Methods and systems for predicting therapeutic drug resistance using neural networks and determining the genetic basis of drug resistance
WO2001096551A3 (en) * 2000-06-14 2002-05-23 Diversa Corp Whole cell engineering by mutagenizing a substantial portion of a starting genome, combining mutations, and optionally repeating
WO2001096551A2 (en) * 2000-06-14 2001-12-20 Diversa Corporation Whole cell engineering by mutagenizing a substantial portion of a starting genome, combining mutations, and optionally repeating
US7612170B2 (en) 2000-06-23 2009-11-03 Maxygen, Inc. Co-stimulatory polypeptides
US7094875B2 (en) 2000-06-23 2006-08-22 Maxygen, Inc. Co-stimulatory polypeptides
US7074590B2 (en) 2000-06-23 2006-07-11 Maxygen, Inc. Chimeric promoters
WO2002004629A2 (en) * 2000-07-07 2002-01-17 Maxygen, Inc. Molecular breeding of transposable elements
WO2002004629A3 (en) * 2000-07-07 2002-08-29 Maxygen Inc Molecular breeding of transposable elements
US7407786B2 (en) 2000-07-13 2008-08-05 Codexis, Inc. Lipase genes
US6858422B2 (en) 2000-07-13 2005-02-22 Codexis, Inc. Lipase genes
US7087415B2 (en) 2000-07-31 2006-08-08 Athena Biotechnologies, Inc. Methods and compositions for directed gene assembly
WO2002016625A2 (en) 2000-08-25 2002-02-28 Basf Plant Science Gmbh Plant polynucleotides encoding prenyl proteases
US8008459B2 (en) 2001-01-25 2011-08-30 Evolva Sa Concatemers of differentially expressed multiple genes
US7838287B2 (en) 2001-01-25 2010-11-23 Evolva Sa Library of a collection of cells
JP2010187692A (en) * 2001-01-25 2010-09-02 Evolva Ag Method for evolving cell having desired phenotype and evolved cell
US7704715B2 (en) 2001-04-16 2010-04-27 California Institute Of Technology Peroxide-driven cytochrome P450 oxygenase variants
US7465567B2 (en) 2001-04-16 2008-12-16 California Institute Of Technology Peroxide-driven cytochrome P450 oxygenase variants
US9322001B2 (en) 2001-07-20 2016-04-26 California Institute Of Technology Cytochrome P450 oxygenases
US8076114B2 (en) 2001-07-20 2011-12-13 California Institute Of Technology Cytochrome P450 oxygenases
US8722371B2 (en) 2001-07-20 2014-05-13 California Institute Of Technology Cytochrome P450 oxygenases
US7691616B2 (en) 2001-07-20 2010-04-06 California Institute Of Technology Cytochrome P450 oxygenases
US8367386B2 (en) 2001-07-20 2013-02-05 California Institute Of Technology Cytochrome P450 oxygenases
US7402383B2 (en) 2001-07-23 2008-07-22 Dsm Ip Assets B.V. Process for preparing variant polynucleotides
AU2002348089B2 (en) * 2001-10-26 2008-10-16 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions and methods for modeling saccharomyces cerevisiae metabolism
EP2410049A1 (en) 2002-02-26 2012-01-25 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. RNA detection enzymes
EP2390803A1 (en) 2002-03-01 2011-11-30 Codexis Mayflower Holdings, LLC Methods, systems, and software for identifying functional biomolecules
EP2315145A1 (en) 2002-03-01 2011-04-27 Codexis Mayflower Holdings, LLC Methods, systems, and software for identifying functional biomolecules
EP2278509A1 (en) 2002-03-01 2011-01-26 Maxygen Inc. Methods, systems, and software for identifying functional biomolecules
WO2003075129A2 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-09-12 Maxygen, Inc. Methods, systems, and software for identifying functional bio-molecules
WO2003078583A2 (en) 2002-03-09 2003-09-25 Maxygen, Inc. Optimization of crossover points for directed evolution
EP2298871A1 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-03-23 Verenium Corporation Phospholipases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2004009761A2 (en) 2002-07-18 2004-01-29 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods for using artificial polynucleotides and compositions thereof to reduce transgene silencing
WO2004016791A1 (en) 2002-08-01 2004-02-26 Evolva Ltd Methods of mixing large numbers of heterologous genes
EP2275536A1 (en) 2002-08-06 2011-01-19 Verdia, Inc. AP1 amine oxidase variants
EP3508578A1 (en) 2003-03-06 2019-07-10 BASF Enzymes, LLC Amylases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2194133A2 (en) 2003-03-06 2010-06-09 Verenium Corporation Amylases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP3023498A1 (en) 2003-03-06 2016-05-25 BASF Enzymes LLC Amylases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2853593A1 (en) 2003-03-07 2015-04-01 DSM IP Assets B.V. Hydrolases, nucleic acids encoding them and mehods for making and using them
EP2341136A1 (en) 2003-04-04 2011-07-06 Verenium Corporation Pectate lyases, Nucleic Acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2004090099A2 (en) 2003-04-04 2004-10-21 Diversa Corporation Pectate lyases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2535414A1 (en) 2003-04-29 2012-12-19 Pioneer Hi-Bred International Inc. Novel glyphosate-n-acetyltransferase (gat) genes
EP2322629A2 (en) 2003-04-29 2011-05-18 Pioneer Hi-Bred International Inc. Novel glyphosate-n-acetyltransferase (GAT) genes
US7524664B2 (en) 2003-06-17 2009-04-28 California Institute Of Technology Regio- and enantioselective alkane hydroxylation with modified cytochrome P450
US7863030B2 (en) 2003-06-17 2011-01-04 The California Institute Of Technology Regio- and enantioselective alkane hydroxylation with modified cytochrome P450
US8343744B2 (en) 2003-06-17 2013-01-01 The California Institute Of Technology Regio- and enantioselective alkane hydroxylation with modified cytochrome P450
US8741616B2 (en) 2003-06-17 2014-06-03 California Institute Of Technology Regio- and enantioselective alkane hydroxylation with modified cytochrome P450
US9145549B2 (en) 2003-06-17 2015-09-29 The California Institute Of Technology Regio- and enantioselective alkane hydroxylation with modified cytochrome P450
EP2404929A1 (en) 2003-07-02 2012-01-11 Verenium Corporation Glucanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2409981A1 (en) 2003-07-02 2012-01-25 Verenium Corporation Glucanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2404928A1 (en) 2003-07-02 2012-01-11 Verenium Corporation Glucanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2404930A1 (en) 2003-07-02 2012-01-11 Verenium Corporation Glucanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2404931A1 (en) 2003-07-02 2012-01-11 Verenium Corporation Glucanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2005021714A2 (en) 2003-08-11 2005-03-10 Diversa Corporation Laccases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US7435570B2 (en) 2003-08-11 2008-10-14 California Institute Of Technology Thermostable peroxide-driven cytochrome P450 oxygenase variants and methods of use
US7468267B2 (en) 2003-08-25 2008-12-23 Funzyme Biotechnologies Sa Fungal proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
US7943340B2 (en) 2003-08-25 2011-05-17 Funzyme Biotechnologies Sa Fungal dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPPIV) enzyme for reagent use
US7354734B2 (en) 2003-08-25 2008-04-08 Funzyme Biotechnologies Sa Fungal proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
EP3190182A1 (en) 2004-03-08 2017-07-12 DSM IP Assets B.V. Phospholipases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2005123929A2 (en) 2004-06-09 2005-12-29 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Plastid transit peptides
EP2468853A1 (en) 2004-06-16 2012-06-27 Verenium Corporation Composition and methods for enzymatic decolorization of chlorophyll
WO2006009676A2 (en) 2004-06-16 2006-01-26 Diversa Corporation Compositions and methods for enzymatic decolorization of chlorophyll
EP2886658A1 (en) 2005-03-10 2015-06-24 BASF Enzymes LLC Lyase enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2949756A2 (en) 2005-03-15 2015-12-02 BP Corporation North America Inc. Cellulases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2006101584A2 (en) 2005-03-15 2006-09-28 Diversa Corporation Cellulases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
US9404096B2 (en) 2005-03-28 2016-08-02 California Institute Of Technology Alkane oxidation by modified hydroxylases
US8715988B2 (en) 2005-03-28 2014-05-06 California Institute Of Technology Alkane oxidation by modified hydroxylases
US9963720B2 (en) 2005-03-28 2018-05-08 California Institute Of Technology Alkane oxidation by modified hydroxylases
US10648006B2 (en) 2005-03-28 2020-05-12 California Institute Of Technology Alkane oxidation by modified hydroxylases
US11214817B2 (en) 2005-03-28 2022-01-04 California Institute Of Technology Alkane oxidation by modified hydroxylases
EP2216403A2 (en) 2006-02-02 2010-08-11 Verenium Corporation Esterases and related nucleic acids and methods
EP2415864A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2012-02-08 Verenium Corporation Oligomerase-2 (or beta-xylosidase) enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2447363A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2012-05-02 Verenium Corporation Cellucloytic enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2420570A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2012-02-22 Verenium Corporation Arabinofuranosidase enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2444487A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2012-04-25 Verenium Corporation Cellulolytic enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2444488A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2012-04-25 Verenium Corporation Cellucloytic enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2444490A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2012-04-25 Verenium Corporation Cellulolytic enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2444489A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2012-04-25 Verenium Corporation Cellucloytic enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2450439A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2012-05-09 Verenium Corporation Cellulolytic enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2548954A1 (en) 2006-02-14 2013-01-23 Verenium Corporation Xylanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2548955A1 (en) 2006-02-14 2013-01-23 Verenium Corporation Xylanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2007095398A2 (en) 2006-02-14 2007-08-23 Verenium Corporation Xylanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2548956A1 (en) 2006-02-14 2013-01-23 Verenium Corporation Xylanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2322643A1 (en) 2006-03-07 2011-05-18 Cargill, Incorporated Aldolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2316962A1 (en) 2006-03-07 2011-05-04 Cargill, Incorporated Aldolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2112227A1 (en) 2006-03-07 2009-10-28 Cargill, Incorporated Aldolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2388316A2 (en) 2006-03-07 2011-11-23 Verenium Corporation Aldolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2385108A1 (en) 2006-03-07 2011-11-09 Verenium Corporation Aldolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP3153580A2 (en) 2006-03-07 2017-04-12 BASF Enzymes LLC Aldolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2008105797A2 (en) 2006-06-30 2008-09-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Polynucleotides encoding novel pcsk9 variants
EP2671946A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2013-12-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Polynucleotides encoding novel PCSK9 variants
EP2639301A2 (en) 2006-06-30 2013-09-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Polynucleotides encoding novel PCSK9 variants
EP2444413A1 (en) 2006-08-04 2012-04-25 Verenium Corporation Methods for oil or gas well drilling, washing and/or fracturing
US8252559B2 (en) 2006-08-04 2012-08-28 The California Institute Of Technology Methods and systems for selective fluorination of organic molecules
US8026085B2 (en) 2006-08-04 2011-09-27 California Institute Of Technology Methods and systems for selective fluorination of organic molecules
EP2620495A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2013-07-31 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2008036863A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2008-03-27 Verenium Corporation Phospholipases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2617728A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2013-07-24 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2617816A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2013-07-24 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2617820A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2013-07-24 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2617819A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2013-07-24 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2617817A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2013-07-24 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2617821A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2013-07-24 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2617729A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2013-07-24 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2617823A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2013-07-24 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2397486A1 (en) 2006-09-21 2011-12-21 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2617815A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2013-07-24 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2479267A1 (en) 2006-12-21 2012-07-25 Verenium Corporation Amylases and glucoamylases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2008080093A2 (en) 2006-12-21 2008-07-03 Verenium Corporation Amylases and glucoamylases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP3540053A1 (en) 2006-12-21 2019-09-18 BASF Enzymes, LLC Amylases and glucoamylases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2479266A1 (en) 2006-12-21 2012-07-25 Verenium Corporation Amylases and glucoamylases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP3101128A1 (en) 2006-12-21 2016-12-07 BASF Enzymes LLC Amylases and glucoamylases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2008095033A2 (en) 2007-01-30 2008-08-07 Verenium Corporation Enzymes for the treatment of lignocellulosics, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2559702A1 (en) 2007-02-08 2013-02-20 Domantis Limited Antibody single variable domains against serum albumin
EP2559704A1 (en) 2007-02-08 2013-02-20 Domantis Limited Antibody single variable domains against serum albumin
WO2008098198A2 (en) 2007-02-08 2008-08-14 The California Institute Of Technology Alkane oxidation by modified hydroxylases
EP2559703A1 (en) 2007-02-08 2013-02-20 Domantis Limited Antibody single variable domains against serum albumin
WO2009045627A2 (en) 2007-10-03 2009-04-09 Verenium Corporation Xylanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2708602A2 (en) 2007-10-03 2014-03-19 Verenium Corporation Xylanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2865750A2 (en) 2008-01-03 2015-04-29 BASF Enzymes LLC Transferases and oxidoreductases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2009088949A1 (en) 2008-01-03 2009-07-16 Verenium Corporation Transferases and oxidoreductases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2706122A2 (en) 2008-01-03 2014-03-12 Verenium Corporation Isomerases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP3115459A2 (en) 2008-05-23 2017-01-11 E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company Novel dgat genes for increased seed storage lipid production and altered fatty acid profiles in oilseed plants
WO2010025395A2 (en) 2008-08-29 2010-03-04 Verenium Corporation Hydrolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP3460061A1 (en) 2008-09-26 2019-03-27 Tocagen Inc. Recombinant replication competent murine leukemia gamma-retrovirus (mlv) for the expression of heat-stabilized cytosine deaminase
WO2010135588A2 (en) 2009-05-21 2010-11-25 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
EP2698374A1 (en) 2009-05-21 2014-02-19 Verenium Corporation Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2011022597A1 (en) 2009-08-20 2011-02-24 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Functional expression of shuffled yeast nitrate transporter (ynti) in maize to improve nitrate uptake under low nitrate environment
US9045712B2 (en) 2009-10-16 2015-06-02 Bunge Global Innovation, Llc Oil degumming methods
US9512382B2 (en) 2009-10-16 2016-12-06 Bunge Global Innovation, Llc Oil degumming methods
WO2011046815A1 (en) 2009-10-16 2011-04-21 Bunge Oils, Inc. Oil degumming methods
WO2011046812A1 (en) 2009-10-16 2011-04-21 Verenium Corporation Phospholipases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
WO2011082304A1 (en) 2009-12-31 2011-07-07 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Engineering plant resistance to diseases caused by pathogens
US9752171B2 (en) 2010-05-28 2017-09-05 Codexis, Inc. Pentose fermentation by a recombinant microorganism
WO2012021785A1 (en) 2010-08-13 2012-02-16 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Compositions and methods comprising sequences having hydroxyphenylpyruvate dioxygenase (hppd) activity
US9169468B2 (en) 2011-03-30 2015-10-27 Codexis, Inc. Pentose fermentation by a recombinant microorganism
US9045745B2 (en) 2011-06-30 2015-06-02 Codexis, Inc. Pentose fermentation by a recombinant microorganism
US8778652B2 (en) 2011-06-30 2014-07-15 Codexis, Inc. Pentose fermentation by a recombinant microorganism
US9322007B2 (en) 2011-07-22 2016-04-26 The California Institute Of Technology Stable fungal Cel6 enzyme variants
WO2013166113A1 (en) 2012-05-04 2013-11-07 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Compositions and methods comprising sequences having meganuclease activity
WO2014036404A3 (en) * 2012-08-31 2015-07-30 Synthetic Genomics, Inc. Crowding agent-induced nucleic acid transfer into a recipient host cell
US9206435B2 (en) 2012-08-31 2015-12-08 Synthetic Genomics, Inc. Crowding agent-induced nucleic acid transfer into a recipient host cell
US9611515B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2017-04-04 Codexis, Inc. Pentose fermentation by a recombinant microorganism
WO2014153242A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-25 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Compositions having dicamba decarboxylase activity and methods of use
WO2014153234A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-25 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Compositions having dicamba decarboxylase activity and methods of use
WO2014150914A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Phi-4 polypeptides and methods for their use
WO2015023846A2 (en) 2013-08-16 2015-02-19 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
EP4159028A1 (en) 2013-09-13 2023-04-05 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
EP3692786A1 (en) 2013-09-13 2020-08-12 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2015038734A2 (en) 2013-09-13 2015-03-19 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2015061764A1 (en) * 2013-10-25 2015-04-30 Asilomar Bio, Inc. Strigolactone formulations and uses thereof
KR102299236B1 (en) 2013-10-25 2021-09-06 사운드 애그리컬쳐 컴퍼니 Strigolactone formulations and uses thereof
GB2535911B (en) * 2013-10-25 2020-10-21 Sound Agriculture Company Strigolactone formulations and uses thereof
GB2535911A (en) * 2013-10-25 2016-08-31 Asilomar Bio Inc Strigolactone formulations and uses thereof
CN105849104A (en) * 2013-10-25 2016-08-10 阿西洛玛生物公司 Strigolactone formulations and uses thereof
US9994557B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2018-06-12 Asilomar Bio, Inc. Strigolactone formulations and uses thereof
KR20160079013A (en) * 2013-10-25 2016-07-05 아실로마 바이오, 인크. Strigolactone formulations and uses thereof
US10577358B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2020-03-03 Sound Agriculture Company Strigolactone formulations and uses thereof
WO2015120276A1 (en) 2014-02-07 2015-08-13 Pioneer Hi Bred International Inc Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
EP3705489A1 (en) 2014-02-07 2020-09-09 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2015120270A1 (en) 2014-02-07 2015-08-13 Pioneer Hi Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2016061206A1 (en) 2014-10-16 2016-04-21 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2016144688A1 (en) 2015-03-11 2016-09-15 Pioneer Hi Bred International Inc Insecticidal combinations of pip-72 and methods of use
US10918106B2 (en) 2015-04-24 2021-02-16 Sound Agriculture Company Methods for hydraulic enhancement of crops
WO2016186986A1 (en) 2015-05-19 2016-11-24 Pioneer Hi Bred International Inc Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
EP3943602A1 (en) 2015-08-06 2022-01-26 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Plant derived insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2017023486A1 (en) 2015-08-06 2017-02-09 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Plant derived insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
US11293029B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2022-04-05 Zymergen Inc. Promoters from Corynebacterium glutamicum
US10647980B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2020-05-12 Zymergen Inc. Microbial strain improvement by a HTP genomic engineering platform
US10968445B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2021-04-06 Zymergen Inc. HTP genomic engineering platform
US10883101B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2021-01-05 Zymergen Inc. Automated system for HTP genomic engineering
US10047358B1 (en) 2015-12-07 2018-08-14 Zymergen Inc. Microbial strain improvement by a HTP genomic engineering platform
US10457933B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2019-10-29 Zymergen Inc. Microbial strain improvement by a HTP genomic engineering platform
US11312951B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2022-04-26 Zymergen Inc. Systems and methods for host cell improvement utilizing epistatic effects
US11352621B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2022-06-07 Zymergen Inc. HTP genomic engineering platform
US11208649B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2021-12-28 Zymergen Inc. HTP genomic engineering platform
US10336998B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2019-07-02 Zymergen Inc. Microbial strain improvement by a HTP genomic engineering platform
US11155808B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2021-10-26 Zymergen Inc. HTP genomic engineering platform
US11155807B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2021-10-26 Zymergen Inc. Automated system for HTP genomic engineering
US10745694B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2020-08-18 Zymergen Inc. Automated system for HTP genomic engineering
US11085040B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2021-08-10 Zymergen Inc. Systems and methods for host cell improvement utilizing epistatic effects
US10808243B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2020-10-20 Zymergen Inc. Microbial strain improvement by a HTP genomic engineering platform
WO2017105987A1 (en) 2015-12-18 2017-06-22 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
EP3433354A4 (en) * 2016-03-23 2019-08-21 Synthetic Genomics, Inc. Generation of synthetic genomes
WO2017165565A1 (en) 2016-03-23 2017-09-28 Synthetic Genomics, Inc. Generation of synthetic genomes
WO2017192560A1 (en) 2016-05-04 2017-11-09 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
EP3960863A1 (en) 2016-05-04 2022-03-02 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
US10544411B2 (en) 2016-06-30 2020-01-28 Zymergen Inc. Methods for generating a glucose permease library and uses thereof
US10544390B2 (en) 2016-06-30 2020-01-28 Zymergen Inc. Methods for generating a bacterial hemoglobin library and uses thereof
WO2018005411A1 (en) 2016-07-01 2018-01-04 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins from plants and methods for their use
EP3954202A1 (en) 2016-07-01 2022-02-16 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins from plants and methods for their use
EP4050021A1 (en) 2016-11-01 2022-08-31 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2018084936A1 (en) 2016-11-01 2018-05-11 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2018111551A1 (en) 2016-12-14 2018-06-21 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2018118811A1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2018148001A1 (en) 2017-02-08 2018-08-16 Pioneer Hi-Bred International Inc Insecticidal combinations of plant derived insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2018208882A1 (en) 2017-05-11 2018-11-15 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
WO2018226893A3 (en) * 2017-06-06 2019-01-10 Zymergen Inc. A high-throughput (htp) genomic engineering platform for improving saccharopolyspora spinosa
WO2018226880A1 (en) * 2017-06-06 2018-12-13 Zymergen Inc. A htp genomic engineering platform for improving escherichia coli
WO2018226810A1 (en) * 2017-06-06 2018-12-13 Zymergen Inc. High throughput transposon mutagenesis
WO2022015619A2 (en) 2020-07-14 2022-01-20 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Insecticidal proteins and methods for their use
CN113185511A (en) * 2021-05-24 2021-07-30 中国医学科学院医药生物技术研究所 Pyrimidine compound and preparation method and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ATE334225T1 (en) 2006-08-15
KR100568008B1 (en) 2006-04-07
KR100570935B1 (en) 2006-04-13
AU743305B2 (en) 2002-01-24
DE69835360T2 (en) 2007-08-16
EP1717322A3 (en) 2007-01-24
US6352859B1 (en) 2002-03-05
KR20050043983A (en) 2005-05-11
JP4062366B2 (en) 2008-03-19
KR20000070258A (en) 2000-11-25
US6251674B1 (en) 2001-06-26
JP2001508662A (en) 2001-07-03
EP1717322A2 (en) 2006-11-02
EP1007732A1 (en) 2000-06-14
EP1007732A4 (en) 2003-05-14
IL130635A0 (en) 2000-06-01
CA2276064C (en) 2013-12-17
ES2270505T3 (en) 2007-04-01
DE69835360D1 (en) 2006-09-07
AU743305C (en) 2006-03-30
CA2276064A1 (en) 1998-07-23
DK1717322T3 (en) 2012-10-22
EP2261373A3 (en) 2011-12-14
US6379964B1 (en) 2002-04-30
EP1717322B1 (en) 2012-07-18
EP1007732B1 (en) 2006-07-26
EP2261373A2 (en) 2010-12-15
AU5920998A (en) 1998-08-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU743305C (en) Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US6326204B1 (en) Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
US8076138B2 (en) Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
AU2005202462B2 (en) Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
MXPA99006637A (en) Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination
AU2004200501A1 (en) Evolution of Whole Cells and Organisms by Recursive Sequence Recombination

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 09116188

Country of ref document: US

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GE GH GM GW HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2276064

Country of ref document: CA

Kind code of ref document: A

Ref document number: 2276064

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1998902586

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 1998 534558

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/1999/006637

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 1019997006486

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 59209/98

Country of ref document: AU

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1998902586

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1019997006486

Country of ref document: KR

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 1019997006486

Country of ref document: KR

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 59209/98

Country of ref document: AU

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 1998902586

Country of ref document: EP